LIBRARY OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS \\
AT URBANA-CHAMPAIGN

710

ym5p

G?lA

The person charging this material is re-
sponsible for its return on or before the
Latest Date stamped below.

Theft, mutilation, and underlining of books
are reasons for disciplinary action and may
result in dismissal from the University.

UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS LIBRARY AT URBANA-CHAMPAIGN

MAR 2 3

#^ A •

nm

t>k

ft 7 o

198i

0

/983

m

L161— O-1096

PARKS

AND

PLEASURE GROUNDS;

OB

PRACTICAL NOTES

ON

COrNTET EESIDEXCES, VILLAS, PUBLIC PAEKS,
AXD GAEDEXS.

^

BT

CHARLES H. J. SMITH,

llaitllscapE Gartimrr ant) Gartirn ardjitrrt ;

LLOW OF THE KOYAL SCOTTISH SOCIETY OF ARTS, CALEDOMA>- HOETICUL-
TCEAL SOCIETY, HIGHLAND A>"D AGRICULTUEAL SOCIETY, AND
EDINBrEGH BOTANICAL SOCIETY.

ymt<^ CF THE
1932

uvcnoi

U Of ILLINOIS

LONDON:

REEVE .4:N'D CO., HE^^REETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEX

1852.

printed by

john edwabd taylor, little queen street,

Lincoln's inn fields.

1 10

PREFACE.

The design of the following work is altogether a prac-
tical one, TMiile engaged in his profession, during the
last eighteen years, the author has often been requested
to recommend a book, which might enable persons con-
sulting him to acquire some general knowledge of the
principles of Landscape Gardening, and which might
aid them in carrying his suggestions into effect. He
has been in the habit of naming certain well-kno^Tn
works, such as Price ^On the Picturesque,' and Gilpin
^On Landscape Gardening/ He has often felt, how-
ever, that such advice was, in great measure, illusory ;
and that if imphcitly followed, it would tend rather to

789895

IV PREFACE.

puzzle than to enlighten or direct those who might
adopt it. He himself had experienced the difficulty of
making practical application of the general reasonings^
and of the diffuse, and at times irrelevant discussions
to be found in some of these authors ; and it was only
by means of light derived from his own practice that he
was able to put them to profit. In the work of Price,
for example, the leading precepts substantially are —
Study pictures — familiarize your taste with scenes which
painters would delight to copy — become acquainted with
the elements of the picturesque — and seek to realize the
resulting ideas in and about your residence. Most
gentlemen of liberal education know something of pic-
tures ; but there are few who would not disclaim such a
special culture in the fine arts, as would fit them to
apply the principles of painting to the improvement of
their grounds. To prescribe such a course is virtually
to require a professional education, or to impose the
amateur labour of half a lifetime. The object of the
present work is to preserve a plain and direct method
of statement, to be intelligible to all who have had
an ordinary education, and to give directions which, it

PREFACE. V

is hoped^ will be foimd to be practical by those ^^ho have
an adequate knowledge of country affairs.

The author earnestly disclaims all intention of de-
tracting from the acknowledged merits of his illustrious
predecessors. He has been willing to sit at the feet of
WTieatley^ Price, and Gilpin. He has learned much
from their wiitings. His aim, in this volume, has been
to popularize their principles, and to simplify and extend
their processes in practice. He has, however, sedu-
lously avoided those redundant and often merely con-
troversial discussions by which some of theu' literarj^
works are encumbered. At the same time he is con-
vinced that Landscape Gardening, like the other Fine
Arts, is of a progressive natm'e ; and that its ascertained
principles compose a fabric to which successive writers
have added, or have yet to add, each his stick and his
stone. He has endeavoured to do his part. While,
however, he has not been inattentive to the literature
of his profession, he has looked even more intently at
natm^e ; he has sought to di-aw directly from her inex-
haustible stores j and in offering to the public the results

I

VI PREFACE.

of his observations, he humbly trusts that he has con-
tributed to the progress of the art.

In adding to his original plan two chapters on the
Arboretum and the Pinetum, the author has sought to
supply a want in regard to ornamental collections of
trees^ which is becoming daily more apparent. So far
as his limited space has allowed, he has endeavoured to
treat these subjects on the principles both of science
and taste ; and he hopes that the botanical information,
which he has drawn from the best sources, though it
may be uninteresting to the general reader, will not be
unacceptable to the lovers of these pleasing departments
of Arboriculture.

Edinburgh, August, 1852.

Page

CO^'TE^'TS

CHAPTEE I.

THE HOUSE A^'D OFFICES.

Introductiou. — Climate of the Site. — Soil and Subsoil. — Drainage.
— Supply of Water. — Shelter. — Position of the House in the
Park.— Elevation of the Site.— Extent of the Site. — Style of
the House. — Arrangement of the Interior of the House. — Con-
servatory.— Stable Court and Offices . . . . 1

CHAPTEE II.

THE -iPPEOACH.

Definition. — Direction of the Approach. — Site of the Entrance-
gate. — Style of the Gate and Lodge. — Line of Approach through
the Park. — Grates on the Line of Approach. — Termination of the
Approach. — Roadway of Approach. — Decoration of Approach.
— The Avenue. — The Fine Approach . . .19

CHAPTEE III.

PLEASURE-GROUNDS AND FLOWER-GARDEXS.

Position of the Pleasure-grounds. — Composition of the Landscape.
— Terraces ; Walls ; Grass Slopes ; Shrubs on Terrace-banks :

VUl CONTENTS.

Page

Stairs on Terraces ; the Upper Surface of Terraces. — The
Flower-garden ; Site of the Flower-garden ; Grround Colour ;
the Parterre; the Eosary; the American Grarden; the Mixed
Flower-garden ; Artistical Decorations ; Kockworks ; Shelter of
the Flower Garden. — Planting in the Pleasure Grounds. —
Walks in the Pleasure-grounds. — Formation of Lawns . . 35

CHAPTEE IV.

THE PAEK.

Definition. — The Unity of the Park. — Natui'al Character of the
Ground. — Acquired Character of the Ground. — Planting in the
Park. — Siu'faces to be Planted. — Arrangement of Woods in the
Park ; a Group ; a Clump ; a Mass ; carrying out the Arrange-
ment of Woods. — Grouping of Plantations in the Park. —
Outlines of Plantations. — Belts and Circles. — ^Artificial Style.
— Avenues . . . . . . .60

CHAPTEE y.

OENAMENTAL CHAEACTEES OF TEEES, DETACHED
AND IN COMBINATION.

Introductory Eemarks.

Sect. I. The forms of Smgle Trees.— Broad Eound-headed Trees.
—The Spiry, Conical, or Pyramidal Configuration.— The Upright
or Oblongated. — The Weeping or Pendulous.

Sect. II. The Colours of Trees.— Table of the Colours of Foliage
of Trees. — General Eemarks.

Sect. III. The Ornamental Character of Trees in Combiuation. —
—Conical or Pyramidal Trees.— Eotmd-headed Trees.— Inter-
mmgling of the difierent Forms and Colours.— Concluding
Eemarks . . • • • • .84

CONTENTS. IX

CHAPTEE YI.

FLASTHsG.

Page

Preparation of the Ground; Trenching; Draining. — Roads through
Plantations. — Planting of Forest Trees. — Pitting. — Pruning. —
Tliinning. — Transplanting Forest Trees. — Planting and Trans-
planting of Evergreens . . . . . .111

CHAPTER VII.

FENCES OF THE PAEK A2sTf PLEASUEE-GROUNDS.

General Remarks. — Boundary Fence. — Internal Fences. — Fence
of the Deer Park. — Pleasure- Ground Fences. — Malleable-iron
Fences. — Sunk Fences. — Stone "Walls. — Hedges . . 128

CHAPTER VIII.

WATER.

Artificial Lakes ; Islands ; the Head, or Artificial Embankment ;
Deeorative Accompaniments. — Artificial Rivers. — Jet Fountains.
— Jets d'Eau. — Propriety of Introducing Water . . 134

CHAPTER IX.

THE KITCHEN, FRUIT, AND FORCING GARDENS.

Introduction. — The Site. — Drainage. — Soil. — The Form. — The
Walls. — The Fruit Garden. — The Forcing Grarden . 144

CHAPTER X.

PUBLIC PARKS AND GARDENS.

Sect. I. The PubHc Park.— Site of the PubHc Park.— Laying-out
of Public Parks.— Educational Institutions.

CONTENTS.

Page

Sect. II. Street Grarclens.

Sect. III. Botanic G-ardens. — Special purposes of Botanical G-ar-
dens. — Botanical Museum. — Laying-out of the Botanic Grardens.

Sect. IY. Grardens belonging to Horticultural and Zoological
Societies. — G-ardens of Horticultural Societies. — Layiag-out of
Horticultural Grardens. — Horticidtural Museum. — Zoological
Grardens .....•• 155

CHAPTEE XI.

THE VILLA.

Introductory Eemarks.

Sect. I. General Properties of the Villa.— The Locahty.— The
Site. — Eoads. — Position of the House. — Style and Arrangement
of the House,

Sect. II. Laying-out of the Grounds of aVOla. — Seclusion. — The
Approach. — Kitchen Garden. — Trees and Shrubs. — Water. —
Leading Varieties of Villa Scenery. — The Pleasure-G-round
ViUa.— The Park VOla 190

CHAPTER XII.

aENEEAL OBSEEVATIONS ON THE LAYING-OUT
AND IMPEOVEMENT OF GEOUNDS.

Landscape Gardening. — ^Analogies to Landscape Painting. — Com-
parative power over Materials, — Sunphcity and Multiphcity of
Points of View. — Processes wholly and partly tentative. — Pro-
priety of revision. — Utihty of plans, — Hazard of preparatory
operations ....... 216

CHA.PTEE XIII.

THE AEBOEETUM.
Definition, — Eecent Introduction. — General idea of Arrangement,

CONTENTS. XI

Page
Sect. I. Scientific treatment of tlie Arboretum. — Introductory

Kemarks. — Dr. Lindley's Classification of the Natural Orders. —

Explanations. — Synopsis of Orders and Genera. — Application

of Principles. — Transference of tlie System to the Grround.

Sect. II. Decorative Treatment of the Arboretum. — Object in

view. — Employment of larger Trees. — Lavms. — Surfaces planted.

— Evergreens. — Ai-boretums attached to Private Eesidences. —

Sites in Pleasure- Grounds ..... 228

CHAPTEE XIY.

THE PIXETUM.

Remarks on Special Collections of Trees. — The Pinetum. — Ma-
terials and Arrangement. — Enimieration of Species, -with Obser-
vations on the Groups.— Efiects of Climate.— Soil.— Early Cul-
tivation of the Plants. — Plantmg of the Pinetum.— Pruning of
the Trees. — Decorative Treatment of the Pinetum . . 257

PARKS AND PLEASITRE-GEOUXDS,

CHAPTER I.

THE HOUSE A:S'D OFFICES.

Introduction. — Climate of the Site. — Soil and Subsoil. —
Drainage. — Supply of Water. — Shelter. — Position of the
House in the Park. — Elevation of the Site. — Extent of the
Site. — Style of the House. — Arrangement of the Interior of
the House. — Conservatory. — Stable Court, and Offices.

The House, being the head-quarters of the family —
the capital, as it were, of the park or demesne, — is by
fai' the most important object within the grounds, and,
as such, the selection of its site must take precedence of
all other matters, whether it be a castle or a cottage,
and whatever be its form and constiniction. "^Tiile this
ought to be the domiQant principle in the foraiation of
a country- residence, and while the house should be made
the central point, to which all operations connected
with the la^-ing-out of the park and pleasure-gi'ounds
should be referred, there are certain requirements be-
longing to a mansion-house, as a comfortable dwelling,

B

2 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

whicli must be allowed to modify tlie final choice of the
site as the best upon the whole.

Climate of the Site. — The general temperature and
dryness of the air have a material influence on the
health and comfort of a family^ and^ therefore, must
receive due consideration. These quaUties resolve them-
selves very much into those of the park_, and of the
district in which it is situated. Along the eastern
shores of the United Kingdom, and in the country
adjacent to these, in some places to a considerable dis-
tance inland, the climate is comparatively dry and good ;
but in spring and in the beginning of summer, when
cold withering mnds from the sea are prevalent, the
east coast is found to be very trying to the constitutions
of some indi^iduals. On the west coast, and in the
districts bordering on it, there is a much greater degree
of humidity, which, though in itself disagreeable, is
accompanied with a softness and mildness that at certain
seasons make the climate pleasant and beneficial to those
whose health is afiected by the rude severities of the
centre and the east. The ulterior hilly or mountainous
regions of our island have a climate peculiar to them-
selves; yet with a varying amoimt of moisture and
dryness, and of cloudy or clear atmosphere, they are
generally healthy and bracing, and partake of the cha-
racters of the east and west, according as they approach to
either coast. Some of the inland and slightly hilly dis-
tricts towards the east have much of its drjTiess without
its peculiar severity in spring, and may, therefore, be
accounted the best. The general climate of the park,
then, may be said to be the ruling one for the mansion-
house; but in large, and even in what may be con-
sidered small parks, there are often localities wliich have

SOIL AXD SUBSOIL OF THE SITE. 3

modifications peculiar to themselves. These variations,
though inconsiderable on flat sui'faces, are sufficiently
marked on undulating and hilly ones. Southern ex-
posures are decidedly superior in point of vrarmth to
northern slopes, or places lying towards the east or
west. Good sites are found in the latter direction, but
they are occasionally inclement; when such positions
are selected they should occupy, if possible, a western
dech^dty on the east, and an eastern declivity on the
west side of the countiy. High and exposed situations
are cold, but have a clear and bracing atmosphere.
"Windy positions are to be avoided ; as also those which
are exposed to draughts of cold air, a peculiarity less
apparent to slight inspection than the other, but not
less disagreeable and injurious in its efiects. Aware of
this, the inhabitants of hilly countries generally place
the ends of theii' houses towards the length of the
valleys, as the winds for the most part sweep up and
down them in whatever direction they run; and by
this arrangement the houses are assailed by fewer cross
di'aughts than when they are set down across the valley.
In diy well-sheltered localities, near the sea-coast, these
peculiarities of climate are less frequently experienced
than in more inland regions.

Soil and Subsoil of the Site. — The natm^e of the
soil and subsoil of a place have a much greater in-
fluence on its climate than at fii'st sight might be sup-
posed. In om' visits to country residences, we have
often foimd remarkable differences of cHmate, which
could be assigned to no other cause. Those on light
dry soils and subsoils seemed cheeiful and agi'eeable
during winter, while others in the same district, ^^'iih
wet soils and retentive subsoils, were damp, miuldy, and

B 2 ^

4 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

uncomfortable. These differences conld not fairly be
attributed to differences in artificial drainage, for they
were often visible on the same estate, and perhaps in
the same park, one field being moist and slabby, and
another being dry and airy. A little observation only
is required to note these peculiarities in the various
localities. Invalids are very sensible to their influences.
Those places to which slight frosts are most easily
attracted will always be found, if not with wet surface
soils, certainly with cold, retentive, humid su]3soils.
These evils are best counteracted by thorough drainage ;
but this remedy is not always effectual, or to be so
would need to be extended to a considerable range of
country. Wbere perfect drainage cannot be secured,
no residence should be formed. We should even hesi-
tate to recommend the erection of a house on a cold
site, with a tilly subsoil, for, however well drained the
surface may be, the air in such situations is commonly
raw and chill.

Drainage of the Site. — It is important that the site
should at least possess that moderate elevation which
will facilitate the drainage, not only of the locality which
it immediately occupies, but the whole of its environs.
The lower apartments of the house should be made
completely dry, and free from the effects of surface
water or neighbouring springs. Easy and weU con-
cealed sewerage from the house and offices is a matter
worthy of careful attention. Indeed, the thorough
drainage, not merely of the house and grounds, but of
the park, and of the whole estate commanded by the
windows, should be deemed indispensable. Let the
reader imagine a house set down on a bank overhanging
a fiat marshy country of many hundred acres in extent :

SUPPLY OF ^ATER. 5

nothing would be more dismal than the prospect in the
first instance, and nothing might be more difficult and
laborious than the subsequent efforts to improve it.

Sujjpli/ of Water. — Water in sufficient quantity and
of good quality is another requisite which must receive
due attention in determining the site of a house. Some-
times an adequate supply of this necessaiy of life is by
no means of easy attainment. Wells, tanks, reservoirs
with pipes, and hydi*aulic rams, have all been resorted
to, according as the natm-al surface of the estate has
allowed or compelled the employment of one or other
of these. A foimtain or reservoir above the level of the
mansion-house certainly deserves the preference wher-
ever it can be formed, though its original expense may
be considerable. This plan affords the gi'eatest facihries
for the introduction of water into the various apartments
of the house and offices, and for yielding a sufficient
supply in case of fire, a matter of some importance in
regard to the safety of the property. An abundant
reservoii', placed as indicated above, will proride with
water the fountains on the teiTaces, and in the flower-
gardens and pleasure-grounds. In some gi'avelly sub-
soils, even when the surface is comparatively dn', a
considerable quantity of water may sometimes be fomid
at no great depth, and may be obtained by means of
wells and force-pumps ; but the supply can hardly ever
be so abundant as that yielded by the reservoir, and the
labour requii-ed to raise it is very gi-eat. The hydraidic
ram is a veiy usefid instiTiment where only a moderate
quantity of water is needed. A small stream, with a few
feet of fall, will keep it in operation, and will enable it to
raise the water to a tank, say on the top of the mansion-
house, whence it may be distributed as requii-ed. We

6 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

havCj however, seen it used, and, independently of tlie
price of tlie machine, very considerable expense incurred,
where, but for inattention or ignorance in some quarter,
the much more efficient system described above might
have been successfully adopted, mth little or no increase
of cost.

Shelter. — It has already been remarked that situations
exposed to high winds and cold draughts are ineligible
for the site of a house. The proprietor, however, has
sometimes a difficult choice to make between magni-
ficent distant views, which add so much to the cheer-
fulness of a residence, and that warmth resulting from
sufficient protection, and tending much to promote its
comfort. Most likely he will endeavour to compound
the matter between the two rival claims, and, while he
risks some degree of exposure, will seek to mitigate it
by means of shelter. It is commonly found that natural
shelter is the most effectual. A hill, or knoll, or low
ridge, particularly if covered with trees, is more effica-
cious than a plantation on a slope ascending to the
house. A slight change of position will sometimes be
found to have in this respect a noticeable influence.
In an extensive park or district of country, the aerial
currents generally affect a particular track, determined,
perhaps, by a gap in a line of hills, the terminating of
a ridge, or the contracting of the sides of a valley ; and
a small remove from that track, which may be ascer-
tained by observation, may afford the protection required
without much sacrifice of beauty. The site should be
open, and, if natural shelter is not to be obtained, re-
course must be had to planting. There are few places,
indeed, except in some marine residences, in which this
expedient is not of considerable value : still, in exposed

POSITION OF THE HOUSE IX THE PARK. 7

localities^ the progress of wood is slow^ and one genera-
tion may pass away before the resnlt desired can be
effectually secured. ^Meanwhile^ the builder of the
house may hare derived little benefit from the trees
which he has planted and reared with gi^eat expense.
Even for a marine residence the shelter of a large rock
or knoll is of much consequence. For the sake of a dry
and warm site^ I should be much disposed to forego
some other more showy qualities.

Position of the House in the Park. — The relation
of the mansion-house to the various points of the sur-
rounding domain requires attentive consideration^ and
yet it is a subject on wliich it is difficult to give specific
directions. The whole circumstances connected with the
locaKty, the surface of the ground^, and the facilities of
access, must be taken into accomit. We believe that a
site near the centre of the park, other things being equal,
is generally preferred. Sometimes necessity obliges the
choice of one much nearer the boundary ; and such a
position, when well protected from external annoyance,
either by the form of the ground or by the inteiTcntion
of a lake or arm of the sea, or by a considerable breadth
of plantation, instead of being a disadvantage is the
reverse, especially when the views, fi'om the public
rooms, parkward, are by that means extended both in
length and breadth. This observation, however, relates
chiefiy to places of moderate size. In smaller parks, on
account of the limitation of space, it is more difficult to
form a fine piece of lawn or park scenery w^hen the
house assumes a central position ; and there is generally
a want of that depth which is attainable when it is set
down near one side or end of the place. Excellent sites
may often be selected near the shore of an ai-m of the

8 PAKKS AXD PLEASrUE-GROrXDS.

sea^ oa 1^ bank of a lake, or in the Tidmtj of a liver,
as at l^htese ptnnts, besides the land sceneiy, we have tbat
life and yaiiety wbidi irater can alone afford. Tliere
are, boweiner, few rivers fenning the boimdaiies of estates
rf snffident breadth to allow the house to be erected
dcse to tlieir banks. Besides the risk of inundation and
of damp Tsiqpoiir, which is incident to low sitnations, there
is ahraTs the po^biKty of discordant or offensive objects
being erected on the oppodte ade. A more elevated
position^ eren though it mar be near some pnbHc road,
win probablT command eqoafly fine views of the river,
and at the same time will be more firee from intmsion,
than any of those lower down. We may add, that
certain baronial r^denoes^, and some of them of no
small ^lendonr, aze occa^onaUy seen standing on the
ade of street or road, having been erected there because
they were places of strength in ancient times. Such
remains of the old feudal glories we should be sorry to
see removed fiom where they are ; but similar situations
are now seldom or never adopted for new residences.

Elepatkm of the Site. — ^The house should be placed
on ground moderately devated, of easy access, and com-
manding some of the best views of the park and the
sazronndiag scenery. The expression " ground mode-
rately devated" s^lies more to an undulating country
than to a level tract or to a hilly or mountainous r^on.
In a low, leirei, and well wooded country, the effect of
the manaon from without, and more particularly the
Tiews from i<^- would be entirely lost were it not built in
ihe hi^i^t position to be fbund within the park. In a
hin country, again, a comparatively ''moderate eleva-
tion" would probably place the house among the mists
and douds, whereas it might be secured from these, or at

EXTENT OF THE SITE. 9

least have the most favourable station in the district, by
occupying the first or second of the lowest platforms of
the valley in which it stands.

Extent of the Site. — On undulating or hiHy sur-
faces the site selected for the house should always be of
sufficient extent^ not only to contain the whole of its
buildings, but also to afford ample space for the roads,
and room for carriages turning at the entrance, together
with a broad walk and terrace on the drawing-room
front. Inattention to these requisites will often lead to
great subsequent expense and inconvenience. TTe have
seen a fine mansion so put down between two steep
banks that at its entrance there was scarcely room to
turn a donkey-cart, if we may be permitted to employ a
familiar but tmdignified comparison- At the same time,
the garden front was such that it required a thick waU
reared up from a considerable depth below to form a
walk a few yards wide in front of a pile of buildings
which would grace a terrace of magnificent dimensions.
Such an error, if we may presume to call it one, was
rendered excusable, or at least was accounted for, by the
circumstance that it was the site of an ancient ancestral
castle that was thus occupied. We cannot wonder that
old feudal associations and family recollections should
lead "^ afar descended" proprietors to cleave to some par-
ticular spot as thefr time-haUowed homestead. Still we
sometimes think that there is bad economy of cherished
memories in thus enveloping and concealing the old with
the new. If an eligible site were to be fotmd in the
vicinity, we should rather have chosen that for the
house, and have left the ruin in its own inherent dignity:
— so would there have been two objects of interest
instead of one ; and the fragment of departed grandetir

b3

10 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

would have spoken directly to the eye, and not have
been beholden to the imperfect medinm of words for the
occasional telling of its history. Of course the same
excuse cannot be made for error committed in the erec-
tion of a new mansion, or in the rebuilding of one of
little historical or family importance : and yet a pic-
turesque view will sometimes seduce a man to set down
a house on a narrow pinnacle where there is scarcely
room for a dovecot. Want of judgment like this is not
unworthily repaid by subsequent expense and incon-
venience.

Style of the House. — This is a matter which in all
its bearings does not come within our province. The
rank, the fortune, and the taste of the proprietor are all
entitled to be consulted, and to have their weight in its
determination. Still it is universally conceded that the
style of the house should have some adaptation to its
site and to the character of the scenery by which it is
surrounded. Much has been written on the subject, and
much has been said about one style for the beautiful,
another for the picturesque, and yet another for the
romantic. We confess ourselves unromantic enough to
think that a comfortably arranged interior is of greater
moment to the proprietor than the finest exterior can
possibly be. At the same time a good external appear-
ance is not a matter of trifling importance, nor is it
incompatible with a good internal arrangement. A pro-
prietor of refined taste will naturally wish that his
house should unite both of these desirable qualities, and
at the same time that it should be properly adapted to
its site and position in the park. Before beginning to
build, it is well to consider what style is best suited to
the locality. Undoubtedly the style should be selected

STYLE OF THE HOUSE. 11

for that site Tvhich on general grounds is considered the
best, rather than that a site inconvenient in itself shoidd
be inconsiderately chosen, on account of some fancied
adaptation to a particular style of house. It appears
incongruous, we might almost say absurd, to place a
street-looking house in a Highland glen, or a castellated
mansion on a plain as flat as a bowling-green. Such
mistakes are not unfi-equent. We may add, that the
external appearance should have such a relation to the
internal arrangements that the spectator on the outside
should hare no room for mistake as to wliich is the
entrance front, which the drawing-room side, and what
portion of it is occupied by the offices and inferior
apartments. The public rooms shoidd have some ex-
ternal indication, if not of their individual use, at least
of their general purpose. To the improver of the park
and pleasm^e-grounds the external appearance of the
house is always a matter of great interest, as the house
is the central point to which all his operations are
referred, and from which they take as it were their
colom\ A beautiful and well arranged gi'oup of build-
ings constituting the mansion-house create an interest
in his mind suggesting felicitous ideas, and stimidate
him to overcome difficulties, while a bald and shapeless
mass of brick or stone contains few or no elements of
inspii-ation. In regard to the foiTner, his delight will
be to bring out and heighten the featiu^es of beauty ; in
the latter case, he will make it his duty, so far as it is in
his power, to diminish or relieve the actual inferiority
which unhappily exists.

Arrangement of the Interior of the House. — It may
be supposed that the improver of a park and pleasure-
grounds has nothing to do with the interior of a man-

12 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

sion^ and it may be admitted tliat he is only indirectly
concerned with it; still both its external and internal
arrangements are to him matters of considerable import-
ancCj and come in for a share of his attention^ as they
give a character^ or at least impart a colouring, to the
scenery which he may endeavour to create in the \icinity.
We therefore deem it proper to offer a few hints on this
subject. Every well-arranged mansion-house, whether
large or small, should have two principal fronts, — the
entrance front, and the drawing-room front. Of the
first, the main door and hall form the principal featm'cs,
as the di'awing-room and other public rooms should do
of the second. These fronts should be on opposite sides
of the house, or, if this arrangement cannot be adopted,
they should be at right angles to each other, with an end
window or two belonging to one of the public rooms
opening on the entrance front. The former arrangement
is calculated to impart to these rooms a proper degree of
seclusion, and to keep them, as it were, within the best
portion of the dressed grounds, which should be on the
drawing-room side of the house. Another portion of
the interior not mifrequently interferes with the privacy
of the dressed grounds, — ^dz., the sen^ants^ apartments.
These, when on the ground-floor and under the public
rooms, overlook the pleasure-grounds in a most un-
desirable manner. To obviate this inconvenience, the
clumsy expedient of sinking them, in whole or in part,
below the external level of the ground, is often resorted
to ; but such apartments, even when furnished with an
open area in front of them, have always a damp, un-
healthy look, and not only give to the edifice a mean
appearance, but also seem to indicate that from some
defect in its construction, it had been necessarv to stick

CONSERVATORY. 13

it into the ground, instead of allo-«ing it to stand on the
surface. In either position, they interrupt that feeling
of retirement which is requisite to the full enjoyment of
di'essed grounds. Servants^ apartments may be foimed,
"with excellent effect, into a sort of wing or minor group
of buildings attached to the main body of the house.
Besides these relations to objects immediately conti-
guous, the aiTangement of the interior of the house
should have a reference to the park and the more distant
countiT. The drawing-room should always command
the finest ^iews wliich are to be seen from the windows,
whether these occur in the adjacent or in the external
scenery. The \-iews from the hall door are of minor
importance, but they ought not to be overlooked or
neglected. The house, when felicitously an-anged in
these respects, may be said to preside over the beauties
of the place. Other considerations, indeed, may be, and
often are, taken into account. If warmth rather than
beauty is the object aimed at, the dra^ving-room front
should look towards the south, whatever may be the
scenery in that quarter, and the entrance should be on
any of the other sides which may be most sheltered or
most convenient. Both the elements of vvaiTiith and
beauty, however, may sometimes be secured by placing
the family rooms towards the south, and the public rooms
towards the east or west, with end windovrs to the south
or north, if the finest views happen to be in these
directions.

Conservatory. — Among the various appendages which
it is desirable that a mansion-house shoidd possess,
none is more important than the conservator}^, which,
when happily placed, may be regarded as an extension of
the dra-uing-room, or at least, if it is in the vicinity of

14 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

the house, and properly connected with it, it is of admi-
rable convenience as a place of walking and of recreation
in all kinds of weather. If possible, it should be con-
tiguous to some one of the public rooms or the corridor ;
if the drawing-room can be made to open into it, or com-
municate with it by a short corridor, so much the better ;
but it is most desirable that it should be easily accessible
by the family without their leaving the house or doing
more, at most, than passing along a glazed passage or
veranda. When the conservatory enters into the original
arrangements, one or other of these expedients may
generally be practicable ; but if it is entirely an after-
thought, it sometimes happens that a suitable site for it
cannot be obtained. It has wants of its own. It
requires free air and open sunshine, and would be ren-
dered useless were it shaded by the house. It obviously
cannot stand on the northern side of the mansion ; and if
the di^amng-room has a central position in that direction,
it is e\'ident that no immediate connection can be esta-
blished between them. There is nothing, however, in
itself to prevent it from occupying such a site on any of
the other three sides as will harmonize with the other
buildings of the house, or will suit the internal arrange-
ments and communications. In general, it is easier to
make a good adaptation and adjustment in houses of
moderate extent, than in very large ones. The conser-
vatory, when entered from the house, should be consi-
dered as a glazed drawing-room, fitted, by its abundance
of light, and its command of warmth, for the growth of
fine exotic plants. Its internal arrangements should be
simple, its passages of ample width, and its whole ap-
pliances should be such as to permit a free exhibition of
the plants without their admirers crushing upon them or

CONSERYATORY, 15

being mcommoded by them. Tlie shehing aud stages,
when these are introdnced_, should be kept low_, so that
the plants, if not below the eye, may be on a level with
it, or not mnch raised above it. Such a position is
required by many plants, as, for example, most of the
heaths, camellias, cacti, pelargoniums, etc. Others, as
the fachsias, acacias, passifloras, and glycines, are seen
with more effect from below, and may therefore be
allowed to grow up, or may be trained in more elevated
places in the house. ^Mien the conservatory is con-
structed on a large scale, the stages perhaps had better
be omitted, and the shelves confined to the north side ;
and besides borders round the other sides, the centre may
be arranged into wide plots for the growth of large plants
in groups or masses. A paved walk may encircle the
house, leaving a border between it and the upright glass
walls, and the central space may be irregularly divided
by paths of clean gravel, which will have a more garden-
like eflect than when a number of intersecting pavements
are employed. The internal frame-work of the house
should be simple, but elegant. Elaborate decoration in
this department has a tendency to detract from the effect
of the plants. Fine mouldings and cai^dngs harbour
insects, collect dust, and, as they are difiicult to clean,
contract an imtidy appearance in a very short time. The
colouring of the wood or ii'on-work should be light, but
not glaring; a shade of white is generally the most
suitable, as it brings out the gi'een of the foliage, and
interferes little with the tints of the flowers. A fountain,
or a group of statuary, is a desirable addition to the con-
servatory, as also a piece of rockwork for the growth of
ferns and succulent plants. The heating of the internal
air is, in ordinary circumstances, best accomplished by

16 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

hot-water pipes, wMcli, for the com^emeiice of the walks,
must be placed below the floor, with iron gratings above
them, to permit the immission of the heat. There is one
important advantage in employing a hot-water circula-
tion for raising and regulating the temperature, — viz.,
that the furnace by which the heat is supplied does not
necessarily require to be close to the house, though un-
doubtedly it is the more effective the nearer it is. The
boiler may be placed at the distance of more than a hun-
dred feet without any material disadvantage, provided the
pipes are laid under ground in a dry and double-cased
drain, to prevent the escape of heat from the water in its
passage to the house. The external appearance of the
conservatory, and its effect on the group of buildings
composing the mansion-house, require careful and mature
consideration. There may be various positions which
would suit it perfectly as a receptacle for plants, but in
which any of the ordinary forms of glazed houses would
have an injurious effect on the structure to which they
might be appended. There is a certain amount of in-
congruity between almost all the forms alluded to and
the architecture of our modern houses. Ai'chitects have
laboured to overcome this difficulty, and seldom with
much success. Indeed, their efforts have generally
resulted in their making the consen^atory a vegetable
dmigeon, or perhaps at best something lilve a Parisian
orangery, rather than a lively and genial abode for
plants which require, for their healthy and luxuriant
development, more light than our cloudy atmosphere
and our distance from the equator readily afford. When
made an architectural erection, it should be constructed
to admit as much light as possible. If this cannot be
effected while it is kept in harmony with the mansion-

STABLE COURT^ AXD OFFICES. 17

house^ it is better to witlidi-aTT it into some secondary
position^ and to mould it more in confonnity with its
main pm'pose^ than for architectural display. In such
cases^ it perhaps ought to be at once removed into the
general flower-garden; but before doing so, a place
should be sought for it in. the di-essed gi'oimds in the
vicinity of the mansion-house, where it may be decorated
with terraces and other ornaments, while it is treated
directly as a glass-house for plants, with internal aiTange-
ments as above indicated. Wood and iron are generally
employed for the frame-work of such houses, as they
combine strength and lightness in a higher degree than
any other materials. Stone pilasters of slender propor-
tions may be introduced, to give a somewhat architec-
tiu-al ail' to the structure. The glass which is used for
the sashes shoidd be good, and free from impurities and
irregularities, in large squares, or in panes, long at least,
if not broad, for nothing connected with plant-houses
produces so mean and slovenly an effect as short panes
of glass T\ith a multitude of overlaps.

Stable Court, and Offices. — The stables and their
appendages may form a suitable part of the mansion-
house gi'oup of buildings where the latter are not below
the mediimi size ; but when circumstances do not permit
tliis arrangement, I would recommend for them a dry,
sunny, airy situation, commanding a good supply of
water, at a medium distance fr'om the house, but certainly
not in a prominent position in the gi'ounds. Scarcely
anything is m worse taste than a large rectangular
building, with its huge coach-house gates, central pedi-
ment, and a steeple or tower, composing together a stai-ing
object in the park, and competing with the mansion-
house itself. Stables of this description are not uncom-

18 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

mon^ and sometimes they have their dignity increased by
being erected near the principal approach. While the
stable offices should be of easy access^ they ought always
to be placed on the secondary approach or back road. A
convenient site for them may frequently be foimd on the
edge of the pleasure-grounds^ where they should be
whoUy or partially concealed by planting. A walk
leading from the house through the grounds, and passing
near a private entrance into the stable-court, will be
found a great convenience. It is not unusual to combine
the stable-court and farm offices into one square. The
arrangement is not a happy one, particularly if the farm
offices are extensive and near the house ; and it becomes
most inconvenient should the home farm be let, as it
sometimes is, for in that case two masters and two sets
of servants cannot long remain on good terms. Several
instances of this misarrangement and its consequent
annoyances have fallen under my notice. As a general
rule, the farm offices should be kept at as great a distance
from the mansion-house as the convenience of the home
farm and the easy access of the proprietor mil permit.

19

CHAPTER 11.

THE APPEOACH.

Definition. — Direction of the Approach. — The Site of the
Entrance-gate. — Style of the Gate and Lodge. — Line of
Approach through the Park. — Gates on the Line of Approach.
— Formation of the Approach. — Eoadway of Approach. —
Decoration of Approach. — The Avenne. — The Fine Approach.

Ax Approach is a road leading from the principal
highway of the district^ and passing through the park
and dressed gi'oimds to the mansion-house. It is not to
be considered as identical with the avenue found in some
old places, which latter is an alley or straight road run-
ning between parallel lines of tall trees. The term
approach, in its general acceptation, may denote everj^
kind of access to the house; in common usage, how-
ever, it is mostly restricted to the principal one. In
districts where there are large forests or extensive pas-
ture farms connected with the estate, the external high-
way may be so private as to assume the character of an
approach, and as such may require to be dealt with on
the principles of landscape-gardening : at present it is
proposed to speak of the approach only as internal to
the park. In the estimation of some, the approach
occupies a primary place in the arrangement of a countrv

20 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

residence. It is probably sufficient, in almost all cases,
to allow it a tbird-rate position in tbe scale of import-
ance. The site of tbe bouse, as related to tbe park
generally and to tbe leading road of tbe district, clearly
ougbt to bold tbe first place, and tbe second may be.
safely conceded to tbe pleasure-grounds and flower-
gardens. Tbese points, indeed, sbould not be deter-
mmed irrespective of tbe approach, a not uncommon
mistake in tbe opposite direction; but in forming a
general idea of tbe wbole place, and particularly in tbe
construction of tbe roads, care sbould be taken tbat tbe
site of tbe bouse and tbe seclusion of tbe adjacent
grounds sbould not be sacrificed, as tbey too often are,
to tbe vanity of baving a fine approach. In most cases,
there is no great difficulty in making a good approach,
at least when tbe house, offices, gardens, and pleasure-
grounds have been properly arranged ; but when these
objects have been ill-assorted, tbe work is far from being
an easy one, especially when the house has been set down
with its principal entrance to the south, when it should
have been to the north, or towards tbe east instead of
tbe west; or when tbe kitchen or other offices are
attached to tbe wrong wing of tbe house. Such mis-
arrangements may be said to be of daily occurrence, and
tbey often present almost insuperable obstacles in the
way of properly laying out tbe various parts of tbe
grounds. Tbese arise from tbe circumstance tbat no
definite plan of the place has been formed, nor even a
general idea of it conceived, till after tbe site of the
house has been fixed, and perhaps the work of building
has been partially, if not completely, executed. Tbe
proprietor then begins to think how he is to get to his
house ; he at length perceives difficulties in the forma-

DIRECTION OF THE APPROACH. 21

tion of the approach which render professional advice
desirable, and applies for it when it is too late, or when
all that the utmost ingenuity can effect is a decidedly
inferior line of approach. To avoid these errors the
garden artist should be consulted almost as soon as the
architect, or, indeed, at the same time. We have no
intention of disparaging the professional position of the
architect, which, in relation to the house, must be
admitted to be primaiy and alL-important ; but as con-
nected with the house, he has generally some ideas
respecting the approach which we must be allowed to
say should be received with caution. He natm^ally
would make the approach the means of showing off his
own work, sometimes not judiciously even in reference
to that object, and very often at the cost of sacrificing
all the rest of the grounds. We cannot wonder that he
should overlook that of which he has seldom any con-
ception ; but it is to be regretted that on that account
a fine place should be deteriorated. Gentlemen who do
not need professional assistance should make themselves
sm^e that the requirements of the approach are brought
in some degi'ee into harmony with those of the mansion-
house and the grounds, before the building operations
are commenced.

Direction of the Approach. — The position and
direction of the principal approach, in respect to the
surrounding country, are subjects which requii'e mature
consideration. When the nature of the ground and
other circumstances permit, it should lead towards the
house from that side of the park on which the nearest
city or town of the district is situated, this being the
direction in which the greatest number of visitors may
be expected to amve, and in which the social relations

22 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

of the proprietor will cause Mm most frequently to
travel. Railways, however, have now become means of
communication of equal, if not superior, importance to
the pubhc roads ; and hence facility of access to railway
stations is more frequently sought for; and in many
cases secondary approaches are, on that account, being
converted into principal ones, and even new ones formed.
In new places this necessity should be taken into account
at first ; and if the principal approach cannot be made to
afford a good and ready way to the railway station, as
well as to serve the general purposes of the mansion-
house, a second, scarcely inferior to the other, must
necessarily be formed. Independently of railways, a
second or even third approach to the mansion-house,
through extensive parks, is often needful to open up
communication with the different districts of the sur-
rounding country. When the second approach is of
nearly as much importance as the principal one, similar
care and attention must be expended on both. If the
second and third are of quite a subordinate character,
one of them should form a convenient road to the offices
and gardens, while the other may be prolonged to some
extent as a drive through the park. In places of hmited
dimensions, a second approach and a back road to the
house may be usefully combined. The back road to the
house and service-roads, when weU arranged, contribute
much to the domestic convenience of the residence.
They should connect the house, stables, kitchen garden,
the home farm, and the more frequented roads of the
external comitry; and they should be such that the
cartages between these various places should never be
brought along the principal approaches, nor do more
than cross them when necessary. Though kept in good

SITE OF THE ENTRANCE. 23

order^ the appearance and position of tliese roads should
clearly indicate theii' nse.

Site of the Entrance. — The entrance-gate, and its
necessary appendage, the lodge, form the commencement
of the approach, and a suitable site for these and an easy
access to them require attention. Their position is so
often goyemed by the relatiye direction of the pubhc
roads and by the boundaries of the park, that I deem it
necessary to refer particularly to some of the best and
worst aiTangements regarding them. TMien the public
road joins the park wall at right angles, or nearly so, and
then branches off to the right and left along that wall,
the gi'ound being leyel or having a gentle rise towards
the park, an entrance-gate placed opposite the junction
of the two roads will occupy one of the best and most
imposing positions. If the road forms a single rectan-
gular bend where it meets the park wall, this spot
affords an excellent, though perhaps a secondary position.
But when the road and park wall come together at an
acute angle, their point of contact is perhaps the worst
place that can be selected for an entrance, as it seldom
admits of proper arrangements, and should be chosen
only when the nature of the gTOund makes it absolutely
necessary. T\lien the first and second positions aboye
mentioned cannot be obtained, we would recommend a
plan equal in many respects to the second, yiz., the
selection of a suitable position for the entrance-gate on
the side of the turnpike road, and the placing of the
gate in a recess at such a distance from the centre of the
road as will permit a carriage to be easily diiyen through
it. Such a site will often be found more conyenient
than one of greater pretensions. In the case of suburban
residences there is generally little scope for the selection

24 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

of a site for the entrance. Frequently the scanty space
admits of nothing more than a gateway in the boundary
wall. The entrance-gate to baronial residences^, in the
neighbourhood of towns or lillages, is most advan-
tageously set down at the end of one of the leading
roads or principal streets. TVTien it is removed to the
outskirts of the town or to a distance from its natural
locality for the purpose of securing a long approach, it
is apt to suggest the ideas of artifice and unnecessary
straining after effect.

Stijle of the Gate and Lodge should be regulated
by the extent and character of the residence as a whole.
The common rule has been, that the style of the lodge
and gate should follow exactly that of the mansion-
house. Perhaps there is no absolute necessity that it
should be so, particularly when the buildings supposed
to be compared stand at the distance of one or two
miles from each other: nevertheless, there should be
no marked opposition between the respective styles. A
Grecian lodge and gate will not prepare one for a Gothic
or Elizabethan mansion. Mr. Gilpin well remarks, that
the style of the lodge and gate should be made suitable
to the local position in which they are placed. Were
this always the case, their effect would be less open to
criticism than it frequently is. We may add, that there
should be a visible harmony, not only in style, but in
importance, between the gate and the lodge; for the
one is often sunk by its marked inferiority to the other.
Sometimes, when referring to the principal entrance into
a park, one hesitates to speak of the gate or of the lodge
from the relative want of importance of the one or the
other of them. Although the gate is the principal
object, and the lodge only an accessory appendage, in

LINE OF THE APPROACH. 25

desigriiiio: them the result aimed at should be a united
and well-balanced group. When the approach is short,
there is a greater necessity for an exact similaiitv of
style between the enti^ance buildings and those of the
mansion-house. The gate should stand at right angles
to the line of the approach, and should be placed suffi-
ciently back from the centre of the pubhc road, when
one passes in front of it, as not only to enable a carriage
to stand clear of the road and the gate while the latter
is opening, but to turn easily into it. It also conduces
to convenient attendance on the gate, that the lodge is
famished ^^ith a window which commands a xievr of a
carriage coming from the house some time before it
reaches the gate.

Line of the Approach through the Park. — ^ATien a
judicious site for the entrance-gate has been selected, a
good starting point for the approach has been obtained.
After passing the gateway, it should proceed at right
angles to the line of the gate for a short distance, the
length of this part being regulated in some measure by
the natm-e of the ground and the extent of the park. It
may then tm-n off towards the mansion-house, in a line,
of which we may remark generally, that though it may
not be the shortest that can be formed, it should cer-
tainly not be unnecessaiily prolonged. A straight line,
it is well known, is the least possible distance, and per-
sons in haste natm-ally take it ; except on level surfaces,
however, it can rarely be adopted even on the public
highways, where rapid locomotion is most desirable, and
considerable detours are often made to avoid the retard-
ing effect of steep inchnations. In the park, as now
laid out, the straight Mne is seldom employed, as it
cannot be introduced without a stiff and bald appear-

c

26 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

ance. On the other hand, an approach two or three
times longer than necessary may be regarded as palpably
absurd : and not less so is an approach which is, for any
reason, led over steep and difficult ground, when perhaps
an easier line spontaneously suggests itself to the ob-
servant traveller. The exhibition of fine views is a
temptation to commit both of these faults ; but it is a
temptation which should be resisted. While the
approach may display the average beauties of the place,
it is bad taste, as well as bad economy of pleasure, to
lengthen it out for the mere purpose of showing the
extent of the park or displaying the prospects which its
best points may be made to command. Such waste, as
it may be justly called, should rather be avoided. The
extent of the park may well be left to actual inspection
in rides taken for the purpose; and the finest views
should be reserved for the principal windows of the
house, for rustic seats or other stations in the dressed
grounds, or for walks or drives if these be necessary.
In forming an approach on level ground, it is proper to
introduce a few easy sweeps or curves round groups or
clumps of trees : these we prefer to the dull insipidity of
one great uniform sweep, which scarcely any planting or
other means of decoration can relieve. On rising and
undulating grounds, those approaches have the most
elegant eftect whose lines harmonize best with the natural
curves of the surface. In such cases all cutting and
embanking should be avoided as far as possible. Nothing
can be in worse taste than to cut through a broad swell
of ground of small elevation, or to bank across a wide
hollow whose surfaces vary only two or three feet, for
the purpose of forming a level road, or what may be
called some imaginary gradient. When cuttings and

LINE OF THE APPROACH. 27

embankments are imayoidable, as tliev may be on
shorty abrupt^ rolling nndiilations, or steep sm^faces^
tliev slioiilcl be rendered as inconspicnous as may be.
Easy inclinations in all cases are extremely desii'able_, and
to obtain these on rough gi'ound considerable sacrifices
must often be made, both in adding to the length and
diminishing the beauty of an approach. Into this
species of work, however, the fiu'or of railway-making
has inti'oduced some of its most ^-iolent operations, and
has added veiy little to approaches, as good roads, while
it has taken much fi'om then agi-eeableness, as good
drives through a park. Before proceeding to blast rocks
with gunpowder, or to cut into or through ridges, it is
well to see whether we cannot save expense and the
beauty of the gi'ound by de^-iating a little to the right
or left. One of these new approaches, formed in
defiance of all such considerations as those now indicated,
and executed by a ci-devant railway surveyor, has been,
not unaptly, styled by observant neighbours, ^^The Lodge
and Stables Direct Line,^^ from its passing close by the
latter offices in its way to the house. In tliis case, however,
there are probably more faults than cutting and embank-
ing. A well laid- out approach will seldom be made to cross
the park on the drawing-room fi'ont of the house, in its
way to the piincipal entrance. It is desirable, however,
that the house should be seen from it in one or two
advantageous positions, and that it should be in part
visible fi'om the windows of the public rooms, in order
that the inmates may perceive the approach of ^-isitors.
If there are circumstances which make it unavoidable
for the approach to pass the di'awing-room front, it
should be kept at such a distance, and conducted at such

c 2

28 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

a level, as to prevent the dressed grounds from being
overlooked.

Gates on the line of the Principal App^^oach.— Gates
intervening between the entrance lodge and the main
door of the house should, generally speaking, be avoided.
They either betoken some want of skill on the part of
the designer, or they are the result of some mal-
arrangement of the subdivisions of the park, or, perhaps,
of additions to the dressed grounds. The only excep-
tions to this rule are the cases in which parks and
pleasm^e-grounds are very extensive. In such circum-
stances secondary gates and lodges may be necessary.
Even in small residences, when the approach cannot be
protected by a fence the whole way to the main door
of the house, a light iron gate may be required to defend
the piece of lawn or ornamental ground before the en-
trance front. The subdivision of the park for grazing
purposes is the principal source of the gate nuisance on
the approach ; but it may be abated by the use of wire
fences, used as divisional fences, and made to run
parallel to the line of the approach, in which case they
interrupt the continuity of the park in a very slight
degree. They should be kept back from the road, at
least 15 or 20 feet; and the grass growing on the inter-
cepted space may be cut for hay or eaten down occa-
sionally by sheep. We have found such an arrangement
extremely useful in a park where the approach passed
through a wood, pasture-lands, and pleasure-grounds,
for the length of a mile without a single gate.

Terminati07i of the Approach. — That part of the ap-
proach which is nearest to the house, and comes up to
the entrance, requires very carefal adjustment. When

ROADWAY OF THE APPROACH. 29

the ground is level_, a suitable termination is compara-
tively easy ; but in other cases some cutting and filling
up of the sm-face may be needful before access can be
had with a gentle inclination to the hall door, or a suf-
ficient breadth of level surface can be formed in front of
it. Almost every case has some peculiarity of its own.
There should always be a level platform of gravel of
sufficient breadth to allow caiTiages to turn on it.
When this platform is small, it is very desii'able that
the adjoining portion of the approach should be level.
When the nature of the ground admits of it, the plat-
form should be extended, and its exterior portions should
be laid down in grass. T\Tiere the ground slopes rapidly
from the entrance front, it is proper to support the plat-
form by an ornamental wall or balustrade. The approach
should, if possible, never descend towards the house,
without a considerable space of level ground intervening
between the lowest point of the descent and the entrance
platform. Any visible descent near the house always
imparts to the latter a mean and inferior appearance.

Roadway of the Approach. — The road, to have any-
thing like a tolerable appearance, cannot be below
twelve feet wide. From twelve to sixteen feet may be
regarded as a medimn breadth; but it may be neces-
sary to make it as much as twenty feet. A long narrow
approach through an extensive park has veiy much the
look of a footpath. The road should be well formed ;
for, though it may not be subjected to the bm-den of
heavy cartages, the carriages that pass over it are not
always of the lightest description. Besides, in addition
to its being a good road, it should also be a good walk,
and this cannot be effected without its being finished in
a superior manner. The roadwav should have its bottom

30 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

paved with hand-packed stones from four to six inches
deep ; over these should be placed fonr inches of rather
small road-metal^ blinded with two inches of fine gravel.
If gravel cannot be had^ five inches of road-metal will
be necessary^ and two inches at the top must be broken
fine. In certain districts there is abundance of what is
called rotten rock, or beds of rock partially decomposed
by the action of the atmosphere^ which supply an excel-
lent blinding material. The road should be rounded
by being raised in the centre two or three inches above
the sides. In damp situations small drains should be
formed along each side and below the roadway. Where
the roadway has a hard bottom, that is, when it is cut
through rock or firm gravel, the packed stones may be
omitted. It is good economy to make a thorough road
over the whole breadth at once, as carriages do not
always keep the centre, and are sure to break down that
part which is insufliciently constructed. The secondary
and other service roads in the park should also be well
made, though they do not require to be so finely finished
as the approach. It may be laid down as an axiom,
that well-made roads are most easily kept in order, and
least expensive in their after management. Where cut-
tings and embankments are required on approaches,
several feet of level space should intervene between the
road and the bottom of the slope down to it, or between
the road and the upper edge of embankment which
supports it. In both cases the newly-formed slopes
should be rounded so as to unite as far as possible with
the natural curves of the ground.

Decoration of the Approach. — Much ornament by
means of trees and shrubs is not required in the approach,
although a moderate degree of embellishment may be con-

DECORATIOX OF THE APPROACH. 31

sidered necessary^ and its amount should be regulated by
the extent and character of the domain. Generally speak-
ings nothing more of this kind is needful than what
belongs to the entrance-gate^ or the particular portion of
the park or dressed grounds passed thi'ough. In relation
to this point_, and paii:icularly in regard to the exclusion
of exotics_, a good deal of finical pedantry has been exhi-
bited by wiiters^ who seem to have forgotten that the
larch and the horse-chestnut were exotics in the early
part of last century. It may be conceded that rhoden-
drons^ lilacs_, and other flowering shrubs are out of place
in the open park ; but these plants are out of place, not
because they are exotics, but because they are associated
with the ideas of cultm'e and keeping which, in the
situations referred to, they are sure not to receive. It is
certain that good approaches are often spoiled by exces-
sive decoration. Such is particularly the case when
they are separated from the pastm-es on each side by
slender or temporai-y fences. The slight restraining
effect which these fences have on the continuity of the
park is much augmented when shrubs are planted along
theii' edges. Certain circumstances, however, no doubt
warrant a greater amomit of ornament than we have
considered to be generally necessary. The approach, on
its way from the enti'ance-gate to the mansion-house,
may pass only through woods and pleasure-grounds, or
at most may only skirt the grass lands of the park, and
be separated from them by permanent fences. In these
situations the sides of the approach, except where they are
narrow stripes, afford available space and opportunity for
collections of exotic trees and taUer shi'ubs ; but dwarf
shrubs, unless required for the completion of an arbo-
retum group, should be reserved for the flower-garden.

32 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

The Avenue. — In a previous page it was said tliat the
Avenue is a species of approacli^ leading towards the
house in a straight line, and bordered by parallel rows
of trees. It may be asked, when is this form of approach
to be adopted? and what is to be done with it when it
has been established? These questions are answered in
our observations on the park, along with some remarks
on the relation of the avenue to the general scenery of
a place. At present it may be enough to say that
avenues are most effective on flat surfaces, and that it is
only on these, and perhaps on ground with a slight and
uniform inclination, we can recommend them to be
in any case planted. If the undulations of the ground
are but slight, open avenues may stiU be admissible;
and these open avenues, when connected with the lawns
of the mansion-house, should be of considerable breadth.
\^Tien, however, they are formed as approaches, their
width should not be greater than the height to which
the trees forming them usually grow — say sixty or
seventy feet for common elms, planes, and limes, and
from seventy to ninety feet for beeches and English elms.
If wider, they will be deficient in that stately and im-
posmg effect which is the principal charm of an avenue.
The open variety requires double rows of trees on each
side ; and if these are planted at twenty or twenty-five
feet apart, they form subordinate close avenues, like the
side aisles of a Gothic church, and afford spaces for
charming shaded walks. The usual effect of the avenue
in the park is to dixide the landscape ; and this, indeed,
is the principal objection to its adoption, as in this
respect it is almost totally inconsistent with the modern
style of laying out grounds. There are sometimes posi-
tions near the entrance-gate where it can be introduced

THE FIXE APPROACH. 33

with good effect; and it may be employed without
injmy to the sceneiy when the approach passes through
a wood. In onr judgment nothing is more miserable
than the taste which converts the bare ill-gi'own trees of
a hedgerow^ which has bordered some parish road, into
an avenue thi'ough Avhose narrow in^egular hue an
approach is made to pass. Certainly these stimted
defoimities should be prevented from dividing the land-
scape by the dividing stroke of the woodman^ s axe.

The Fine Approach. — The species of access to a man-
sion-house which we have ventm'ed to call a fine cqjproach
is seldom foimd connected with large residences or
extensive estates, but not unfi'equently with such small
places as requii-e only one approach and a back road.
AVe may describe it as a camage-way from the entrance
to the house, so laid out as to display all the principal
views and leading beauties of the place. It leaves
nothing worth looking at to be seen from the windows,
and it renders all ftirther inspection from walks or
gardens imnecessary. It is in itself a thing of primary
importance. Indeed, nothing can rival its ambition,
except, perhaps, the vanity of the individual to whom it
owes its formation. These approaches are often imne-
cessarily prolonged. We have seen them following the
boundary of the property to a considerable distance
from the entrance, the only objects between them and
the pubHc road being the park wall and a belt of shrubs
quite in:r^cient to deaden the noise of carriages out-
side. In other places they may be seen extending for a
mile or more through a narrow stripe of trees planted on
the sloping banks and knolls, on the side of a small
valley or of a vvide glen along vrhich the public road
passes. Tliis is, indeed, the favourite position of the fi,ie

c 3

34 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

approach. The highest powers of the designer, who is
rash and inexperienced enough to undertake the Avork,
are called into exercise. Cuts, and curves, and gradients,
and embankments, are all elaborated for the purpose of
enabhng the approach to occupy the principal points of
view. In the limited grounds no room is left for the
formation of a good walk. The approach is walk and
ride and everything. Seclusion there is none, except
that the fine approach is not much frequented, people
famihar with it often preferring to go by the back way
to the house. It is evident that in such elaborations
the proprietor thinks more of securing the applause of
strangers than of consulting his own comfort and con-
venience. He is content to admire and enjoy by proxy.
In short, of aU the foUies committed in the laying out
of country residences, the fine approach may be allowed
to wear the crown.

35

CHAPTER III.

PLEASUEE-GEOryDS AXD FLOTVEE-G.A:RDE^^S.

Position of the Pleasure-grounds. — Composition of tlie Landscape.
— Terraces ; Walls ; Grass Slopes ; Sknibs on Terrace-banks ;
Stairs on Terraces ; tlie Upper Surface of Terraces. — Tlie
Flower-garden ; Site of the Flower-garden ; Ground Colour ;
the Parterre ; the Eosary ; the American Garden ; the IMixed
Flower-garden ; Artistical Decorations ; Eockworks : Shelter
of the Flower-garden. — Walks in the Pleasure-grounds. —
Formation of Lawns,

LENDER the designation of pleasure-grounds or di'essed
grounds are comprehended those enclosed spaces Trithin
the park, and in immediate connection with the house,
which receive regular keeping and di'essing. In ordi-
nary circumstances, their walks are cleaned and their
lawns are cut two or three times each season, and the
leaves wliich fall on them are cleared off every winter.
Besides the amount of labour thus bestowed on them,
these grounds are further distinguished from the wood-
lands of the park by the quantity of shrubs, both ever-
green and deciduous, wliich they contain, and which
make up the bulk of their underwood.

Position of the Pleasure- Grounds. — These grotmds
should be so placed as wholly or partially to surroimd

36 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

the mansion-lioiise. We would have said wholly, were
it not preferable that the entrance front should be in
great measure open to the park. When the entrance
front is enclosed^ it should only be for the protection of
the gravel and lawn in the immediate vicinity of the
house. The extent of this gravel and lawn will of
course be regulated by the size of the whole place. It
is seldom expedient to have much lawn in front of the
mansion. Generally speakings it is better that the
grazing lands of the park should occupy this position,
and that the scenery on this side of the house should
partake rather of the character of the park than of the
pleasm^e-grounds. Being limited, then, on the entrance
front of the house, the pleasure-grounds, on the draw-
ing-room front and on the other sides, will receive a
proportional enlargement. Their actual extent must be
determined by the nature of the ground and the size of
the park. Perhaps they may include all the space in
the vicinity of the house, with the exception of that on
the entrance front, from which may be had the finest
views in the park and in the surrounding country.
These views add much to the interest and variety of the
grounds. If there are few or no prospects of this kind,
the greater is the necessity that the pleasure-grounds
should be so laid out as to awaken interest and to aiford
gratification within themselves.

Composition of the Landscape. — The views which it is
desirable should be possessed from the house require
a varied arrangement of the dressed grounds. As for-
merly stated, those on the drawing-room front should,
if possible, be the finest. Sometimes they may all be
included in one prospect, the pleasure-grounds forming
the foreground of the picture, and the park and exterior

COMPOSITION OF THE LANDSCAPE. 37

country making up the middle-ground and the distance
respectively. In certain cases^ the whole scene is neces-
sarily confined to the pleasiu'e-grounds and park^ and in
others entirely to the pleasure-grounds ; but whatever be
the extent of view, on the proper arrangement and on
the blending of the diflPerent parts of the scene will
depend the success of the landscape gardener in the
operations committed to him. It is evident that with
such diversified materials and appliances a diversity of
treatment -will be necessary. When the middle ground
and the extreme distance of extensive views are of a
varied and interesting character, it is seldom expedient
to introduce much ornament into the foreground ; but
if the middle-ground is tame and the distance unin-
\iting_, the interior should be made as ornamental as
possible ; and the same efiect should be aimed at when
the middle distance is disfigiu'cd by disagreeable objects
wliich cannot be wholly excluded or concealed. When
the whole scene is within the park, and still more when
it is wholly ^nthin the pleasure-grounds, it must receive
the more careful attention, and be so dealt with as to
produce the best effect that the character of the locahty
T\iU allow. ^Mien the ^-iews from the house are exten-
sive, it is not needful that a large extent of pleasure-
ground should be spread out before the windows. Such
breadth of dressed ground throws back the pasture-lands
of the park, and either conceals or renders indistinct
those groups of lining and moving objects with which
it is tenanted. Herds of deer or of cattle and flocks
of sheep impart much animation to the scene, which
should not be lost if it can possibly be preserved, much
less should it be artificially excluded. The pleasure-
grounds, as seen from the house, should be formed into

38 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

lawnsj interspersed with groups of trees and shrubs^
either separate or combined. Flower-beds may be
formed in some positions, especially where the ^dew
does not extend into the park, and along with these a
fountain or pond with a jet d'eau, or an artificial lake,
may be introduced with good efiect. Flower-beds are
very suitable on a terrace near the house. A small
flower-garden in connection with a boudoir is also appro-
priate ; but a flower-garden on an extensive scale should
be reserved for a separate division of the pleasure-
grounds. In open spaces in the grounds detached
flower-beds appear to be objectionable, as they do not
mass well with the other groups, as they lessen the
breadth and interrupt the continuity of the lawns, and
being bare except during a few months in summer, are
but seldom in a really ornamental state. At the same
time, a flower-garden, in a proper situation and at a
reasonable distance from the house, is a most desirable
object of interest, inviting frequent visits and afibrding
agreeable walks; and, indeed, extensive pleasure-grounds
can scarcely be deemed complete without one.

Terraces. — When well arranged, and adapted to the
character of the locality, terraces are excellent and highly
ornamental accompaniments to the mansion-house. As
seen externally, there are few objects which add so much
dignity to the house, as they form a fine outwork and
extended basement, and impart a stately effect and an
imposing breadth to the whole group of buildings. They
also afford an admirable outset to the work of decora-
tion in the vicinity, and serve to connect the house and
the groimds in a manner which could hardly be accom-
plished by a lawn, however highly ornamented. Inter-
nally they may be made a good architectural foreground

TERRACES.

to the scenery as viewed from the house. They may
also be used to conceal a one-sided slope^ or a t\\ist in
the ground, which may have a disagi'eeable effect as seen
from the windows. To a house situated near a steep_,
abrupt declivity, teiTaces with suitable walls may be
not only ornamental, but almost indispensable to the
protection of the inmates when walking in that part of
the gi'ounds. Without them, indeed, in such situations,
scarcely anything in the way of ornament or convenience
can be effected. The adoption of teiTaces should be
suggested by the nature of the ground and the character
of the house, rather than by any considerations imme-
diately connected with themselves. Xothing is worse
than a terrace out of place. We generally do not expect
to find them on veiy flat surfaces, although, in certain
circumstances, a single terrace of low elevation has a
good effect. On slight declivities two or thi^ee feet of
descent will afford a suitable opportunity for introducing
this species of ornament. "VMiere there is no slope, the
terrace may nevertheless be introduced by raising the
base of the house suflBciently at its first erection, and
then by carrying the earth that is necessary for the
embankment. "^Miere there can be only a small breadth
of dressed grounds between the house and the park, the
terrace wall may form the fence of these grounds, and
may be more in keeping with the house than one of a
lighter construction. The most important position of the
terrace is on the di^awing-room front ; but it is not neces-
sarily confined to that, as it may be extended along the
ends of the house, and even of the offices, if these latter
touch the side of the di^essed groimds. Terraces should
be considered architectm'al formations of the gi'ounds : as
such, their leading lines should be level, whether they are

40 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

bounded by walls or by banks ; and these lines should
also be parallel_, and especially when there are more than
one terrace on the same slope. The upper surfaces^ too^
should be strictly parallel in theu' planes : any deviation
in this respect gives the whole a tmsted appearance,
and suggests the idea of their having been executed
by incompetent workmen. There are sundry points
connected with terraces, such as the breadth of their
platforms, their height, the number on the same de-
cHvity, their junction with the natural banks into which
they may run, the angles of inclination when they are
sloped, and various other matters, respecting which no
general precepts can be given that would be applicable
in all cases. These must be determined by carefid study
on the spot, and repeated consultation of the eye. We
may remark, however, that the length of a terrace is
always a more important property than its breadth. A
broad terrace, indeed, is always desirable, but unless it
is more or less elongated, it will seem to degenerate
into a broad platform. The latter form, however, when
it is avowedly such, and does not pretend to the usual
character of a terrace, is not an inferior arrangement,
and may be made an object of considerable interest.

Terrace Walls. — These are retaining walls, either
with a cope brought up to the level of the platform, or
with a parapet or balustrade rising above the surface
of the terrace. In either case, their main use being to
support the mass of earth behind them, they seldom
admit of much variety or ornament in their construc-
tion, except when the architecture of the house requires
a decorated parapet or balustrade. A low terrace,
unless in peculiar circumstances, scarcely calls for
either ; but when the retaining wall is high, a parapet

GRASS SLOPES. 41

is indispensable for the protection of persons walking on
the platform. The best substitute for a parapet is a
low broad hedge_, or a border of shrubs formed along
the edge of the terrace : in some cases the border may-
be shaped into a sloping bank of considerable breadth,
and the height of the wall proportionally reduced. The
union, in the same teiTace, of the retaining wall and
the sloping grass bank seldom produces a good effect.
Their most suitable combination is when the wall is
made to support the lower portion of the bank ; but
when this plan is adopted, neither the wall nor the bank
should be high. Regularly sloped grass banks, sur-
mounted by a parapet, have a peculiarly incongruous
appearance : the walls or parapets look as if they wanted
a base, and the banks seem to have been piled up against
the lower parts of the walls to hide deformities. As the
parapets appear to rest on the edge of a sloping sui-face,
they present the very image of instability ; besides, on
the top of a grass bank they are not ordinaiily required
for protection, nor, indeed, for any useful pui-pose. In
short, they are altogether in bad taste.

Grass Slopes. — Terraces are often faced ^vith grass
slopes instead of walls ; and though the resulting effect
is inferior, these slopes are very suitable for places where
a plain style of decoration is required, and particularly
at a distance from the mansion-house, as on the sides
of bowling-greens or in flower-gardens, and in the more
remote parts of the pleasure-grounds. It must be
admitted that a terrace with a regularly formed grass
bank of considerable depth has mostly a bald appearance.
This arises partly from its sui'face being so plain as to
have no variety, and partly fi'om the absence of a
diversity in light and shade, particularly in those slopes

42 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

which face towards the south. A long, natural slope of
grass is often very beautiful; but, on examination, it
will be found that it is free from that dead, mechanical
uniformity common in artificial works. Perhaps, how-
ever, light has the greatest influence in this respect — a
fact very much overlooked in landscape gardening. The
surface of the slope is turned up towards the light ; and
so it wants that variety of shade which even a plain wall
exhibits at different periods of the day. Accordingly it
is found that, when facing the north, and in an inferior
degree when facing the east and west, these grass slopes
are always more eflPective than when turned to the south,
for in this last position they are seldom seen in shade,
and consequently have a bare and bald effect. Never-
theless a long deep grassy slope, closely shaven and neatly
kept, is always popular, however ineffective it may be in
the eye of refined taste. There are some means of
relieving its monotony, which we shall indicate in the
following paragraphs.

Shrubs on Terrace Banks. — Long bare slopes, and par-
ticularly when there are irregularities of surface which
could be removed only with great labour and expense,
should be wholly or partially covered with shrubs. When
there is a considerable height of bank and breadth of
slope, several effective terraces may be formed along the
bank with walls, borders, and walks, and intermediate
slopes planted with laurels, constantly kept down by
pruning to the height of two or three feet. The inter-
est and variety of these terraces are increased by scat-
tering over them a few ornamental trees and shrubs,
which may be allowed to assume their natural form, but
should not be introduced in such numbers, or be per-
mitted to grow to such a magnitude, as to injure the low

UPPER SURFACES OF TERRACES. 43

slinibs. These banks of low ever^eens are more suited
for southern slopes than grass is, as they are more per-
manently evergi-een, and, from their greater intricacy,
have more variety of light and shade than a closely-mo^vn
surface of grass can have.

Stairs on Terraces. — Flights of steps form an excel-
lent means of decorating terraces. TThen connected
with walls, they are susceptible of a considerable degree
of ornament. Stall's on gi'ass slopes afford less scope for
decoration ; vases placed on then- sides may be deemed
the most proper objects for this pm-pose. Stall's should
be placed at the ends of ten-aces, as well as at their
centres ; they may be omitted in the latter position, but
if they are only foimd there, they have a sensible effect
in diminishing the appearance of length in the teiTaces
by diriding them into halves. Properly, stall's should
]3e in connection with walks, but they may sometimes be
introduced without the latter. In either case, when
there is more than one tier of teiTaces, the ffights of
stairs should be successively carried from the top to the
bottom of the whole series. Anything short of this pro-
duces an uncomfortable feeling, as if some of the flights
of stall's had been misplaced through perversity, or lost
by mistake.

Upper Surfaces of Terraces. — We shall suppose that
the ai'chitectm-al variety of terrace has been properly
constructed, ^ith a good wall in front, and a broad
level above ; the latter should be traversed by two spa-
cious walks, — one near the house, and the other along
the wall. The intermediate space is to be occupied with
flower-beds cut out of grass, or placed in gravel with box
or stone edgings. Fountains, dials, vases, and other
architectural ornaments, may be introduced with excel-

44 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

lent effect. These may compose groups of themselves,
or be made the centres of different groups of floAver-beds.
The character and arrangement of these objects should
be in keeping with the style of the buildings around. In
the case of terraces faced with grass slopes, the walks
should be arranged as in the other variety. The flower-
beds should be laid out in grass-plots, or with broad
verges, or with raised stone edgings round the figures
cut in the grass. Small gravel walks, with box edgings,
do not suit this style of terrace. Stone blocks sup-
porting vases may be ranged along the tops of the banks,
and also laurels grown in boxes and trained to represent
the orange-trees used for this purpose on the Continent.
The other processes of ornament are much the same as
those referred to above, only, perhaps, they should be
carried out in a plainer and lighter style.

The Floiver Garden. — Among the most important and
interesting portions of the pleasure-grounds is the flower-
garden, when the place is extensive enough to afford
room for its being formed into a separate department.
In small residences, the whole of the flower-garden may
be close to the house ; but in those of considerable mag-
nitude, it is always desirable that it should occupy a
distinct section of the dressed grounds. In both cases,
care should be taken to bring it into harmony with the
general scenery, of which, indeed, it should form a con-
stituent, though a more highly and minutely finished
part. On this account, the principles which regulate the
formation of the dressed grounds generally should also
be held as applicable, with slight modifications, to the
flower-garden. That garden, whether geometrical or
otherwise, should be so arranged as not only to compose
an effective whole, but also to exhibit such secondary

SITE OF THE FLOWER-GARDEN". 45

and minor gi'ouping as will produce good indi^-idupJ
groups in its divisional sections, when these are seen in
positions from which the whole cannot be comprehended.
From want of conformity with this piinciple, flower-
gardens have sometimes a fine effect when seen from one
or two leading points of "siew ; but when examined in
detail,, they lose all their interest, except what arises
fr'om individual plants, or masses of flowers and shrubs.
Effective secondary and minor grouping not only adds to
the beauty of fine plants, but very much improves the
appearance of those which scarcely deserve that name.

Site of the FIower-Garden. — Convenience of access
requires that the flower-garden should be at no great dis-
tance fr'om the house. It may be separated from the
other groimds by trees and shrubs, and if the kitchen-
gardens are not remote, it may take an intermediate
position between these and the house. The site should
be wai-m, sunny, and dry, and well sheltered, though not
shaded. It should be remembered that the beauty of
the flower-garden arises more fr'om its graceful arrange-
ment and superior cidtiu-e, than fi'om fine vicAvs existing
without its boundary. Such riews, then, are not neces-
sary to complete it, and a seeking after them mav
deprive the garden of that shelter which is absolutely
indispensable to the successfid cultivation of fine plants.
This circumstance should be kept in mind, both in the
selection of the site, and in the laying out of the compo-
nent parts.

The Ground Colour of the flower-garden and of its
walks has a considerable influence on the effect of its
arrangements, and, as it varies, sometimes leads to the
adoption of different styles of gardening. Independently

46 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

of the plants^ there may be said to be only three main
varieties of ground-colonring in flower-gardens^ — yiz.,
the green of the grassy turf, the black or dark brown of
the cultivated soil^ and the tints of the gravely varying in
particular cases from bright brown to bluish grey ; and
the extent to which each of these colours is \isiblej either
apart or in combination, gives a distinct expression to
the whole scene. The flower-garden may be formed with
walks, borders, and flower- plots, without any inter-
mingling of grass turf, and, if well laid out, and kept in
good order, it has, in summer and autumn, when the
ground is covered with plants, a rich and varied effect ;
but at other seasons it has a bare and stripped appear-
ance, and, presenting little else than the sombre hue of
the naked ground, exhibits scarcely aught that can in-
terest or attract. On the other hand, a flower-garden
formed on a ground-work of grass lawn, with walks and
borders well arranged and attended to, has at all seasons
a clothed effect ; and though in winter the grass has a
less lively tint, yet it still looks like a carpeted apart-
ment with some of its more showy decorations awanting.
The flower-garden without grass is then like a house
which has not only lost its carpets, but nearly its whole
furniture. We do not wish unduly to depreciate the one
style of garden, and to exalt the other beyond its merits.
In the garden composed entirely of walks and borders
and flower-plots, a much greater nu.mber and variety of
plants may be grown, and very beautiful scenes may be
produced by means of these, together mth flowering
shrubs and evergreens. But the grass flower-garden,
from the simplicity and quiet repose of its well-arranged
lawns, has a much finer effect at all seasons. The colour
of the walks, taken in connection with their number and

THE PARTERRE. 47

breadth^ produces an effect, more or less marked, on the
flower-garden. Dark, dingy colours, on the one hand,
and bright, glaiing tints, on the other, are equally to be
avoided : those of a warm shade, such as light sienna —
perhaps the finest of all — should be chosen, when they
can be had. The reddish yellow of the Kensington
gravel has deservedly made it a favourite. In the small
divisional walks in the flower-garden, a variety of tints
may be introduced; but violent contrasts should be
avoided, and in the larger walks a more uniform colour
ought to be maintained, as contributing to the best
general effect.

The Parterre, both ancient and modem, may be de-
scribed as a geometrical flower-garden, laid out on a
flat sm'face, and, in addition to its fiuTatm-e of plants,
adorned with a variety of artistical objects suited to its
style and character. The most proper site for a parterre
is the platform of a terrace, or some lower level, on which
its whole arrangement can easily be seen at once fi'om
an adjacent elevated position. Unless it is placed on such
a site, the effect of its numerous figures will be in gi'cat
measure lost, and it will appear more a piece of entangled
complication, than a well ordered and nicely balanced
geometrical design, which, from its very nature, it is
intended, and therefore ought to be. The ancient par-
terre frequently covered a large surface. It had its divi-
sional sections so arranged that one side or end was made
the exact counterpart of the other, and all its alleys and
flourishes were repeated with the utmost precision. Some
of the sections were large and plain, and were intended
for the reception of plants, while others were cut into an
infinite variety of shapes and traceries, in which the
edgings, the colour of the soil and sand ^-ixh. which the

48 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

compartments were filled, and the tints of tlie alleys by
which they were surrounded, all went to make up the
general picture. The inherent sameness of this style of
gardening no doubt led to these extravagant attempts at
intricacy ; and the same result was aided by the compa-
rative paucity of fine plants which existed when parterres
were introduced. Some attempts have been recently
made to revive this style in its original perfection ; but
when it is considered how difficult it is to adapt designs
intended for spaces of six or eight acres to pieces of
ground about one-eighth of that size, we cannot be sui*-
prised that they have unifomily failed. Besides, the
ancient style is entirely out of harmony mth the modem
taste in relation to all the other component parts of a
country residence. We might as well propose to convert
a modern drawing-room, mth all its elegances, into a
baronial hall of the fifteenth century. The modem par-
teri'e is not quite so complicated in its figures, even when
cut out of tm^f, in which case it is most akin to that of
the ancient forms. TMien formed of borders Tvith box
or other edgings, it is intended to be filled mth plants,
and may be made a place of considerable beauty. In its
geometrical forms it stiU requires as nice adjustment as
ever ; but the interest is not now made to centre wholly,
or in great part, in its configurations and traceries. The
principal aim of such scenes shoidd be, not the display of
the artist's ill-directed ingenuity, but the exhibition of
fine plants, which, in theii' present numbers and beauty,
afford abundant materials for the adornment of flower-
gardens. Annuals and green-house plants are chiefly
required for the summer and autumn decoration of par-
terres; but a supply of evergreens and vernal plants
should be kept in pots, to fill up the vacant beds in winter

THE ROSARY. 49

and spring. A due attention to these expedients mil
maintain in the parterre a permanently clothed appear-
ance^ and Trill preclude that bare and uninviting aspect
which it would othermse present at certain seasons.

The Rosary is one of the departments of the flower-
garden, deriving its name from the beautifid flower to
whose cultm'e it is specially devoted, and, as such, pos-
sessing much interest and beauty. Of late years, it has
desen^edly received increased attention and favour. We
would not, indeed, banish the rose -border, the tree or
pillar roses, and the rose treillage fi'om the teiTace or
flower-garden; but we cannot help viewing a distinct
and elegant " garden of roses" as not the least interesting
addition that can be made to pleasiu^e- grounds. The
number and variety of fine roses now in cultivation seem
to demand a separate locahty, and as there are many
autumnal flowering kinds, the season of bloom may be
prolonged from the middle of June to the early frosts of
winter. The Rosary requires a good strong loamy or
clayey soil over a dry subsoil, and a sunny and sheltered
site. It may either occupy a section of the flower-
garden, properly so called, or may find a place on some
warm lavMi in the dressed groimds. In both cases, it
must have an enclosm'e sufficient to exclude rabbits and
hares ; but the external treillage work used for that pur-
pose may be made to conduce to the decoration of a
lavvn. Internally, it is generally laid out somewhat in
the geometrical parterre style, but there is no absolute
necessity for these forms. It may also be composed of
beds in grass, mth suitable gravel walks, or of borders
and walks without grass, as may be best adapted to the
site, or most agreeable to the taste of the proprietor.

50 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

The American Garden is another special department
of tlie flower-garden, and is consecrated to the growth of
those shrubs and other flowering plants which thrive best
in a peaty soil. It by no means holds good that all these
plants are natives of America, though undoubtedly the
greater part of them come from that continent. "We
refer to the rhododendrons, azaleas, kalmias, andromedas,
etc., which, growing spontaneously in the temperate
regions of both the old continent and the new, and being
sufficiently hardy to endure the climate of Great Britain,
contribute very largely to the beauty of our gardens and
dressed grounds. It is desirable that they should have
a separate department allotted to them ; but they should
not be confined to it, for they may be scattered through-
out aU the shrubberies in the place. When in a dis-
tinct locality and weU arranged, the American garden
may be made the most permanently evergreen portion of
the grounds, and therefore may not inaptly be denomi-
nated the Pleasure-ground Winter Garden. As such, it
should contain glazed structures, in which the heaths of
the Cape, the rhododendrons of India, and the azaleas of
China, may find a climate and receive a culture suited to
their natural habits. Many plants in the American
garden do not necessarily require a moist peat soil ; they
may be grown to great perfection in a heathy sand, in a
sandy loam, or sandy clay, or in a vegetable earth com-
posed of the decayed leaves of trees. They do not thrive
in common garden-soil. The American garden may be
either a section of the flower-garden, or may be formed
in some detached spot on one of the lawns. If the site
is naturally suited for this class of plants, some expense
may be saved in the formation of a proper soil. Portions
of the site may be slightly shaded with advantage, but

THE MIXED FLOWER-GARDEN. 51

should not^ at least in the northern paits of the island,
be natm-ally damp. The hybrid rhododendi'ons^ which
have been raised from the tree rhododendrons of India,
though not quite hardy in many localities, may yet be
gi'own very generally, if planted in wann and sheltered
positions. As these varieties bloom late in spring and
early in summer, their flowers attain a greater beauty if
theii' flower -buds are protected from the veiTial fi'osts by
some temporary awning or light glass covering. Hap-
pily, many new and hardier soits are now introduced
eveiy year. — American gardens assume a variety of
forms. They may be foraied either with small inter-
vening lawns or without them. They are generally laid
out on grass ; but as the plants they contain are mostly
evergi'eens, that ground-work is not so necessary as in
the rosary and the flower-garden.

The Mixed Flower Garden is one in which the above-
mentioned special departments are not kept distinct, but
in which the inmates of the parterre, the rosary, the
American garden, and other classes of flowers and shrubs,
are all mingled together in agi'eeable variety. To these
may be added a number of aitistical decorations. It is
certainly the most effective arrangement when all seasons
are taken into consideration. Allien laid out in a supe-
rior style, it should be made the most highly decorated
scene connected with the residence, whether its place is
immediately adjacent to the mansion or is withdi'awn
into a more remote dirision of the pleasure-ground. In
a work like the present we cannot ofier definite plans for
this species of flower-garden: indeed, these plans may
be as varied and numerous as the diversified circum-
stances of places or the varying tastes of difierent pro-
prietors. TTe may remark, however, that the living

52 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

occupants of the mixed flower-garden should be so
arranged, that while they fill certain grouped beds with
annuals, greenhouse plants, and roses, they should be so
placed as not to detract from the general effect of the
scene when their respective beds are empty, or when the
plants are small or in a state of decay. Grass is the
most suitable groundwork for gardens of this description;
but some of its groups of flower-beds may be intersected
by walks bordered with edgings of box or low flowers ;
and this, by increasing the variety, will add to the
general efiect. Terraces are admissible only when con-
sistent with the natural form of the ground. They
should be connected with the conservatories, or other
plant-houses, when these structures are erected in the
flower-garden, and in that case they may be faced with
walls, and may receive considerable architectural deco-
ration. Apart from such associations, they are better
formed with grass slopes. Both forms afford good points
for viewing the riches of Flora spread out below. Foun-
tains, pieces of water, dials, vases, etc., may also be
introduced, either grouped together, or made the centres
of figures or clusters of figures allotted to the groAvth of
flowering plants and slirubs. Some of these means of
ornament demand a separate and more detailed notice.

Artistical Decorations. — Vases and statuary form
admirable ornaments of flower-gardens when fine in
themselves and when well arranged ; but the latter con-
dition is somewhat difficult to fulfil, and therefore
requires attentive and tasteful management. Vases are
more adapted to geometrical arrangements. They are
peculiarly well suited for terraces, on which, however,
they should harmonize with the architectm^al forms of
smTounding objects. They may be placed either singly

ARTISTICAL DECORATIONS. DO

or with groups of flower-beds, in the more ii'regiilar
styles of designing. The emplojTnent of statuary in
flower-gardens and di'essed groimds is a much more diffi-
cult subject. It must be owned that, in this countiy, it
has seldom a very satisfactory effect, partly from the
severity of our climate, and partly from the want of
those associations with antiquities and architecture which
make Italy as it were the native home of statues. To
our taste, scarcely anything seems more uncomfortably
out of place than black or white painted figiu'es peeping
forth from a group or mass of shrubs. Indeed, the
less that is seen of them in such cii'cumstances the
better ; and they would be often vrell away altogether.
Statues should always be in connection with architecture :
on terraces they may be appropriately introduced, along
with foimtains, as the centres of primary or secondary
groups of flower-beds. We should hesitate to distri-
bute them singly throughout the grounds, imless the
whole place has a more architectm^al complexion than is
common in this country.

Rockivorks are pleasing objects when well executed,
but they should hardly be introduced except in places
where their position indicates that something of the kind
is not unnatural, that the rock projects inartificially
through the ground, or that it may have been laid bare
by some needful excavation. The materials of rock-
works should not be altogether foreign to the geology of
the district ; or if they are so, thefr natm-al stratification
should be imitated as well as possible, as, indeed, it ought
to be in all cases^ for this, if skilfrdly done, wiU take off
much fr'om thefr artificial appearance. It is a common,
but a very great, error to constiiict them of all the
curious, rugged, weather-eaten or water- worn stones that

54 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

can be collected from the sea-shore or the bed of a river.
How such conglomerations should have ever been ima-
gined to be like actual rocks, it is difficult to imagine.
The slag of glasshouses and the scorise of blast furnaces
may be described to be materials quite detestable — ugly
in themselves, and unpropitious to the unhappy plants
which grow on them. We would not have a rockwork
a sort of out-of-doors mineralogical museum, though
some variety of stones is not objectionable. One repre-
senting various geological formations is more worthy of
approbation, as it may be made interesting and instruc-
tive in itself, as well as ornamental to the grounds. If
expense is to be incurred, it is better that it should be laid
out in this way, than that it should be lavished on the pur-
chase or collection of mere curiosities. It may be added,
that for the construction of a rockwork even of considerable
size a great amount of stones is not necessary. Most of
its interior may be of earth ; and to produce a sufficient
illusion it may be enough to stud some portions of the
surface with stones. In a few years the growth of
plants and low shrubs placed on it will conceal apparent
defects.

Shelter of the Flower Garden. — It has already been
remarked that to the flower-garden proper shelter is
indispensable. In providing this needful protection, most
people plant an indiscriminate mass of trees and shrubs,
without regard to individual efiect or botanical classifica-
tion. We humbly think that this is the part of the
ground, in which something like a scientific character in
the disposition of the trees and shrubs is most suitable.
Without carrying this to such pedantic extremes as some
do, we should be inclined to arrange the trees mostly
according to their genera and natural orders. Beginning

PLAXTIXG IN THE PLEASURE-GROUNDS. OO

at some convenient pointy as with TiJia (lime)^ the planter
might continue with Acer (maple and sycamore), jEscuIus
(horse-chestnut), Fraxinus (ash), Quercus (oak), Pinus
(pine), and with various other families. ^Mien the
number of hardy species is small, several genera may
be collected into one clump; but when the kinds are
numerous, as in Quercus and Pinus, several groups may
be formed of one family. The dwarf species will take
theii' places in front of the others. For low trees or
shrubs, to fill up the margin of the taller masses, we
should employ the more showy species and varieties of
Magnolia, Cytisus, CratcBgus, Arbutus, Rhododendron,
Azalea, and others of the numerous flowering shrubs and
low trees procui-able from nm^series. Along with these
should be planted a quantity of yews, hollies, and laurels,
to form masses and underwood.

Planting in the Pleasure- Grounds generally, — Hitherto
we have been speaking of the dressed grounds in im-
mediate connection with the mansion-house j but our
remarks may, with some modification, be extended to
the whole pleasure-gi'ounds. The intermixtiu'c of lawns,
and of groups of shrubs and trees, must be earned
throughout. American and other flowering shrubs may
be sprinkled along the edges of the lawns and openings.
In some places the trees may assume the character of
woods, with masses of evergreens in the way of under-
woods ; in other places the lower growths should only
form occasional thickenings among the taller trees.
This variety of scenery may be improved and enhanced
by the interest derivable from the trees themselves.
Not to repeat what has been said above, about combining
the natm'al families in the vicinity of the flower-garden
— though it is obvious that the principles there recom-

56 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

mended may be brouglit into operation in any part of
the pleasure-gronnds — we may point to tlie striking
effect produced by certain exotic trees^ when near the
eye of an intelligent observer. At a distance^ and
viewed in a line perpendicular to its direction^ a mass
of beeches may not seem to differ much from other
deciduous trees ; but the result is otherwise when ,the
eye is sufficiently close to the objects to discern their
kinds, or when their peculiar forms stand out in strong
relief. On this principle the conspicuous, or what may
be called the staring trees, should be mostly of the rarer
species, and of the more uncommon forms. Probably
some of our readers may remember the use which
Martin, the painter, makes of the cedar of Lebanon in
his Illustrations of Paradise Lost. In the same way
attention may be directed to the tidip-tree, the weeping
birch, the purple beech, the deodar cedar, the araucaria,
and many others which will readily suggest themselves
to amateurs in arboriculture. Of course, it is not in-
tended that such stunted curiosities as may be necessary
in botanic gardens should be thrust forward into un-
deserved notice: but where rarity of occurrence or
quaintness of structure is combined with beauty or
vigour of growth, these qualities should always be taken
advantage of. The reader will find this subject pursued
at greater length in a subsequent chapter.

Walks in the Pleasure- Grounds. — Certain leading
walks are required in the grounds attached to a country
residence. One or more passing from the mansion-
house through the pleasure-grounds wiU be found
necessary. Another proceeding from the drawing-room
front, or principal terrace, may direct its course to the
flower-garden, the kitchen-garden, or other objects of

WALKS IN THE PLEASURE-GROUNDS. 57

interest. These walks should also lead to the places
from which the finest views are seen. For purposes of
recreation^ and the proper exhibition of the grounds,
a variety of secondary walks are needful. As a general
rule, it may be noted that aU nan'ow walks should be
avoided. On all walks in pleasure-grounds, three per-
sons, at least, should be able to walk abreast, a quali-
fication which T\ill requii'e them to be at least seven feet
■wide. When narrower than tliis mark, walks produce
an unsociable disjimction of a paity, and mar that con-
versational enjo^-ment which is one of the main charms
of such scenes. Short and frequent zigzags in the line
of walks shoidd be avoided, as they not only look ill,
but also require a continual twisting and turning, to
the utter interruption of easy and meditative walking.
Walks, and especially the leading ones on terraces and
in the dressed gi'ounds, ought to be very carefully and
efficiently constructed, otherwise they cannot be expected
to be firm, diy, and comfortable at all seasons. They
should be bottomed with fr-om fom* to six inches of hand-
packed stones or old bricks, broken small on the top,
or blinded with land gravel, small fiints, or fine road-
metal, and then covered with from three to fom' inches
of gravel. Pit gravel, as binding most readily, is the
most suitable for making a firm walk; and therefore,
when it is to be had in sufficient quantity and of a proper
quality, it should be used in preference to other kinds.
Sea and river gravel do not bind so well, fr'om lack of
earthy matter; and therefore, when employed for the
first three inches, it shoidd receive a slight admixtiu'e of
earthy sand or ashes or rotten rock, and after this layer
has been made finn by roUing, it shoidd receive a thin
coating of the water- canied gravel. Walks shoidd be

D 3

58 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

made full, with a slight rounding in the centre, amounting
to from one-eighth to three-eighths of an inch to the foot
of breadth : more than this makes them unpleasant to
walk on. Small drains along the edges of the walks are
needful, especially when the surface of the ground slopes
towards them. On iachned ground they should be fur-
nished with gratings, to pass the water into the drains,
and to prevent it from furrowing the gravel. Various
substances have been used to bind the surfaces of walks,
and to give them the appearance of pavement, such as
Roman cement and coal tar : the latter, when mixed
with gravel, composes a hard, firm, smooth surface, but
the resulting colour is not agreeable. The favourite hue
of gravel is yellow or light sienna : these have a warmth
and richness of effect which are never to be found in any
dull or dark coloured variety. On the other hand, shell
gravel, though clean, is too light and glaring, particu-
larly in sunshine. The edging of walks should always
be low : a deep border of grass is unsightly, and seems
to indicate careless keeping. Box edgings should also
be small and low. The only allowable deviation from
this rule occurs in the high edgings necessary to mark
the figures of a parterre.

The Formation of Lawns. — A fine sward of grass is of
great moment, particularly in terraces, flower-gardens,
and bowlhig-greens, and, as such, calls for some notice in
this part of our subject. The first requisite is a good
surface soil; for where this is wanting no good grass
can be obtained to form a fme turf. It is vain to expect
a rich and perpetual verdure on stiff clay, or on tilly and
heathy soils. From eight to sixteen inches of good loam
or of fine light mould, according to the nature of the
subsoil, will generally be sufficient for this purpose.

THE FORMATION OF LAWNS. 59

An object of nearly equal importance is a copious supply
of grasses adapted to such soils. These are most readily
obtained by sowing the proper seeds. It is an absm^d
practice to sow the different varieties of rye-grass [Lo-
lium perenne), most of which are really annual_, or at
most biennial : in this way a fine perennial turf will
never be formed^ thoi^h a natm'al one^ more or less
worthless^ will probably form itself from seeds of grasses
contained in the gi'ound^ which are most likely to be of
the coarsest kind. Probably, after the lapse of six or
eight years, a sward barely tolerable may be produced
by constant mowing. Our own experience waiTants us
to say, that with a proper mixture of perennial grass
seeds a fine lawn may be grown in two years ^. T\'e
may add, that careful and frequent rolling and mowing
conduce greatly to the speedy formation of a fine sward.

* The foILowiiig may be given as a hst of grasses suitable for a
lawn: — Cynosurus cristatus, Festuca tenuifolia, Poa trivialis,
Poa nemoralis, Poa sempervirens, Lolium perenne tenue.

60

CHAPTER IV.

THE PAEK.

Definition. — The Unity of the Park. — Natural Character of
the Ground. — Acquired Character of the Ground. — Planting
in the Park. — Surfaces to be Planted. — Arrangement of Woods
in the Park ; a Group ; a Clump ; a Mass ; carrying out the
Arrangement of Woods. — Grouping of Plantations in the Park.
Outlines of Plantations. — Belts and Circles. — Artificial Style.
— Avenues.

The Park. — Under the general name of Park we
include all those plantations and pasture-lands sur-
rounding a country residence and its dressed grounds,
which are in the immediate possession of the proprietor,
and are managed by his servants, or at most are only let
out from year to year for grazing. In the vicinity of
cities or large towns, and in thickly peopled districts, the
park is usually enclosed by a wall or fence of sufficient
height to exclude ordinary intruders ; in more remote
districts its boundary-fences differ little from those
common in the country, except that they may be a little
higher and more carefully kept*. The park may be

* The park, chase, and forest are remnants of the terri-
torial arrangements of feudal times, and are, indeed, tiifierent
forms of preserves for beasts of chase and other game. The

THE UNITY OF THE PARK. 61

^dewed as distinguisliecl by the quantity and variety of its
woodlands, arranged in the form of plantations^ or dis-
persed in clumps and groups through its pastui'e-lands.
We have abeady adverted to various subjects connected
with a country residence ; to these we shall again refer
only as forming part of the arrangements of the park
scenery.

The Unity of the Park may be described to be that
harmony of effect produced by well- arranged scenery
which,, however diversified and picturesque^ does not
suggest any discordant or offensively inconginious ideas.
A park, indeed, of considerable extent, Avill never form
one picture; and neither will a small one, unless in
imfavourable circumstances. A simple or single unity,
then, is a quality not to be expected, and hardly to be
valued if it coidd be obtained. The absence of discord-
ance, a character quite compatible with a beautiful diver-
sity, is perhaps all the unity that is desirable. It must
be confessed that this is a subject which has received
very inadequate attention, both in the theory and the
practice of designing. Very often, in the lajnug out of
grounds no general plan has been adopted, or at least no
pervading idea has been carried out. Improvement has

forest, often of vast extent and of diversified surface,, was the
exclusive prerogative of royalty, and was invested with pecuUai'
laws and privileges. The chase, a name still occurring in some
places in England, was a smaller portion of country, lying in a
state of nature, and unenclosed. The parh was of more limited
dimensions than either of the former, and was surrounded by
fences. In the conception of a park, enclosure is the dominant
idea ; and hence, in the Lowlands of Scotland, which were enclosed
within the memory of the last generation, a fenced field of any
description is, in popular usage, called a parh.

62 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

proceeded in a bit-by-bit way, — by the planting of a
field here and a knoll there. Clumps or single trees are
set down in adjoining fields, fences are partially removed,
and fragments of hedgerows or belts of plantation are
left standing in places whence they ought to have been
removed, or if preserved, should have been made the
nuclei of clumps or groups of trees. The result of all
this is confasion at the very least. In many cases, and
even in places of considerable note, what beauty there is
has arisen from the marked character of the locality, or
from the accidental circumstance of an existing mass or
group of fine old trees, rather than from any systematic
efforts on the part of the designers. This frequently
occurs where parks have been gradually enlarged by
successive additions. Very often, instead of a fine park,
we find ourselves in the midst of an accumulated mass
of acres, woods, fields, and fences, without any \dsible
arrangement in reference to beauty of indiA idual outline
or to harmonious combination. The impression is that
of a labyrinth. The only unity is contiguity of space.
We do not say that there is no interest even in such
scenes ; but it arises from the beauty of single trees, or
occasional nooks of greenery, or detached pieces of rock
or water, — very beautiful things, certainly, in themselves,
but only a scantling of what might have been secured
by the moderate exercise of taste and foresight. After
all, an extensive and pervading unity is often unattain-
able. Some corner of a neighbouring estate, some
Naboth^s vineyard, comes in the way, and, offending the
feeling of appropriation, must be planted out if it
cannot be purchased ; or a parish road, or a church with
graveyard and hamlet, may obtrude themselves irreme-
diably. In such circumstances, the absence of a visible

NATURAL CHARACTER OF THE GROUND. 63

disunity may be tlie most favom'able consummation that
can be realized.

Natural Character of the Ground. — Most places bave
intrinsically a natm-al character, which is maiiily de-
pendent on what may be called the contoui' of sm'face.
This, being a matter of great importance, should receive
immediate and studious attention, both fi'om the pro-
prietor and the artists who may aid him in erecting his
house and laying out his groimds. It is obvious that the
nature of the sui'face must materially aflfect the style
and position of the mansion-house, the adornment of
the di'essed gi^ounds, and the extent and character of the
park, approaches, and, in short, everything connected
with a countiy residence. Xatiu'c affords an almost
infinite variety of contom's, each requiring or suggesting
a different treatment. For example, the house and its
environs may occupy part of a dead flat, a level as
imiform as a painter's canvas ; and this situation may be
accounted the least felicitous, or certainly the least sug-
gestive, of all, as it obliges the designer to create rather
than regulate a landscape. Again, the surface may be
concave, iacluding the two sides of a valley of moderate
width ; or it may be the lower part of the slope of a hilly
country, where it gradually descends iuto the plain — in
other words, one side of a broad valley. On the other
hand, some surfaces ai-e convex — a long and shghtly
elevated ridge, we may suppose, or a lower spur of a
mountain or range of hills, or a bold promontory run-
ning into the sea. Once more, the house may be seated
on the shoulder formed by the junction of a primary and
a transverse or secondary valley, on a platform over a
lake or arm of the sea, or on the winding bank of an
inland stream or narigable river ; and of com'se the cha-

64 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

racter of the park and grounds must be modified by these
varying circumstances. Manifold are the other diver-
sities of natural surface ; and to the slightest reflection
it must be apparent that they cannot all be dealt with in
the same way. On a convex surface, for example,, we do
not generally meet with standing water; the beauties
consist mostly of distant views, and the business of the
designer is to select these, to render them conspicuous,
and to set them off with beautiful foregrounds. On the
other hand, the concave sm-face suggests water scenery,
such as the lake or the artificial river. From such a
locality the distant views are necessarily limited, or
extend only in the direction of the valley; but if the
house be planted near one of the rising edges, or on the
breast of a slope, there will be room for admirable pic-
torial effect in the middle distance and opposite ridge, as
well as for delicious walks or rides in the lower grounds.
We tlrrow out these hints rather as illustrative of con-
tour than as indicating specific plans for particular
localities. We need scarcely add, that this natural diver-
sity of surface, while in its individual forms it affords
one of the essential elements of beauty, and has probably
suggested most of what is really fine in the practice of
the art, utterly precludes the laying down of any general
rule as everywhere applicable. We shall have occasion
to revert to this principle ; meanwhile, we beg the atten-
tion of our readers to its importance.

Acquired Character of the Ground. — Except where
a residence has to be formed in an unimproved and deso-
late region (and that is a task not of common occurrence),
the locality to be dealt with will have not only a natural,
but also an acquired character. Some growing timber
is generally found where a man thinks of setting down

ACQUIRED CHARACTER OF THE GROUND. 65

a house, and there are fences, roads, and perhaps farm-
buildings or other rural objects already existing. And
if the designer is called in, not to give a primary plan,
but to improve or extend what has been already done,
he is sm-e to find before liim buildings, plantations, and
other matters connected vrith countiy residences. All
these cii'cumstances originate what we have called an
acquii'cd character, wliich, in some cases, may have
obliterated in a gi'cat measure the natiu-al expression of
the place, particularly if the latter was not strongly
marked at first, or it may have brought out such a
want of harmony as to necessitate improvement. In
dealing with the acquii-ed character of the place, the
artist will find that there are certain objects, such as
the mansion-house, offices, and portions of the woods,
which can seldom be altered, and which must be treated
as fixtmTs. Such objects are not unfrequently sources
of great embarrassment. They often so modify the
whole of the alterations that the place, even after every
possible improvement, is gi^eatly inferior to what it might
have been had the fixtures been skilfully arranged at
first. All these points, then — the natural contour and
expression, the acquii'cd character, and the mutual modi-
fications produced by the intermingling of both, — must
be carefully studied by the artist ; for it is only by means
of a matured knowledge of these, and by availing himself
of the alterations which they place within his reach, that
he hopes to bring out those beauties which the eye of
taste can discover slumbering and bmied, as it were, in
a mass of deformity and confusion. Xo quickness of
eye can dispense with, hardly any inspiration of genius
can supply the want of, careful and acciu:ate study on the
ground.

66 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

Planting in the Park. — Planting is the principal means
of ornamenting the park; and accordingly trees and
sknibs ai-e the chief materials with which the designer
has to operate. On the presence or absence of these,
and on their due arrangement and distribution, will
depend the superiority which the lands of the park, thus
adorned, will have over lands of a similar character and
extent, but occupied simply as pastm'es. This difference
may be small at first, but it will be rapidly developed by
the yearly growth of the trees. In this department of
planting, various objects are to be kept in ^iew. Shelter
may be necessary in particular quarters -, seclusion, also,
is requisite. But the principal aim which the ornamental
planter has to keep in ^iew is, of com'se, scenic beauty.
To attain this end, particular attention must be given to
the nature of the surfaces which are to be planted; and of
these we shall now proceed to speak.

Surfaces to be Planted. — Of these we may remark gene-
rally that their exact nature should be carefully ascer-
tained, their present and possible future physiognomy
should be attentively studied, and the amount and distri-
bution of the plantmg should be determined accord-
ingly. The planter will endeavour to bring out the
beauty which intrinsically belongs to the peculiar situa-
tion or may be ehcited from it. At the same time, he
will take care not to shut out whatever is picturesque in
the surrounding country fi'om the principal points of
"vdew. We have abeady said that a flat sm-face is the
least propitious to pictorial effect ; still, by skilful
management a certain amount of it may be accom-
plished, or, at least, a great improvement may be made
on a bald and uninteresting locality. On such ground
the artist will have to depend on his own power of

SURFACES TO BE PLANTED. 67

grouping together the masses of wood which he may
deem necessary for the piu'poses of decoration ; and
though he cannot avail himself of any sAvell of the
ground to add variety to the scene^ he will have the
satisfaction of knowing that the outlines of his planta-
tions^ clmnps^ etc. J are perfectly at his command, and
that their effect cannot be diminished by any twist or
contortion of sm-face — a difficidty of not unfrequent
occurrence in other cases. Deprived of any advantage
which may be derived from undulations calcidated to
heighten the effect of a plantation or to relieve the
defects of an outhne,, he will have to create a piece of
scenery which should be complete in itself, and should
form a gracefid and harmonious whole. The disposition
of the woods should be such as to make up a variety of
apparently connected, yet diversified, scenes, of consider-
able length and breadth within the park. It is of great
practical moment to remark, that to accomplish this,
less planting will be required on a flat than on any other
surface. The open spaces should be roomy, the glades
wide and sunny, and the whole expression of the place
should, so far as is possible, be Hght and airy. In an
undulating or hilly country, the woods ought rather to
occupy the sides of the hills or rising grounds than the
intein-ening valleys or hollows. In this way the woods
are seen to greater advantage, and they tend to increase
the height of the eminences on which they are placed,
and proportionally to deepen the groimds below them.
When the valleys or depressions of a park are all planted
up, as they too often are, the necessary residt is the con-
cealment of the natm^al inequalities of the ground and
the production of a didl unifonnity. Of coiu'se, while
recommending the planting of wood on the higher posi-

68 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

tions, we do not mean that the smooth outline of every
green hill should be exchanged for a seiTated one of
trees placed over it. Still less would we recommend the
capping of all the knolls with clumps of wood, which is
in as bad taste as planting up all the hollows. We
would have some of the hills or rising grounds in the
park covered with masses of wood feathered out towards
the bottom, with scattered groups thinly distributed
across the valleys. In other cases, the rising grounds
might be clothed with groups becoming thinner towards
the top, and thickening as they descend on both sides.
Where there are low green hills with fine outlines, the
summits of one or more of these should by all means be
left vacant, and a curtain of wood drawn along the lower
slopes and base, and even the adjacent valley. Where
there is no such variety of surface as we have supposed
above, or where the park is of limited extent, each case
will fall to be dealt with as the natural character of the
place will suggest or allow, regard being had to the
general import of the principles already indicated. The
planting of the sloping banks of the platforms which
constitute the main area of some parks, and of the
ravines by which they are intersected, has often a
wretched efiect. This is owing to several causes: for exam-
ple, to their being formed without relation to other groups
or masses in the park, and to their trees appearing above
the banks, and dividing the landscape with what seems a
meagre, ill-grown belt. When such places are planted,
they should form a portion of some of the more general
combinations in the park, and the spaces covered with
trees should be extended beyond the top of the banks in
order to secure a certain amount of breadth. It some-
times happens, that in such planted ravines the lines of

ARRAXGEMEXT OF WOODS IX THE PARK. 69

light along the upper edges of the slopes^ as seen from
below^ proclaim the poverty of the whole affair. "We
add an earnest caution against the inconsiderate filling -up
of ravines and hollows by means of wood. Such places
may have no agiicultural and but little pastoral value,
and yet the choking of them up with plantations may
be almost the last thing which an improver ought to do.

Arrangement of Woods in the Park. — This is a
subject second in importance to none which we have
hitherto treated. Success in this department is essen-
tial to that unity and harmony which are necessaiy to
the development and finished expression of park scenery.
It is^ however^ a matter somewhat difficult to handle,
both in theory and in practice. For the sake of clearness,
we may begin our remarks with the explanation of a
few terms which we cannot help using^ and which indeed
we have used abeady. A Group is a term borrowed
fi'om the technical language of painters and sculptors.
It denotes an aggregation of at least two, but generally
more objects, closely related to each other by nearness
and position, but only remotely related in these respects
to other objects. In the internal sti-ucture of the group,
the objects are so arranged, that while one or more may
occupy leading positions, the others hold only inferior
places ; at the same time each must appeal' to belong to
the same combination, and to contribute to the making
up of a whole. The external and remote relation of the
group to other objects is of a more evanescent and inde-
finable description, but is of not inferior importance. A
group may, indeed, be conceived in a state of isolation
from objects of the same kind, as two or thi^ee human
figures in the corner of a landscape painting, a few
statues on a terrace, or a patch of palm-ti'ees in a wide

70 PARKS AND PLEASURZ-GROUNDS.

desert ; but there is probably always, even in tlie ease
of tlie palm-trees, a mental reference to existing accom-
paniments, perceived or imagined. In landscape gar-
dening, a gronp, tliougli apparently detaclied.is nnifoiToly
part of a whole. It remains to be added, that groups
are either simple or composite : simple, when they are
made up of single objects, such as ti-ees or statues ;
composite, when they ai'e foiTned of simple groups, or
of the other more condensed and extended bodies of
trees, which we now proceed to mention. A Clump is
a group considerably increased in the number and
density of its component parts, without any apparent
internal an*angement, but with a definite fignre and
decided outline. A clump of trees may be called a
smaU wood. Viewed at a moderate distance, the foiTQ
of that half of it which is next the spectator can be
taken in at once by the eye"^. A Mass of wood is
hardly a technical teiTQ, but yet a veiy convenient one.
It denotes a large body of gi^owing timber, exhibiting an
apparent continuity of boughs and foliage, and of such
depth that the horizontal Hght cannot be seen through
the stems of the ti'ces. That pomon of an extensive
plantation or forest which is visible at once, may be

* Lexicographers inform xls that the word durrqj was originally
written ^?M/n^>, and they adduce as examples, a plump of trees,
of horse, of fowU, etc. 2s^ear the hegioning of ' Marmion," Sir
"Walter Scott, imitating an old ballad, employs the expression,
'• a plump of spears," and adds in a note : " Thia word properly
appUes to a flight of water-fowl, but is apphed by analogy to a
body of horse." From certain, analogies in words derived from
the Anglo-Saxon, it wotdd seem that clump and lump are nearly
aUied, if not identical : and it must be owned that a lump of trees
is a phrase not a httle descriptive of many clumps to be found in
parks and pleasure-grounds.

ARRANGEMENT OF WOODS IN THE PAEK. 71

called a mass of wood. In the park, howcTer, tiie
masses, generally speaking, are of more limited dimen-
sions; yet they are so large, that while the irregularities
of ontline in the vicinity of the spectator can be per-
ceived by him, the forms of the extremities are distin-
gnishable only when viewed from a considerable distance,
Masses and clumps may be either enclosed or open :
they are generally enclosed. It will be obvious from
our definition of a composite group, that the places
of the component members may be taken by other
groups, and by clumps and even masses; so that we
might speak of a group of groups, a group of clumps,
and a group of masses. It will tend to clearness, how-
ever, if we reserve the term group, at least when unac-
companied with qualification, to denote the smaller and
simpler aggregations. In the larger and more composite
arrangements we shall prefer the expressions, a system,
or combiuation of clumps or masses. As the word
grmiping has been extensively used to express the prin-
ciples of combination or composition in rural scenery,
we shall continue to avail ourselves of it when necessarr.
It is hoped that, the above explanations being kept in
mind, the following remarks will be sufficiently intel-
ligible. In carrying out the arrangement of the woods^
the designer should begin with forming certain leading
systems of masses, to be filled up and completed by
secondary and minor combinations, together with the
necessary clumps or groups of scattered trees. For the
principal masses a few leading positions should be
selected. The house and pleasure-grounds should be
included in one; a hill, or rising ground, or rounded
eminence, may form the centre of a second or third ;
while the boundary of the park towards the home farm

72 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

or other portion of the boundary where disagreeable
objects are to be concealed^ may afford room for a fourth
or fifth. The secondary combinations,, though inferior
in extent to the primary ones^ will yet in many parks
be of sufficient dimensions to veil the stables and farm-
offices, and to shelter the kitchen gardens when these
are placed in detached positions; they may also be
employed with good effisct in other places, such as
around the entrance-gates and lodges, the gamekeepers^
and park-keepers^ cottages, and along the boundary of
the park. The secondary masses are also serviceable
in connecting the principal ones, and so making up
what we have called the systems or main combinations.
The minor combinations are frequently required for the
same or similar purposes, especially when they are
formed of groups of trees. The size, number, and
variety of these diversified aggregations of trees neces-
sary for the decoration of the park will of course depend
very much on the extent of the ground and the natural
character of the surface. When it is intended to give
the whole what is called a park-like appearance, spaces
of grass land of considerable length and breadth should
be left open between the principal masses of plantation,
and also between a number of the secondary ones. On
the other hand, when it is desired to impart to the place
the character of woodland scenery, the main combi-
nations should be enlarged and dra^vn more closely to-
gether, and the grass lands should be reduced to the
form of glades and openings in the woods. In localities
with a level surface, where little is seen beyond the park,
and where the creation of as large an amount of scenery
as is possible within it is an essential element in its
formation, the combinations of masses of plantation will

ARRANGEMENT OF WOODS IX THE PARK. 73

necessarily be fewer, and placed farther apart than where
the sm-face operated on is of an iindnlating hilly cha-
racter. ^Tiere a large body of wood is reqnii-ed, it is
injudicious to form the leading and secondary masses
into dense and almost impenions thickets, as is too
fi-equently done; it is better to arrange them into a
gradation of masses interspersed with lawns, glades, and
other openings, in addition to the rides by which they
may be trayersed, and the ordinaiy roads necessary for
their management. Where the main masses are small,
a similar effect may be produced by lesser openings and
indentations. In both cases groups of trees and single
trees should be scattered through the glades and along
the margins of the larger bodies of wood. This is exem-
plified in those places in which masses of wood are seen
forming pleasm'e-gi'ounds round the mansion-house. T^^e
do not mean that these masses of wood in the park
should be dissected into as many and as small divisions
as are often necessary in the dressed gi^ounds ; but there
are many places in which the woods are gi-eatly enliyened
by such open spaces, and by the addition of a few clumps
and groups of single trees, rehe^ing yet attached to the
general masses. In hilly and mountainous countries
large masses of wood are sometimes planted, but it is
seldom desii'able to intersect these with wide openings or
lengthened glades. A better effect is produced by bays
and indentations, as already recommended. Wlien the
woods haye been foraied, as above explained, into a
variety of leading and secondary combinations, the
position of the indiridual plantations should be such as
obviously to appear portions of their own systems. They
should vary in size as well as in form, and should be sepa-
rated by open spaces of varying breadth. The projec-

E

74 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

tions of one may advance towards the recesses of another.
In many cases they may be blended into one whole by
means of groups of trees scattered ronnd and amongst
them j these will produce a light and varied effect, and
tend to counteract any formaUty in the general outlines.

Grouping or Combination of Plantations in the Park.
— In our previous remarks, we have taken for granted
that some general arrangement of the different bodies
of wood should be adopted. It is necessary to insist
on this principle, for it is very frequently overlooked
or neglected. We often see isolated masses occupy-
ing positions, for which no apparent reason can be dis-
covered, and which probably were selected from the
original low value of the ground in an agricultural point
of view. Trees, the remains of old hedge-rows, or of
departed clumps, or of woods that have been removed,
are dotted over extensive sm-faces. Fences, dividing the
park into separate fields, draw their meagre and ungrace-
ful lines perhaps through the very centre of a fine
breadth of view. The effects of such misarrangements
are confusion, incongruity, or at least a sad diminution
of the pleasure which the other features of the scene
might have afforded. To avoid these unfortunate results
some general system of grouping should be sedulously
followed. In extensive parks of from 1000 to 2000
acres, there is often room for tln-ee or fom* or even more
main combinations, such as we have specified in a pre-
vious article. In more limited localities the principal
grouped masses v^^ill of course be fewer in number, or
on a reduced scale. When these have been marked out,
the subordinate masses, clumps, and groups are to be
laid down in proper co-ordination. Single trees should
be scattered irregularly here and there in such a manner

GROUPING OF PLANTATIONS IN THE PARK. 7o

as to harmonize with the larger masses,, and to take off
the stiff and constrained appearance presented by the
outlines of the denser plantations. By this mode of
gi'onping, the grass-lands will be thrown into masses of
greater breadth^ and the surrounding woods and groups
of trees "svill exhibit entire scenes of themselves^ con-
nected yet dissimilar_, united yet diversified, by the ever-
varying interchange of glade and wood, of broad grassy
expanse, and clump and group, or single trees, and exhi-
biting at one time the deep shade and dense colour of
the mass, and at another the lighter and airier graces
of indi^-idual forms. T\Tien a park is laid out on these
principles, that is, with a properly arranged gradation
of combined masses and groups, and a bird^s-eye ^iew
of it is taken, it will present a highly diversified appear-
ance ; and though there are few surfaces on which the
whole system of grouping can be made visible at once, yet
fi'om so much of it as can be seen, the successive pictures
^ill be more numerous and more pleasing than can be
afforded by any chance-medley system. The increase
of variety and intricacy in form and position will in-
variably produce, in a corresponding degi-ee, a diversity
in the succession and intensity of light and shade. In
short, we have the certain superiority of design, if that
design is not obtrusively formal and artificial, over the
imperfect, irregular, occasionally interesting, but rarely -
occm-ring beauties of accident. The principle of group-
ing in parks and pleasm-e-grounds, though of the utmost
importance, has, we believe, been sadly neglected, both
in the origmal formation and in the improvement of
country residences. ]Many planters seem to have no
conception of the principle. Others seem to have been
disposed to cover ^rith trees all surfaces which they could

e2

76 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

not turn to any other account. Some have been seized
with the itch of transplantation ; they have not known
when to stop, and have clung with invincible pertinacity
to the misdeeds which they have accomplished with
much expense and labour. Some, again, have been un-
wiUing to cut down old trees — a reluctance with which
we cordially sympathize, — and have failed to connect
them skilfully with the adjacent masses, wdiich either have
been or might have been formed. The only consolation
in these cases is, that the labyrinthine effect formerly
alluded to not unfrequently cloaks the deformities, if at
the same time it obstructs and precludes the beauties,
which might have existed. We see little of the con-
fusion, because the dense encumbrances of the landscape
do not permit us to see much of anything. The eye of
taste, indeed, can often discern the loss, and suggests
regrets that so many natm^al advantages have been
thrown away. There is, however, one specific fault to
which the neglect of general grouping very commonly
leads, and which ought not to be passed over without
some animadversion — we mean what has been ludi-
crously but appropriately called the Dotting System,
This consists in placing a number of objects in nearly
equidistant positions, without reference to their intrinsic
or relative importance. Examples of this mode of plant-
ing occur in the park when plantations, clumps, or groups
are set down in complete isolation, or without any per-
ceptible relation to surrounding objects. Trees are seen
occupying the broad spaces or narrow^er openings be-
tween the woods without a greater affinity to one mass
than to another. This effect, exhibited on the side of a
green hill, where it is pecidiarly infelicitous, has been
well compared to a pattern of sprigged muslin. Into

GROUPING OF PLANTATIONS IN THE PARK. 77

pleasure-gi'ounds and gardens the dotting system has
also intruded : in these^ figui'es containing shi^ubs and
flowers, as well as single shrubs and trees, are often
sprinkled with the most underrating regularity. The
main object would seem to be to leave unoccupied no
piece of grass or plat of ground above a certain and very
moderate size. On the lawns of many gardens this
paltiy and tasteless system has been carried out to the
greatest perfection. A better taste, indeed, is now
being diffused; we have, however, observed a finished
specimen of this style in a garden of great preten-
sion and celebrity, and which is supposed to exhibit
the very perfection of British gardening. A pinetum
is dotted over an extensive lawn, without respect to the
natm'al physiognomy of the trees, and, what is more
surprising, without any regard, so far as we could dis-
cover, to their botanical affinities as species. A few
formal clumps of rhododendi^ons lend their aid to com-
plete the general insipidity. It must be admitted, at
the same time, that it is seldom that lawns are dotted
with such hardy tenants. They are fi'equently filled
with half-hardy objects undergoing the miseries of accK-
matizing experiments'^ ; and the eye is regaled with the
stunted growth and discolom^ed foliage in summer, and

* AH efforts, in the way of accommodatiiig the plants of warmer
regions to our somewhat ungenial clime, ought to be encouraged
and promoted, as every additional hardy tree or shrub is so much
clear gain to gardening. But the transition or training processes
should be kept in their proper place, viz., the enclosed garden.
Wliere beauty of scenery is the object aimed at, the trees and
shrubs should be sufficiently hardy for the average chmate of the
locahty. Those shghtly tender, or requiring shelter from cutting
winds, may find some warm quiet ^ooks in the flower-garden
or pleasure-grounds.

78 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

the stake and the mat or furze covering in winter. The
results of the dotting system are_, a general monotony and
an insipidity^ which no variety in the character of the trees
or shrubs will ever overcome. There is the same breadth
of light and shade on this tree and on that — the same
patchwork of sunbeam and shadow wherever the eye can
turn. On the common or in the native forest we do
not find the wild denizens of nature put down at equal
distances. Where the hand of man has not interfered^
the trees and bushes are seen in masses and irregular
clusters with single plants scattered round them, and
formijig groups of greater or less dimensions. In the
mass or group you will scarcely find half-a-dozen
plants growing at the same distance from each other.
The single trees are mostly in closer proximity to some
portion of the general group than to another. Hence
arise the infinitely- diversified beauties of the native
pine-forest, and the captivating and almost inimitable
grace of the wild oaks and birches on the sides of the
Highland glens; and hence, too, the ceaseless inter-
change of light and shade both on tree and turf, on
which the eye never fails to dwell with pleasure. In
short, grouping is everywhere productive of interest and
beauty ; dotting, of insipid monotony and languor.

Outlines of Plantations in the Park. — In forming plan-
tations, it is necessary that the outlines of those por-
tions of them which require enclosure should be adjusted
with reference both to the general grouping and to the
surfaces on which they stand. Of course, these out-
lines should assume a pleasing variety of form. Large
curving sweeps seem to be favourite lines, and they
are occasionally fine, but they become insipid when
often reproduced. On the other hand, the fretwork of

OUTLIXES OF PLANTATIONS IX THE PARK. /9

numerous small recesses and projections are equally
wearisome ; besides, when seen in front of their general
lines, tlieir zigzaggeries are scarcely discernible, and,
indeed, tlie less the better. Instead of these, let the
projections be bold and the recesses deep, rather abrupt
than otherwise, yet without the appearance either of too
much angularity or of roundness. The outlines of
plantations and clumps in parks have very fi^equently
the expression of constrained formality, and that, we
believe, fi'om two distinct causes. The first is the
inferior character of the outlines themselves ; and the
second is the practice of planting the trees either close
up to the fences or in a line parallel ^vith them. In
some places, where it may be difficult to have the fences
so formed as to produce, by the projections and recesses
of the plantations, that degree of light and shade wliich
is desirable, a general line of fence must be formed, as
well as circumstances will allow, with a forward and
retiring bend where a projection and a recess are wanted,
the effect of the latter being brought out by the planting.
This is a useful method to adopt ^vith clumps. In these,
a general line of fence curving romid the promontories,
if we may so call them, and bending towards, but not
entering deeply into, the bays, will be fi'ee from those
angularities which it is impossible to avoid when the
fence foUows ser^-ilely the feathery outline of the trees.
At the first planting the proper recesses should be
left entirely vacant within the fence. Unless this is
done, one or other of two results is necessary, — either an
extremely irregular outline of fence, which from its
crooked continuity is offensive, or, if this is avoided,
the veiy great probability that the wood will never be
properly thinned and grouped out at an after period. This

80 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

remark holds specially true of clumps planted for tlie sub-
sequent formation of groups. Many things which " the
prophetic eye of taste" designs are forgotten in the routine
of the present, and the mind grows familiar and satisfied
with what was never intended to be permanent. Perhaps
at length, in the estimation of the forester, the well-kept
fence becomes of more importance than the clump itself,
and all the attention the latter receives is a little thin-
ning at times. For these reasons we earnestly recom-
mend that the feathered outline of the plantation should
be carefully formed at once, even though considerable
vacant spaces should be left within the fence. Of course,
this recommendation is not intended to apply to all
cases, but there are many places in which its adoption
is the only method of securing a varied outline of trees
with a pleasing outline of fence; and there are other
places in which a considerable improvement may be
effected by its partial use.

Belts, Circles, etc. — Belts should never be introduced
into the interior of the park : in their straight outlines
and heavy uniformity there is a total want of variety
and intricacy of effect. On the extreme boundary
something like a belt may be at times indispensable.
On those farm lands where shelter, not beauty, is
desired, the belt, provided it is of sufficient breadth,
is one of the most useful forms of plantation. Circles
and ovals should be entirely confined to the flower-beds
of the dressed grounds, among which, when small, their
effect is good enough. In the park they are distinguished
by their invariable tufty character, betraying clearly their
formal and monotonous outline. Of all forms of plan-
tation they are among the most intractable with which
the improver has to deal. If the wood could be spared.

ARTIFICIAL STYLE. 81

their entire removal ^ould be the speediest and most
advisable improvement to which they could be subjected ;
but as this can seldom be done^ the improver must exert
his ingenuity in grouping them out, or in making such
additions to their mass as theii' size, position, and the
nature of the ground will aUow.

Artificial Style. — In our remarks on parks and plea-
sure-grounds we have hitherto kept in view almost
exclusively the natural style in these departments of gar-
dening. We woiild not, however, altogether overlook that
artificial style once so much in vogue, but which, though
now antiquated, is worthy of preseiwation where fine spe-
cimens of it exist, and which might even be reproduced,
at least in part, in certain cases. It is a poor and
pedantic taste which can derive pleasure only from one
kind of beauty. The main features of this style, in the
park, are avenues and alleys, the latter being sometimes
parallel, sometimes crossing each other obliquely or
radiating from a common centre ; and in the pleasiu-e-
grounds, in addition to these, the principal character-
istics are teiTaces, stairs, fountains, and statues. Por-
tions of these means of ornament have been adopted
with good effect in many well laid-out places. AVe
should be disposed to recommend them, as indeed we
have, in connection with the mansion-house and flower-
garden. TMien the structiu^e of the groimd is favoiu--
able, they form a suitable transition from the highly
artificial forais of architectiu^e, to the free, ujiconsti^ained
developments of natm-al objects. In the park, angular
and radiating alleys are perhaps tolerable only in level
situations, or when they can be viewed fi-om a mode-
rately elevated platform occupied by the mansion-house.

E 3

82 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

Avenues. — We seldom recommend the planting of
avenues in the park except in certain localities noticed in
our remarks on the approach. The stiff formality of
the avenue is injurious to park scenery, as it frequently
divides, by its straight lines, a fine expanse of grass, and
obscures the most interesting part of the landscape.
Another objection to the avenue is, that it requires to
grow for the lifetime of two or three generations before
it produces its full effect, and it is not surprising, there-
fore, that it is so seldom planted. The same trees
arranged in groups and clumps, would present a beau-
tiful appearance in one-third of the time.

Avenues should hardly ever be attempted except on a
level surface, or on ground with a slight and uniform
rise. A close avenue composed of two rows of trees,
and planted on an undulating surface, has always a poor
look : on the contrary, even in such situations, where
there are breadth and mass, as in the compoimd avenues
at Windsor, the effect is fine.

The question may be asked, " What is to be done with
an old established avenue V We may answer partly in
the words of Mr. Gilpin. "The avenue,'' says he, "is
in general so destitute of composition, by cutting the
landscape in half, that the introduction of it must
depend upon the circumstances of the place itself. On
the other hand, where time has invested it with dignity,
and the rest of the scenery is coeval mth it, temerity
rather than judgment would dictate its destruction.
Breaking it by partial removal is, I think, equally inju-
dicious.'' With the opinions here expressed we heartily
concur. We venerate an old avenue with its double or
quadruple rows of ancestral trees. No sacrilegious axe
ought to be lifted up against them, even though they

AVEXUES. 83

diWcle the landscape in two. Tlie destmction of a mag-
nificent range of Kmes^ or elms^ or chestnuts^ hal-
lowed by immemorial associations^ is too great a sacrifice
to any preyailing taste^ however excellent; and if by
breaking is meant the removal of the greater part of the
trees^ and the presentation of snch a small residne as
will mark the position of the old lines, the effect would
be worse than a total removal.

In the di'essed gi'ounds, ayennes_, without injury to the
general effect, may sometimes be formed thi'ough some
of the large masses of wood; but in these cases the
trees should not be placed at greater distances than is
sufficient for a broad walk or ordinary drive. We do
not admire a practice which has become common of
late, — that, vi2.,-of planting some of the finest lawns of
pleasure-gromids with avenues of the Indian cedar
(Pinvs Deodara) . Judging fi'om the character of this
tree, as well as from the peculiar forms of the fir tribe,
we have great doubts whether these cedars will ever pro-
duce a fine avenue except as a broad and open one, with
double rows on each side. The Indian cedar itself is
highly interesting and beautifol ; so far as we yet know
it, it seems admirably adapted for light gi'ouping or single
trees, and it is to be hoped that it will prove sufficiently
hardy, not only to live in our cHmate, but also to attain
that magnitude and form, which have so often awakened
the admiration of travellers in the East.

CHAPTER V.

ORNAMENTAL CHAEACTEES OF TEEES, DETACHED
AND IN COMBINATION.

Introductory Eemarks.

Sect. I. Tlie forms of Single Trees. — Broad Eound-headed
Trees. — The Spiry, Conical, or Pyramidal Configuration. — The
Upright or Oblongated. — The Weeping or Pendulous.

Sect. II. The Colours of Trees. — Table of the Colours of
Eoliage of Trees. — General Eemarks.

Sect. III. The Ornamental Character of Trees in Combination.
— Conical or Pyramidal Trees. — Eound-headed Trees. — Inter-
mingling of the difierent Forms and Colours. — Concluding
Eemarks.

If we may assimilate landscape gardening to landscape
paintings we would say that trees are the principal
means of ornament available to the garden artist. They
are^ as it were^ the colours with which he paints, and with
which lie fiUs up the outlines presented by nature or
selected by his own taste. We have already touched
generally on the massing and grouping of trees — that
is, so far as regards the forms and positions of these
groups and masses and their relative combinations.
Something remains to be said respecting the ornamental
character or expression, if we may so caU it, of trees,
and of the facilities which they consequently afford in

INTRODUCTION. 85

the laying out or improvement of park and garden
scenery.

The comparative value of trees as means of ornament
is a subject which has been little studied_, or, at least, it
has been imperfectly expounded in books, and yet it is
one of very great importance. The expression of the
ground outline of a wood or clump, for example, may be
perfect in itself, but it may be modified into very different
degrees of excellence by the character of the trees of
which it is composed. We can conceive two parks as
nearly as possible the same in other respects, still if each
is planted with trees of a distinct and peculiar kind, the
difference of effects resulting ^ill be so great as very much
to diminish any original resemblance between them. Firs,
when planted by themselves, or where they prevail to the
general exclusion of deciduous trees, give a permanent
evergTeen character to the park. T^Tien the plantations
are occupied by the common run of trees that shed their
leaves, without a due admixture of the fir tribe, the
results will be masses of foliage during the summer and
autumn months, and an obvious bareness and meagre-
ness in winter and spring, particularly where the bodies
of wood are small, or are deficient in breadth. It is
evident that much must be gained by a skilful distribu-
tion and mixture of both classes. The same remarks
apply, and perhaps with increased force, to groups of
single trees and to detached trees : these are very much
dependent for their beauty and general effect on the
kind of the trees employed.

Our present object is rather to bring the ornamental
character of trees before the notice of our readers, than to
attempt a full exposition of a subject which, in a general
point of view, is somewhat indefinite, and which, in its

86 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

particular aspects^ branches out into a multitude of
details. Our remarks may be directed^ first, to trees
individually in respect to form; then, to their colour;
and lastly, to their expression in combined masses and
groups.

Sect. I. — The Forms of Single Trees.

The forms assumed by the individuals of any species
of tree, such as the oak or Scotch fir, vary much with
the soil, situation, and age of the particular tree, yet
amid all their diversities they preserve a character at
once discernible by the practised eye. The oaks in the
rich and open park, in the crowded forest, and in the
mountain ravine differ greatly from each other, but they
are plainly oaks, and have each a beauty of their own.
How dissimilar also the plume-like ash in its youth,
rushing up in some sheltered valley, to the round-
headed ash of middle age in an open situation, and still
more to the gnarled, large-timbered, wavy-boughed,
and pendulous-branched ash bending under the weight
of years. In the same species too there are often consti-
tutional differences, amounting almost to what botanists
call varieties. These circumstances necessarily preclude
minute verbal description. Still there are certain gene-
ral forms affected by trees in their natural growth, and
all that is required for the purpose of the planter is to
keep these steadily in view. Though every species and
variety of tree has its own peculiar expression, if not
distinct character, we do not deem it necessary to advert
to each separately, believing it to be sufficient for the
illustration of our subject to class them under four lead-
ing divisions, and then to refer to a few of the kinds

BROAD ROUXD-HEADED TREES. 87

priucipallv employed in ornamental sceneiy. As we go
on^ we may point out theii' most suitable and effective
positions in tlie park and pleasiu'e-gi'omids.

The first division consists of trees with broad^ roimd
heads; the second, of those with a spiiy, conical^ or
pyi'amidal configiu-ation ; the third, of those with upright
or oblongated forms ; and the fourth, of those with weep-
ing or pendulous branches. The reader is reminded that
these forms are given merely as approximations : he is not
to attach to them the precision of geometrical figiu^es.

(1.) Broad Round-headed Trees. — Of the deciduous
kinds_, the sycamore^ the American plane^ the common
oak^ the Tm-key oak^ the small-leaved and Scotch elms,
the ash, the tulip-tree, walnut, horse-chestnut, Spanish
chestnut, beech, bii'ch, hornbeam, and others. The
evergreens of this dirision are few, riz., evergreen oak,
Luccomb oak, yew, cedar of Lebanon, cedar of ]Moimt
Atlas, deodar or Indian cedar, and Lambeit^s cypress
[Cupressus macrocarpa).

The Sycamore is a large, roimded tree, fiilly branched,
and of massive foHage. Its formal outline, and its close,
broad attire of leaves, are well suited to produce depth
of shade. It has also the property of retaining its form
in exposed situations, and in such positions it imparts
to a clump or group a more decided outline than can be
given by any other hard- wood ti'ee.

The Ash has a light foliage, and a gi^acefiil, airy
appearance, paiiicularly when the branches assiune a
pendent habit. It generally displays much of the m-
temal aiTangement of its boughs, which is often 23ic-
turesque in old age. It wordd be a fine lawn ti'ce did it
not continue so short a time in leaf. It gi'ows well m
exposed situations.

88 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

The common Oak is a magnificent tree when well
grown, either in the wood or on the lawn. On the
latter it acquires a broad, spreading figure. It is also a
noble forest tree, and it should be planted wherever the
soil and climate are suitable. Its robust habit, its rect-
angular, contorted, and often horizontal branches, and
peculiar foliage, afford a more diversified expression than
perhaps is to be found in any other hardy tree. Hence
the absence of monotony observable in great oak forests.

The Scotch or Wych Elm is a fine, broad, spreading
tree, approaching to the characteristics of the oak. The
English Elm has smaller leaves, but denser branchlets,
and is a square-headed tree, often ascending to a great
height in a columnar form. The Beech, in sheltered
places, where it has ample room, forms a large stately
tree, of a full, graceful, feathery appearance. In exposed
localities it yields to the prevailing winds, and becomes
meagre and one-sided. When planted in a mass, it is
deficient in that repose which marks some of the kinds
already mentioned. The Lime is peculiarly a park and
lawn tree. Standing detached, in a sheltered situation,
it has a fine stately presence, particularly when its lower
branches droop; and it forms a noble avenue whether
open or close. The Spanish Chestnut is almost as fine as
the oak, and exhibits a broad green foliage, and a vary-
ing expression with the advance of the season. The
Horse- Chestnut has also a large foliage, and in early
summer throws out abundant spikes of showy flowers.
Its head is rather too uniform, yet when placed on the
outside of a plantation, or the lower edge of a bank, it
is often highly ornamental. The forms of the black
Italian and American poplars are of a rather inferior
description ; but some members of the family have good

BROAD ROUND-HEADED TREES. 89

qualities in the way of coloui';, and from theii' rapidity of
gi'owtli are often extremely useful.

Of broad-headed ever^-eens, the Yew is one of the finest
of our native trees. It is of a spreading habit and low
stature, seldom attaining to a considerable size on a lawn
till it is of gi'eat age. ^lany of the yews in oiu' pleasure-
gi'ounds are probably the remains of hedges, or trees that
have escaped the shears of the topiaiy aitist, these having
been his principal material in old times. It must be
admitted that the yew is less valuable for its form than
for its colour. The same remark apphes to the Ilea: or
Evergreen Oak, which, however, is of some importance
for its foreign air, being the best representative of the
oHve which we have in this country. " In the wanner
parts of England and Ireland," says Loudon (and we
may add, in Scotland), " the ilex forms a bushy evergreen
tree exceeding the middle size. The general appearance
of the species, even when well grown, is that of an im-
mense bush. It should be planted in the more orna-
mental woods of the park, as well as in the dressed
grounds; and it forms an interesting variety in the
shi'ubbeiy."

The Cedar of Lebanon is at once a very celebrated and
a veiy admirable tree. Its great breadth, its ascending
trunk, or more frequently nimierous ti-unk-hke limbs,
and its tabulated, hoiizontally- spreading secondary
branches, aU contribute to give it a very unusual and
striking configiu-ation. It harmonizes finely with the
level architectural lines of the mansion-house and ter-
races, and seems to repeat them in aerial perspective.
It contrasts well with all other sorts of trees ; it also
makes up striking groups in the park and dressed
grounds. We regard it as a matter of regret that, in

90 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

many districts of tlie country, the cedar lias been so
sparingly planted.

Not inferior to the preceding, perhaps we might even say
superior, is the Deodar or Indian Cedar, a native of the
Himalaya mountains, and unquestionably the most im-
portant addition made of late years to om^ collections
of hardy trees. As it flourishes in its native clime, it is
thus described by Dr. Hofimeister: ''It is the most
beautiful of the fir tribe that exists in any part of the
world. It shoots up with a tall, straight, taper stem,
often a hundred feet in height, and not unfrequently
forty feet in circumference. The branches grow in
stages, at regular intervals, and spread out like over-
shadowing roofs." As it is apparently hardy, it is to be
hoped that its growth may not be arrested " in mid
career" by some peculiarity of our climate, as has been
the case with the hemlock spruce and some other firs.
In its youthful state, in which alone it is as yet known to
us, its reclining leading shoot erecting itself continually
in its second year's growth, its drooping tress-like
branchlets, and its light green colour, combine to make
it a peculiarly graceful object. It may be strongly re-
commended for both the park and the pleasure-grounds.
In the latter, it should be planted where it has room to
develope its natural character. In the park, it should
be put down in groups of some half-dozen trees. We
have already adverted to its use in avenues. As it is
at present a fashionable tree, it is introduced into aU
sorts of little flower-gardens and miniature laTvus,
where, if it thrives, as we desire it may, it will speedily
overshadow everything else. We would strongly urge
the extensive but considerate planting of this fine tree.

(2.) The second general form of trees is a varied one.

TREES OF VARIOUS FORMS. 91

and may be held as embracing three subordinate figures
— the rounded cone of the Scotch fir, and some others
of its class, and generally of the holly ; the truncated
cone of the silver fir : and the spiry elongated cone of
the various spruces, larches, Swiss Cembran pine, and
perhaps the deciduous cypress. ^lany of the pines
lately introduced, such as P. excelsa, Lambertiana,
Sabiniana, macrocarpa, are certainly pyramidal, and
will fall under one or other of these subdivisions when
aged. Indeed, the whole class of conifers assume their
final form only when far advanced in growth.

The Holly is almost the only broad-leaved tree of
this group. It is generally of a low, bushy form,
roimded, but sometimes also with a spiiy cone. Grow-
ing in woods, and on a light soil, we have seen it sixty
feet in height, and with a trunk eight feet in circum-
ference. It may be planted in the dressed grounds,
and also in the woods of the park as underwood among
deciduous trees. "VMien scattered along the outskirts
of a recess or glade, it has a fine effect in thickening the
mass and deepening the shade.

The Scotch Fir has been planted to a much greater
extent than any other fir in Great Britain and Ireland.
No tree has been more decried and condemned as being
ugly : and certainly in many cases this dispraise has
been deserved; a close, ill-thinned, and worse-pruned
plantation of this tree, on a flat imdrained sm^face, pre-
sents both externally and internally a heavy, mean,
uninviting appearance. But part of the blame should
fall on the want of judgment often evinced in the first
planting, and on the neglect with which it is as often fol-
lowed. In suitable situations, and with proper treat-
ment, it attains a beauty not inferior to that of any ^

92 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

other inliabitaiit of the forest. The Highland variety
is superior to the common one both in the quality of
the timber and in its outward appearance : it has a
smoother bark, and, throwing out its branches more
nearly at right angles to the stem, it assumes a more
cylindrical and less tufted form.

The Pinaster is of a medium size and conical form,
with massive dark-green foliage. It is of rapid growth,
thriving best on sandy or light loamy soils, and is well
adapted to the vicinity of the sea. The Weymouth Pine,
in this country, is of medium size, and, unless when
planted pretty closely, is apt to become a bushy tree.
With its light-green foliage, it has a more lively effect
in a mass than most others of the fir tribe. P. excelsa
is allied to the latter. It has a tapering form, long
light silvery leaves, loose and pendent branches, and a
smooth whitish bark. It attains to a great size on the
Himalaya mountains, and promises to be equally fine in
this country. In this section, our limits will permit us
to mention further only P. Laricio, or Corsican pine, a
large conical tree with dark foliage and of rapid growth.
Of its varieties, the black Austrian pine is decidedly the
best : it is a large hardy tree, with a broad conical head,
and, as it grows quickly, it promises to supersede the
Scotch fir where early shelter is wanted. It is very
liable to be injured by hares when young.

The Silver Fir is one of the noblest of our hardy firs,
rather tender when young, but growing rapidly after-
wards, and when old it forms a truncated cone of great
height, and is stately, massive, and ornamental, both on
the lawn and in the park. P. Douglasii is a Californian
species of great size. We have known it in this country
add ten feet to its height in three seasons. Its foliage

TREES OF VARIOUS FORMS. 93

is of a lighter hue than that of the preceding, yield-
ing therefore a less massive effect; but it forms a
handsome lawn tree. P. nobilis is a magnificent tree
in its native forests on the Columbia river. It has
proved itself quite hardy in cold districts of this country,
and is a most desii'able tree for ornamental purposes.
The Hemlock Spruce is a handsome low tree, approach-
ing to the yew in character, but is of a paler green, and,
on account of its dwarfish stature, is used principally in
the shrubbery.

The Common Spruce Fir is very extensively planted,
and suits a great variety of soils, though it prefers a
moist loamy one. "Where it has room and shelter, it
grows into a tall, stately, tapering cone. "When young
and densely planted it affords a close and effective
shelter, and it even forms a good hedge in upland
districts. It has a livelier effect in masses than the
Scotch fir. P. Menziesii, or Menzies' Spruce, is a very
handsome pyramidal tree, vrith a ririd light-green foliage,
which, with the silvery lines on the imder side of the
leaves, imparts to it a gay and gi'aceful character. It
is well adapted for gi'oups and masses in woods and
pleasure-grounds .

P. Moriada, the Himalayan spruce, is a large tree on
its native mountains, and in this country it grows freely
in a shaded situation and a loamy soil. On light sandy
soils, and when exposed to the sim, its leaves are fre-
quently browned by the spring frosts. It has the
general form of the common spiTice, but is strongly
distinguished from it by its glaucous foKage, longer
and narrower leaves, and its more slender and pensile
branchlets. It is a gi'aceful lawn tree, and it is also
well adapted to the woods of the park. It was intro-

94 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

duced into this country in 1818 by Dr. Govan, of
Cupar, who presented seeds of it to the late General
the Earl of Hopetoun, grandfather of the present noble
earl. One of the original seedling plants, growing on a
lawn in the gardens at Hopetoun House, is now thirty-
seven feet high, forming a fine tree, feathered from the
ground upwards. This spruce, as well as many others
of the fir tribe, may be grafted with success"^. It is
somewhat remarkable that the Himalayan spruce has
been found to stand the smoky atmosphere of London
better perhaps than any other fir.

The La7xh is now a very common, but also a very
valuable tree, for the purposes both of utility and orna-
ment. It has the spiry pyramidal form of its class,-
which, perhaps, is too slight in its proportions when
young ; but it acquires a grace and dignity in its broad
and Adgorous old age. Its main peculiarity in relation
to its class is that it sheds its leaves, and its decorative
properties reside less in its form than in its beautiful
tints, which vary through a wide range with the revolv-
ing seasons.

(3.) Upright or Oblong ated Trees. — Of these we may
enumerate the Lombardy poplar, the upright oak [Quer-
cas fastigiata stricta), the upright cypress [Cupressus
sempervirens) , Irish yew, arbor Aatse, red cedar, and
Swedish juniper. The last five are suitable only for
the dressed grounds.

Trees or shrubs of this form cannot be anywhere
extensively planted by the improver. Their peculiar

* At Hopetoun, in the autumn of 1827, the writer of this work
grafted several of the Morinda on the common spruce, at about
four feet from the ground: they are now twenty-siK feet in
height, and apparently as vigorous as if on their own roots.

PEXDULOUS TREES AND SHRUBS. 95

use is to group and contrast ^ritli the broad flowing out-
lines of other trees, or with the architectural objects in
their -vicinity. The Lombardy Poplar is well suited for
park sceneiy and for la^vus, and may be put in combi-
nation with such trees as the sycamore^ w}xh elm^ and
horse-chestnut^ three or foiu* of the former being made
to gi'oup with six or eight of the latter. This poplar
may also be introduced with good effect on the edges of
broad glades or recesses of a wood. It should be placed
so as to appear to shoot up through the branches of the
broader trees, and sometimes to stand between others ;
and such positions we would generally prefer. A single
tree, however, or two or three closely grouped, may
occasionally be stationed on the edge of a larger group.
The VpriyM Cypress, where the climate permits its free
growth, contrasts well ^rith the cedar of Lebanon. The
Irish Yew, Swedish Juniper, and similar shrubs, group
well with the large foliage and broad forms of the Por-
tugal and common lam^el, and as such are valuable on
the la'v^-ns and flower-gardens. The Irish yew may be
planted with good effect on terraces with grass banks ;
and in that case it should be trained with one stem,
to prevent its assuming that loose, broad, besom-like head,
which, if this precaution is not taken, it generally acquires
from the action of the winds and the weight of snow.

(4.) Pendidous Trees and Shrubs. — Of these we may
name the weeping birch, the weeping willow, the fine-
leaved weeping ash [Fraxinus lentiscifolia pendula), and
the new funereal cypress from China. The weeping ash,
elm, beech, lime, and the American weeping willow can
scarcely be called trees, as their height depends on that
of the trees on which they are grafted. They are, conse-
quently, more curious than usefrd in the way of ornament.

96 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

Most of these plants, being of no great height, are
better suited for the dressed grounds than for the woods
of the park; their introduction, however, into both of
these places is the source of considerable interest and
variety. Their proper place is not in the thicket, but
on the laT^ois and on the out sides of the woods. Their
graceful forms also render them suitable for decorating
the entrance to the villa or cottage orne.

Of this class the finest is the Weeping Birch. Its
upright stem and main boughs, the thread-like drapery
of its branches, and its small foliage, give it a peculiarly
graceful and airy appearance. It groups well with both
the broad and the pyramidal trees, harmonizing well
with the former and contrasting finely mth the latter.

It preserves its character in woods, and is seen perhaps
to greater advantage on sylvan banks, and on the lower
slopes of hills. The Weeping Willow is, unfortunately,
too tender to be of much use in the colder parts of
Great Britain. In other respects it is admirably suited
for giving effect to the scenery of the dressed grounds.
In warm sheltered places, and in the genial climate of
the south, it attains to the size of a medium tree, and
combines singularly well with laurels, which, in small
groups, are very beautiful when overtopped by a fine
weeping willow. Its most effective position is in con-
nection with water, overhanging, like a green veil, a
stream or lake. The Fine-leaved Ash is an elegant tree,
of a broad shape, with smaU foKage and pendulous
branches. The Common Weeping Ash is fit only for
forming an arbour ; as a tree it is devoid of all grace.
There is a variety in WellhaU, in Lanarkshire, which is
much finer, being intermediate between the weeping and
the common ash.

THE CHINESE WEEPING CYPRESS. 97

TJie Chinese JVeejAng Cypress is an evergreeu weeping
ti'ee_, one of the recent importations from Cliina^ and if we
may judge from the description given by Mr. Fortune^
who introduced it — for we have seen it only in a young
state, — it is one of the finest of its class. In his inter-
esting work on ^ The Tea Districts of India and China/
he says_, " It is a noble fir-like tree, about sixty feet in
height, having a stem straight as a Norfolk Island pine
[Araucaria excelsa), and pendulous branches like the
weeping willow. The branches grow at first horizon-
tally with the main stem, then describe a graceful ciu've
upwards, and di'ooping again at the points. From these
main branches others long and slender hang down
towards the groimd, and give the whole tree a weeping
and graceful fonn.^^ This tree appears to be hardy, and
if it maintains that character, it will be an interesting
addition to the scenery of the park and pleasm^- ground,
and should be planted wherever its form is admissible.
Avenues composed of it woid.d have a charming efiect ;
and these avenues, as the tree is only of medium size,
would not require to be of such dimensions as those
planted with English elm or lime or deodar.

It remains to be noted that the forms of trees vaiy in
some measure with the season. Theii' internal configu-
ration is most conspicuous in winter, when the leafless
branches disclose the inner carpentry of boughs, and
too often, indeed, reveal deformities. Summer, with its
veil of foliage, shades much of the peculiar stiT-ictiu'e
of trees. Towards the end of June luxuriant sycamores
sometimes suggest the idea of masses of green vapom-
reposing in the atmosphere, an appearance veiy difierent,
certainly, from the numerous crossing limbs, and forked
branches, and biiish-like twigs presented by the winter

F

98 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

habit of the tree. This contrast is one of the sources
of the snccessional beauties of the seasons.

Sect. II. The Colours of Trees.

The tints of colour exhibited in trees are^ perhaps, as
numerous as their forms. To advert at present only to
the foliage, — the normal colour of the leaves is green, but
how diversified are its shades ! In the deciduous class of
trees these shades range fi'om the silvery grey of the Hun-
tingdon willow and white poplar through the light green
of the larch and lime, the fall green of the sycamore
and oak, to the dull, dilute green of the alder. And in
the evergreen species the shades pass from the silvery or
glaucous tints of the Atlas and Himalayan cedars to the
dark green of the holly and yew, and the almost black-
green of the aged Scotch fir. Here, then, are abundance of
colours for the landscape artist, — colom's requiring from
him most attentive consideration, and on the skilful and
harmonious employment of which the success of his
work will in a measure depend. We have selected the
names of a number of trees and shrubs usually employed
for decorative purposes, and arranged them under the
different shades of green respectively exhibited by them.
Our readers will understand that we have designedly
omitted the abnormal tints, such as occur in the purple
beech and in the variegated hollies and sycamores ; and
that in some of those given the shades named are only
approximations. On some poor clayey and wet soils,
common and Portugal lam-els have a light yellowish
tint. In the shade the hemlock spruce and common
yew preserve a dark green ; in exposed situations they
are sometimes of a brownish green.

COLOURS OF TREES.

99

Table of Coloues in the Foliage of Teees.

Dark G-reen.

Portugal Laurel

Yew, com -moil and Irisli

HoUy

Sweet Bay

Pldllyrea

Luecombe Oak

Alder

Upright Cypress

Araucaria imbricata
Araiicaria excelsa
Cedar of Lebanon
Taxodium semperdrens
Scotch Fir, and most Pines
Silver Firs
Spruce Firs

Oak, common
Oak, scarlet
Spanish Chestnut
Horse Chestnut
Hornbeam

Green .

Sycamore
^S'orway ^laple
Beech

Hemlock Spruce
Laurustinus

Arbutus

Deciduous Cypress
Alatemus

Lively Green.

Abies Menziesii

Lambert's Cypress
Common Laurel

Light Green.

Lime
Elm

Ash

Oriental Plane

Occidental Plane
Birch
Hawthorn
Ehododendron, sorts

Grean

Bird- cherry

Laburnum

Tuhp-tree

Black Itahan Poplar

Lombardy Poplar

Balsam and Ontario Poplars

Walnut

Eed Cedar
Arbor vitse
Evergreen Oak

Lroicnish Green.

Hemlock Spruce
Box

f2

100 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

Silvery G-reen.
White and grey Poplars. Cedar of Mount Atlas
Willows, several Deodar

Turkey Oak Pinus excelsa

Buckthorn. Pinus Webbiana

Towards the end of spring and in the beginning of
summer all the greens are extremely vivid; but even
then some of the species, such as the larch and balsam
poplar, are peculiarly light. In June the young shoots
and leaves display little variety. In July and August
each tree and shrub shades off into its own particular
green. Later in autumn the evergreens acquire their
winter tints. In October, or earlier, previous to the
fall of the leaf, the ordinary hues of the deciduous tribes
give place to an extraordinary diversity of colours. For
example, the larch, oak, and elm take various shades of
yellow or yellowish brown. The scarlet oak, beech, and
wild cherry grow red. The ash and sycamore sadden
into a greyish tea-green. If, in planting the park and
pleasure-grounds, all varieties of colour are to be taken
into account, the tints of the ripening leaf ought not to
be forgotten, as we fear they too often are. It should
be remembered that the ripening and faU of the leaf
sometimes occupy five or six weeks of a season, which,
if chastened with sadness, is to some minds a period of
intense enjoyment. W^e may add that oaks, particu-
larly in copse-Avoods, and in the early stages of growth
elsewhere, often retain their leaves during most of the
winter. These supplementary tints of the departing
year afford means of ornament not altogether unworthy
of attention.

The flowers of certain trees also yield effective, though
transient, elements of colour. Some of our readers may

COLOURS OF TREES. 101

have come unexpectedly ou a fine laburnum or thorn in
blossom partially concealed in a secluded wood, or over-
hanging the bend of a remote stream, and may have re-
ceived from it an impression T\-hich has not yet passed
away. We need scarcely point out the rich effects pro-
duced at times by the snow}^ flowers of the wild cheiTy
and sloe, by the creamy bloom of the hawthorn and bird-
cherry, and the more varying pink and white of the wild
apple and the horse-chestnut. Then there is the dehcate
pale-yellow of the flowers of the hme and Spanish chest-
nut later in the season. Among the underwoods we have
the brilliant yellow of the elegant mahonias in spring,
and in June the lavish purple of the Pontic rhododen-
di'on, one of the hardiest and best of all shrubs for
making close and tangled thickets in woods. We do
not mean that the chromatic effects of a flower-garden
should be by artificial means elaborated in a park or
forest ; but there is no want of brilliant tints even in
the T\TLdness of nature, as the common furze and broom
amply testify; and the moderate and unobtrusive em-
ployment of the brighter hues of blossom in the external
grounds is sure to please.

Even the leafless branches of shrubs and trees afford
an available element of colom-. We might point out
the dog-wood with its crimson twigs, and the azerole
thorn with its silvery branches : these, indeed, belong
chiefly to shrubbery or pleasure-ground. But the larch
with its light-brown spray, the birch with its dark twigs
and snowy stems, and the oak itself with its varieties of
russet, green, grey, and brown, are examples of daily
occurrence in the woods. We believe that these hues
in deciduous trees, both intrinsically and as contrasted
with the brighter evergreens, are a great, though often

102 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

unnoticed, source of pleasure in the woodlands of winter.
They help to make up that full harmony which the
great instrumentalist Light calls forth from the li^dng
organs on which it plays.

The use of the colours of trees and shrubs to the im-
prover is very great ; but his application of them must
depend very much on his own skill in adapting his
materials to the character of the place and the nature of
the ground with which he is dealing. We may remark,
however, that the depth of a recess or glade in the woods
or dressed grounds, formed for the purpose of creating
a shadowy effect, is much increased by planting trees
and shrubs of a full green or dark-green colour at the
point where the effect is desired. The sombre colour
of the trees themselves, and the density of the foliage,
contribute to render the shadow more intense, while
an opposite result would be educed by a lighter
colour of foliage. Some prominent points may be
brought out by a dark, others by a light or silvery
green. The effect of distance, too, may be produced or
increased by employing dark greens in the foreground,
and shading off with lighter colours in the more remote
objects. It is hardly needful to add, that good taste
enjoins a sparing use of strongly-marked or glaring
colours. White poplars and purple beeches, for example,
are admirably adapted for occasional breaks in the way
of contrast, or for completing a gradation of shades,
but in certain situations they would be intolerable as
clumps or masses.

ROUND-HEADED TREES. 103

Sect. III. — The Ornamental Character of Trees
IN Combination.

The massing of plantations obscures to the eye the
pecuhar forms of the trees "^hich compose them, and
iadeed modifies the actual forms to a great extent. It
is only -svhen standing detached, or in thin gi'oups, or
at most on the margins of plantations, that trees fidly
develope their natural characters. In the depth of a
forest or thick wood they are usually so crowded to-
gether, and so drawn up towards the Hght, that their
forms have little resemblance to the figures produced
by their free and unimpeded growth. Still there is a
distinct character in each ; for a mass of oaks has not
in any circumstances the same aspect as one of beeches
or elms, neither does a dense dark plantation of Scotch
firs present the spiry and sen-ated outlines of a wood of
larch and spruce. There is, therefore, still abmidant
character remaining even in combined and crowded trees
to aUow scope for design, and to afford materials for
scenic beauty to one who has sufiicient skiU to seize
and employ it. In this part of our subject we shall
content ourselves with adverting to what we have called
the round-headed and the pyramidal trees ; the other
two classes are so sparingly used, and planted so much
for the production of those particidar effects which we
have already noticed, that we need not recur to them.

Round-headed Trees. — Of these we may remark gene-
rally that they are to be employed when continuity of
outline in the clump and plantation is the object aimed
at. Thev mass more denselv together than any other trees.

104 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

except perhaps tlie Scotcli fir, which however, in combi-
nation, partakes very mnch of their character. In parks
with flat or undulating surfaces, the trees planted in
forming the woods should be principally of this class.
Their broad outlines and massive proportions are more
in harmony with the natural contour of the ground than
those of a pyramidal shape. Seen from without, they
have often, at certain seasons, a peculiarly silky and
slightly tufted expression, which is extremely beautiful.
Their internal appearance too, — that is, their character
as groves, — when they have been sufficiently cleared out
to afford large, roomy arcades of shade, is finer on such
ground than that of the more upright trees. Of course,
when we thus recommend the broad round-headed trees
for such situations, we do not mean that they are to be
planted to the exclusion of aU others ; a sprinkling of
the other kinds wiU have a beneficial effect in the way
of contrasting with the predominating forms, and of
adding variety to the scenery.

Co7iical or Pyramidal Trees. — With the exception of
the larch and the deciduous cypress, these are nearly all
evergreen trees. This, in one respect, is an advantage :
it enables them to give a permanently clothed and
verdant aspect to scenery. On the other hand, when
planted in large masses on flat surfaces, and especially
when they have been ill thinned out, they have a very
sombre and monotonous effect, exhibiting a large array
of bare trunks below, and above a dark, gloomy canopy
of boughs and branches, excluding perhaps every ray of
sunshine. The small wiry forms and almost universal
rigidity of their foliage have also a saddening influence,
as they seldom wave except when agitated by a gale,
and there is a total absence of that agreeable movement

CONICAL OR PYRAMIDAL TREES. 105

produced by a light wind playing aii'ily among the
larger leaves of the deciduous species. Besides, the
p\T^'amidal trees unite at what may be called the
shoulders of the tree, and so, above that line, which is
often pretty well defined, they leave a multitude of little
cones or pjTamids, which, when seen in profile, have a
seiTated outline, and exert a monotonous and at the
same time irritating influence on the eye. For our part,
we know nothing more wearisome than those long, dark,
stunted, middle-aged plantations of Scotch fir, or of
mingled larch and spruce, which are sometimes to be
met in flat, clayey, agricultural districts. Such masses
of wood in ornamental grounds would be hideous.

The native homes of the fir tribe are chiefly among
the hills. There they not only grow more luxuriantly,
but theii' forms adapt themselves better to the natm'al
lines of the ground. On the slopes of a hilly and
mountainous country fii'-woods have a more varied and
cheerful appearance, and they are seen less in profile;
or if they are so seen, it is against the liigher grounds,
while the more elevated ridges form the sky-line of the
landscape. In such cases the serrated outlines are not
so harsh as they are on level gi'ounds. When planted
in passes, or on other steep surfaces, the trees are seen
to great advantage, towering up one above another, and
exhibiting a greater variety of lights and shades than on
more level ground, particularly when pervaded by the
rays of the winter or vernal sun. Even in the lower
country the fir tribe succeed weU in rapines and on
shelving banks, where the soil is light and the natm'al
drainage efiective. Occasionally, beautiful Scotch firs,
spruces, and larches may be seen in favourable situations
a little above the level of the sea.

F 3

106 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

Many species of firs require to be planted thickly at
first, in order to prevent them from forming bushy trees
when young, and for the purpose of throwing the main
growth of the tree into the leading stem ; but in orna-
mental plantations they should be thinned out at an
earlier period, and afterwards to a greater extent than
is necessary in woods grown simply for the sake of
timber. They will thus have room to develope them-
selves into their natural forms, instead of being drawn
up into bare poles with small tufted heads. On level or
slightly-inclined surfaces, frequent openings or glades
should be formed through them, in order to relieve the
heavy effect which they would otherwise have.

Intermingling of the different Fonns and Colours. — In
the actual practice of planting, the various kinds of trees
are generally mingled together; and though this is
often done with little taste and on no fixed principles, it
shows that in the common apprehensions of men the
beauty of woodland scenery consists very much in the
contrast and combination of its diversified materials. It
will readily be conceived that no precise general rules
can be laid down on this subject. Much must be left
to the taste of the proprietor and designer. Some par-
ticular effects, however, may be mentioned as attainable
by the use of certain trees. For example, a mass of
laurels and hollies in the pleasure-ground may be im-
proved both in dignity and expression by having a few
of the finer species of firs introduced into its centre.
And in the park a plantation of deciduous trees may
have its sky-line elevated at certain points by groups of
black Italian poplar, a tree which in ordinary ground
speedily takes the lead of aU others, and keeps it for
many years.

IXTER.MINGLIXG OF FORMS AND COLOURS. 107

Ought masses of trees to be planted wholly of one
species_, or with an admixtiu-e of many ? The question
has been answered differently both in theoiy and in
practice. " A forest of all manner of trees/ ■* savs Mr.
Ruskin, " is poor^ if not disagreeable^ in effect ; a mass
of one species of tree is sublime. ^^ We are not sure
that this aphorism is not put too unconditionally, even
in regard to a forest ; certainly we should be inclined to
dispute its validity as applied to pleasm-e-gi'ounds and
parks. Let the reader imagine a pleasm-e-ground exclu-
sively filled with hollies, or a park adorned with Scotch
firs alone. We are assured that the first feehng of the
spectator would as likely be that of wonder as of sub-
limity, that the second would be one of oppressive mono-
tony, and the third absolute weariness. Of course, this
remark does not apply to climips and subordinate masses,
which may occasionally be planted of one species of tree.
We make this admission, however, with some reserve ;
for, while in the park and pleasm-e-gi^ound om- aim
should be that unity which consists in a harmonv of
diversities, we must guard against that bald and unsug-
gestive unity which degenerates into uniformity. Homo-
geneous masses of trees, it is to be remembered, are
destitute of that pleasing variety of colour of which there
are traces even in spring and summer, and which, as
we have seen, comes out with such manifold beauty in
the autumnal tints. We hold that evergi-eens, even in
•svinter, are lightened and set off by the contrast of the
deciduous trees with which they are intermingled, and
in summer the harmonizing effects of the mixture are
even more striking. We are disposed to think that in
the park and pleasm^e-ground the fii' tribe should never
be planted alone and in separate clumps. We would

108 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

hardly allow tliem to amount to more than a third of
the whole trees in the plantation^ thickening them in
some places^ and blending and shading them off with
the deciduous species in others. This is also a good
method of planting firs when the surfaces of large masses
of wood are to be seen at a distance. We beg the reader,
however, to remark that we have been speaking of the
ornamental grounds, not of the outfield woods or moun-
tain forests.

In regard to the question, Ought masses of trees to
be planted with one species only, or with an admixture
of many? it is important to determine whether the
masses in question are to be considered as viewed from
without or from within. If they are to be contemplated
from without, we hold that there should be always some
admixture of kinds, to obviate that dull uniformity to
which we have above alluded. If they are to be viewed
from within, it cannot be doubted that a grove of un-
mingled oaks, or beeches, or elms, especially if the trees
have attained the dignity of age, has a much finer
and more imposing efiect than a promiscuous gathering
of aU manner of trees. Even the surface of the ground
and its smoother sward acquire in such circumstances
a more attractive, because a harmonizing aspect. Planters
are too apt to confine their regards to the external ap-
pearance of their work : they ought to remember that
the plantations they are forming will, in the course of
years, become taU woods, and perhaps groves, resorted
to for seclusion and shade. This should be specially
kept in mind towards the central points of their masses ;
and with this view they may surround these central
points chiefly with one kind of tree. In extensive
grounds a dozen or more of these central groves might

INTERMINGLING OF FORMS AND COLOURS. 109

be formed prospectively, embracing all the principal
deciduous, and some of the finer evergreen trees ; while
the outer margins of the masses and clumps, and all the
parts rendered by their position conspicuous to the eye,
might be dressed out in that gay variety which is essen-
tial to the beauty of a country residence as a whole.
Thus the predominance of one tree will give a decided
character to a mass, and the intermingled subordinates
which may be gi^adually reduced in number, if desired,
will relieve it of monotony and insipidity.

In relation to the subject of this chapter generally,
we have in conclusion to remark, that no part of land-
scape-gardening is more neglected and misunderstood
than the skilfal management of trees, in the way of
bringing out their ornamental value in respect to form
and colour. Some artists of great name have declined
this affair altogether, and, with necessarily very general
directions, or even without any instructions at aU, have
delegated the work of distributing the trees to the
forester or day-labourer. And proprietors are too ready
to ask the designer to stake out the groups and clumps,
and then to leave the planting to persons who probably
have not the slightest conception of the effect desired
to be produced. After a few years, perhaps, the artist
goes back to survey his work, and finds tliat his ground-
outlines have been carefidly preserved, but probably
discovers also that the grey poplar, with its airy form
and silvery foliage, has been substituted for the robust
and grave-tinted oak; or that the spiry, light-green,
deciduous larch has taken the place intended for the
rounded cone and dark-green colour of the Scotch fir.
And yet his art or his skill in the exercise of it has to
bear the blame of these errors ! It would be almost as

110 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

reasonable to expect a fine landscape painting were we
to commission an artist to trace the outlines of tlie
picture, and then to leave the colourings the manage-
ment of the lights and shades^ and the filling up gene-
rally, to a house-painter, who undoubtedly can handle
a brush as well as a forester or a day-labourer can meld
a spade.

Ill

CHAPTER VI.

PLA^TDs^G.

Preparation of tlieGroTind; Trenching: Draining. — Eoads tlirongh
Plantations. — Planting of Forest Trees. — Pitting. — Pruning. —
Thinning. — Transplanting Forest Trees. — Planting and Trans-
planting of Evergreens.

We have already adverted to the importance of planting
in the formation and improvement of parks and pleasure-
grounds. In these interesting appendages of a country
residence, the woods present a main element of beauty;
and the degree of that beauty is greatly dependent on
the healthy and luxuriant groT^th of the trees. With
these facts in view, we shall offer some brief remarks on
the planting, fencing, and after-management of planta-
tions, confining ourselves, at the same time, to those
subjects which have a close relation to the park and
dressed grounds.

Preparation of the Ground. — This is a matter which
has been much discussed, and has led to the expres-
sion of a variety of opinions. Some have thought that
a very careful preparation of the land is indispens-
able ; others would content themselves with draining,
and the removal of furze and other impediments to
the growth of the trees. Both these opinions will hold

112 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

good in their proper places_, or in relation to different
localities. Our own experience has led to the conclusion
that operose preparations^ such as trenching or plough-
ing^ are in general not required beyond the park^ and
that the expensive operation of trenching may be con-
fined to the circle of the dressed grounds.

The principal advantage of trenching and ploughing
is their effect in accelerating the growth of the trees,
particularly in their earlier stages,, and the consequent
rapidity in the development of the scenery — a matter of
no small importance to gentlemen who msh to see and
enjoy the result of their o^vn labours. This effect is
generally very marked in the interval between the fifth
and fifteenth year from the planting : at a later period,
and on good land, it is much less perceptible.

Trenching is undoubtedly the best means of preparing
ground for planting; but as it costs from six to ten
pounds sterling per acre, it is too expensive to be ex-
tensively adopted. As a substitute, we have found a
method of deep ploughing, particularly on grass lands,
to be very useful. Two ploughs are required for the
operation, which closely resembles subsoil ploughing.
A deep furrow is first drawn. The first plough next
skims off some two or three inches of the tm^f and soil,
turning it over into the open furrow. The second
plough then follows in the same furrow as the first
plough, covering the turf v^iih four or five inches of soil,
and stirring the land to the depth of seven or eight
inches. By this means the soil is well pulverized, and
the turf is so buried as to ensure its rotting, and thus
affords an excellent manure for the trees. The expense
is about twenty-four shillings per acre.

Draining of wet land is essential to successful planting,

PLAXTIXG OF FOREST TREES. 113

and is not to be superseded by any other operation,
although on trenched gi'onnd the drains may be placed
at greater distances from each other. In large planta-
tions the drains are always open_, and may be laid down
at intervals of sixteen to forty-eight feet, according to
the porosity of the ground. In many places of the park
open di'ains are inadmissible; and in these cases we
prefer box-drains, formed with stones, as much less
liable to be choked up with roots of trees than tile pipes
or tiles and soles certainly are.

Roads through Plantations. — Roads, or rides as they
are frequently called, are needful in large plantations.
Though used for carts and carriages, they are in most
cases only grass walks, fifteen, twenty, or thirty feet
wide, with open ditches on each side. ^"\liere the ground
is soft, it may be necessary to lay a portion of the centre
^vith road-metal or gi'avel, and in hollows it is useful to
lay a box-di'ain across the line of road, and communi-
cating with one of the main drains. The open drains
on the sides should not be deep, and should never be
main drains. In extensive woods we would form some
of the leading rides at double the width of those men-
tioned above : it is in such open spaces that we generally
have the appearance of ornamental scenery. Or we
would occasionally expand them into broad lawns and
glades, and also form bays and recesses along their
borders. These open spaces, besides being highly pic-
turesque, afford good feeding-grounds for game.

Planting of Forest Trees. — The differences of opi-
nion which exist as to the best method of planting,
the distances between the trees, and the most suitable
season for the work, afford sufficient proof that there is

114 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

room for a variety of treatment — a fortimate circum-
stance when the planting is extensive^ as it enables the
improver to have his work better executed than it would
be were he obliged to confine his operations to a few
weeks at a time. Six months in winter^ inclusive of
November and April, are the utmost limits within which
planting may be hazarded. Indeed, April and one-half
of March should be excluded except in late seasons, or
in high, cold, and wet grounds. On light, dry soils the
best season is at the beginning of winter, and on heavy
and moist situations towards its close. Very wet, snowy,
or frosty weather presents the only interruptions to the
progress of planting; in some years these will reduce
the planting season to within half the period stated
above.

Pitting, though the most expensive, is the most cer-
tain method of planting, and therefore should be adopted
in the woods of the park. The only allowable exception
to this rule would be the use of the slit or T manner of
inserting the trees, which, in exposed localities, and with
seedlings, will less subject the plants to wind- waving,
and so will be more successful than ordinary pitting.
The trees may be planted at from three and a half to
four and a half feet apart, according to the soil and
situation — these distances including both the nursing
and the principal trees. In hardwood plantations such
intervals will place the trees from seven feet to nine feet
apart. Larch, spruce, and Scotch firs make excellent
nurses, and are extremely useful in yielding shelter, and
in drawing up the hardwood into tall clean trunks. In
sheltered situations and in good soils such nurses may
be omitted. Masses of hardwood are sometimes re-
quired to produce particular eifects, and in these cases

PRUNING. 115

it is better to prevent the possibility of firs becoraiiig
principals to the injury of the scenery. Witli this view,
we have had hardwood, without firs_, planted in masses
at foni' or four and a half feet apart.

Pruning. — In the cnltm-e of forest trees, pruning is,
after planting, the most important operation. Its object
is the production of a large trunk or bole of clean sound
timber ; and to accomplish this, the tree is to be primed
so as to lead to the accumulation of the principal bulk
of the ligneous matter in the main stem. This aim
should be distinctly kept in ^iew in eveiy operation,
whether in the removal or shortening of the branches.
Reduced to this general principle, pruning is divested
of aU difficulty, at least when it is commenced at an
early period, and is regularly and careftilly prosecuted.
After a shoot has been selected for the main stem, all
other shoots, which indicate a tendency to draw off from
it the leading gi'owth, should be shortened or removed.
For some years after planting, it will be for the most
part sufficient to foreshorten, that is, to cut back, the
side-shoots from one-third to two-thirds of their length,
in order to discourage their growth in a lateral direction ;
but this is on the supposition that the trees have taken
with the ground, and are in a thriving state. "UTiere
hardwood does not appear to thrive by the end of the
second, or at most the third season from planting, it is
advisable in the following spring to cut the ti'ees to the
ground : the result ^vill be a number of vigorous shoots,
of which one should be selected for the future tree, and
the others removed.

Where a plantation has grown well by the end of the
sixth or seventh year from planting, in addition to the
pruning afready recommended, the branches formerly

116 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

foresliortened should be cut off at the lower part of the
stem^ leaving it bare at first not above one-sixth^ or at
most one-fifth^ the height of the tree. By the time,
however, that the tree is from fifteen to twenty feet high,
it may have a clear stem of one-third its height, and
varying from one-third to one-half when the tree has
attained a stature of thirty feet. These remarks are not
meant to apply in all cases in the park and pleasure-
grounds, where the natural appearance of many trees
would be spoiled by the removal of branches from their
trunks for more than ten or fifteen feet. Some trees,
however, are improved by the partial thinning and
shortening of the branches to double that height. When
pruning should begin, and how often it should be re-
sorted to, must be left to the discretion of the proprietor
judging from the growth of the trees. Some plantations
will be benefited by a careful examination and pruning
every second year; others will require attention only every
fourth or fifth year. Some excellent foresters condemn
the periodical pruning of woods. Our own experience
is, that it is advantageous to examine the trees in the
park every second or third year, of course pruning only
those trees that require it, and cutting back the branches
of the nurses which are pressing on the principals. We
agree with Mr. Brown, in his useful work ' The Forester,'
that pruning should precede thinning by at least one
year. Wlien both operations go on together, the growth
of the young trees is apt to be checked by their sudden
exposure to the colder atmosphere consequent on the de-
crease of shelter. Fir-trees should be planted so thickly
as to prune themselves, the dead branches being care-
fully removed as they appear. On the lawns of the
pleasure-ground some firs are disposed to extend their

THINNING. 117

lower branclies too far. To counteract this tendency,
and to thi'ow the strength of the tree into the main stem,
the terminal bud or shoot of the lower branches is to be
pinched off. Cedars and other spreading firs, treated in
this way, may be made to assume an upright form.

Tliinning. — Thinning is an operation nearly as neces-
sary as pi-uning, and in fir plantations perhaps the more
necessary of the two. As young woods are generally
planted more densely than is needful for their permanent
condition, in order that the young trees may produce a
shelter for each other, and a con-esponding warmth in
the climate, the period selected for thinning the young
plantations should vary with the progi^ess of the trees,
as that again wiH vary with the soil and climate in
which they grow. Some plantations may receive a par-
tial thinning by the time they have been seven or eight
yeai^s planted ; others in more exposed places may not
require the same sort of thinning till they are double
that age.

In the process of thinning it should be distinctly kept
in mind that the trees which are removed were originally
planted to shelter and di'aw up the ti'ces which are to
remain, and that only those are to be cleared away fi-om
time to time which are doing injmy to those designed
to be permanent. TMien this principle is made to regu-
late the work, there is little danger that thuming will be
carried to an injmious excess. Kothing is more preju-
dicial than excessive thinning. The bark of those trees
which have been well sheltered by close planting is less
dense and more sensitive to cold than that of trees ex-
posed to all weathers, and their roots are much fewer
and have a slighter hold of the groimd. It is evident,
therefore, that the trees left standing in over-thinned

118 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

plantations, being ill prepared for their new circum-
stances,, are snre to receive a severe dieck, whicli, if it
does not kill them outright^ will retard their growth for
many years, or stmit them to an extent from which they
may never recover.

The thinning of fir plantations need not begin before
the trees press so much on each other as not only to
check the growth of the lower branches, but also to kill
a portion of those next the ground.

In hardwood plantations the thinning commences
when the nurses press so much on the permanent trees
as really to injure them : but only such trees should be
removed as actually do so. When the pressure is slight,
it may be relieved by cutting back the nurses to half their
length, and they may be allowed to remain till the
advance of the hardwood requires their entire removal.
From the time that all the nurses are removed, in each
of the subsequent thinnings which are necessary to
leave the permanent trees that are suitable for the for-
mation of large timber, those trees should first be cut
down which appear to press on their stronger and more
healthy neighbours, and to deprive them of the room
and nomishment needful to their increasing growth.

Transplanting of Trees. — In the improvement of the
park and pleasm^e-grounds, much may be effected by
the transplantation of trees of a considerable size.
^Tiere suitable trees are to be had, they may often
be effectively employed in the formation of groups in
the la^vns and in the park, or in making up masses of
wood to shut out disagreeable views or unsightly objects.
As in such operations immediate effect is the principal
object aimed at, it is a matter of the utmost importance
that the work of transplantation should be performed

TRANSPLANTING OF TREES. 119

with such care and success that the trees should not
only live but also recover their -^dgorous growth and
healthy appearance within two or thi'ee years after their
removal. This^ with trees from twenty to forty feet
high^ is usually a result of somewhat difficult attain-
ment. The most propitious season for transplanting
deciduous trees we have foimd to be in September,
while the foliage was still green, but the young wood
fii'm and ripening off. Young rootlets are almost sure
to be formed before T^inter^ through which the tree
receives an immediate supply of sap in spring; while
later-planted trees often continue ^itheiing in the wind
till roots are put forth in the beginning of summer.
Proper subjects for transplanting should be selected :
the best are foimd growing, if not in exposed, at least
in well-aii^ed localities, such as on the outsides of plan-
tations, with branches tolerably well balanced, and
having a copious supply of roots. Trees from these
situations, and with these qualities, are more hardy
and better able than any others to stand the increased
exposm-e arising from their being planted as single
trees or in thin gi'oups. If trees cannot be obtained,
as above recommended, recourse must be had to the
interior of plantations, but they should be prepared by
thinning and the consequent exposure before they are
removed. It is generally worse than useless to trans-
plant feeble di'awn-up trees from close-sheltered thickets
into the position of single trees or gi^oups ; for, although
they may survive the check sustained from the necessary
loss of roots and the increased cold, not one in ten will
ever form a fine tree. AVe may add, that though trees may
often be transplanted at once, success is more certain
when they have been prepared by having theii' roots cut

120 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

two or three years before tlieir removal. This is done
by digging a trench round the tree at the distance of
from two to four feet from the trnnk^ according to the
size^ and to the depth of from eighteen to thirty inches,
so that all the spreading roots may be cut through, and
the descending roots left untouched for the present.
When the roots are abundant, three or four of the prin-
cipal ones should be left undivided till the period of
transplantation, or they may be cut at the distance of
three or four feet beyond the trench. These reserved
roots will afford the tree a better hold of the ground
when lifted, while the shortened roots will yield a
copious supply of fibres with which to commence its
renewed growth. When the soil is of ordinary quality,
it may be replaced in the trench ; if it is very inferior,
or if there are but few roots or fibres within the ball left
by the cutting, some prepared soil may be introduced.
Generally, however, this is unnecessary, and we prefer
keeping the enriched earth to be put round the ball and
among the young fibres at the time when the tree is
placed in its new site.

The removal of large trees requires the assistance of
machinery, horses, and a number of men. The common
two-wheeled Janker, with its single pole and truss fixed
on the centre of the axle, is the least expensive, and at
the same time the most convenient machine. As the
trees, when placed on it, lie on their side, a little
management is required to preserve the branches from
being injured by trailing on the ground. We have
found the Janker sufficient for ordinary purposes. The
Elvaston machine is a more expensive one, but is un-
doubtedly a more efficient aid in transplantation ; the
trees are moved with larger and better balls, and the

PLANTING AND TRANSPLANTING EVERGREENS. 121

branches are preserved from injmy by the trunks being
kept erect.

"^Mien the tree is placed in its new site, it is most im-
portant that it should be properly and securely fixed.
To accomplish this object, the earth should be rammed
in firmly below the ball, so as to give the root a solid
seat, and to prevent the roots from mo\-ing when the
upper part of the tree is acted on by the wind. The
roots and fibres should then be carefully laid out and
covered with fr'esli loam or emiched soil. T\lien the
earth is made up nearly to the natm-al level of the
gromid, three strong wooden pins six or eight inches in
diameter should be diiven down to the same level, near
the outside of the hole, and forming a triangle with the
tree in the centre. To these pins are to be nailed thi^e
strong slabs of wood, completing the sides of the triangle,
and laying fast hold on the ball or principal roots of the
tree. The operation is then finished by filling up and
beating in the earth to the level of the surface. Trees
so planted will resist almost any amount of wind, and
be free from the unsightly appliances of stakes, props,
ropes, and heaps of stones often placed round them to
maintain then' upright position.

Planting and Transplanting of Evergreens. — The dis-
tribution of evergi'cen trees and shmbs is among the
most interesting operations in the fonnation and im-
provement of pleasure-grounds : in the fii^st, they give
at once a clothed appearance to what was bare ground ;
and in the second, by their change of position they
effect an almost entire alteration in the scenery of the
place. Success, however, requii'es not only cai-efid exe-
cution, but also due attention to the proper seasons for
the performance of the work.

122 PAEKS AND PLiASrRE-GROUXDS.

In all cases it is advisable that the gi'oiind should he
well drained and ti'enched : and where poor, it should

be e— ":^he^^:h n--: -^1 .-.„.-.-., -.^.-, .-.. i-„ ..v, ^c.-.^.ioUy

wheix :^u ^Lr-;/ - . - .- -. -udy

soils are grea''-v 1 by moderate additions of

claycT loam c Ir. rru::-r'la::^:i:2: slunbs of

considera'ble -" ^ .-: j ■;.::::-_ tI.l ci^^iched soil or

manure b :iid the ball_. and in contact with the

yonngr £' ■ . ' . . - it is nsefnl to prepare

the plan:- y ~ - .^ ' . - i^d them a yeai' or two

preTionslT, as recommended in relation to forest-trees.

^ '--'[r.^ e^"vr_:-^'-"^': -" ' " ' ^ ' ':.:iL'n. as
^._, .. - ^^ ^^:' b ^ _ ^,. .... ,- When

they are ' . brb e the siz-, procur-

able : >. :b: bave good balls; and

if th:- - - :\acu. a: ica-c to a moderate extent,

it w:._ : /. '. , reduce the head of the plant, as

otherwise many of the branches will die back fi'om their
b, ' ;b^ - : ~ .:' 'b'by 5:'nuer amount of fjlir^^e.
b _/__. ' .: ' i' the branches sb-^^^bb be

: - - ^ when large shinb- . ::ed ;

bu: :: .- ■ ben the balls ai'e iaige_, and the

ro'-r- _ ,. . For the most part there is

::.v ::, :b ; .- use of the knife, both in

respect of time and of apiX:aiance.

Ab ^>:^^'*.-. and especially large ones, should have an

: . of water when they are transplanted, and

• _; ■ : "b "] '": or is run into

tuc - -- --- ^- :-- ----": -1 along with

the r:-.^--_--.- ': "b L:,:b.. ■,:_:,.. .....:n the pit is

about one-fou:'b ::,b:d_, and continuing till it is nearly
quite full. T^ ^^tity of the water should be such

as to form a -:..-_ ..iddle round the ball. Tins mode

PLAXTIXG AXD TRAXSPLANTIXG EVERGREENS. 123

of watering keeps the roots moist, as well as consolidates
the earth about them, and if carefully done at first, will
scarcely require any additions. If the water is not
administered tiU after the earth has been fully pressed
in round the roots, frequent repetition and larger quan-
tities wiU be necessary, and the same beneficial results
wiU not be attained.

There has been much difference of opinion and many
discussions respecting the most suitable season for trans-
planting evergreen shrubs. Some recommend the autumn
months, others the winter and spring. When the opera-
tions are extensive, it may at times be necessary to carry
on the work during the whole period, and if frosty and
withering weather is avoided the planting may be suc-
cessful. It is admitted by aU, that the transplanting of
evergreens should not be attempted when the plants
are in fuU growth, for, though even then they may sur-
rive the shock, the chance is that most of them ^^ill
perish or die down to the ground. It seems also ascer-
tained that the loss of evergreens when transplanted is
caused by the excess of perspiration from their leaves
compared with the quantity of sap taken up by their
mutilated roots, and that consequently dry parching
weather, at whatever season it occurs, is, other things
being equal, the most unpropitious for the operations to
which we are now adverting. At first sight this prin-
ciple might seem to exclude the end of summer and
early autumn from the seasons available for planting;
and yet it does not, and that for various reasons. At
the period to which we have referred there is much
warmth in the soil, and as the perfected sap is then
descending from the leaves, the growth of roots com-
mences rapidly and goes on to a considerable extent,

g2

124 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

in which case the plant is soon ont of danger. Then
there is often clondy and dripping weather after the turn
of the day, as it is called, and every one must have re-
marked the greater geniality of that season in regard to
growth as compared with spring. Besides, in the spring
months the soil is colder and the atmosphere is drier than
in autumn, as may be seen from the table on the oppo-
site page (p. 125).

The conclusions to be derived from those tables plainly
point out autumn as the best period for the transplanting
6 of evergreens; and yet, when rightly considered, they
admit of that wide range of time which actual experience
authenticates. We believe that evergreens in small
quantities have been safely transplanted from mid-
summer to the end of April, — perhaps we might say the
whole year round. This has occmTcd from a compen-
sation of advantages and disadvantages. Take August
for example : the air is then drier than it is two months
later, but the soil is warmer ; and if the plants escape
a blazing sun for a few days, the growth of roots wiU
commence, and will very speedily supply to the leaves
all the perspirable matter that is needed. Thus an
equilibrium of action is rapidly established. In De-
cember or January again, supposing frost to be absent,
in which case alone the comparison is possible, the eva-
poration is diminished, but the warmth of the soil is
also lowered, and the transplanted evergreen is appa-
rently in similar circumstances as before ; and yet it is
not so favourably situated, since it wants the stablishing
influences of the autumn months before it is required
to encounter the severities of spring. It must be added,
however, that in mild moist winters and springs there is
often sufficient warmth in the soil to promote the gTowth

PLANTING AND TRANSPLANTING EVERGREENS. 125

^

M

-

h~

^

O
P

<s

P

g

2

o

<1

'-'

o

1

r1-

^

<-

B:

o^

^

^

33

c*

^

H

2
o

1

r

3

O

fts

r/5

o

?

P

o

3

o"

^

^

'^

H

p
— -

d)

oa

o

o

t-^

=H

CO

3
on

g

3

E.

2

3

p

l-l.

o

H

^

:?

^^

o

o

(-;

^

•"^

^

^

f-+-

o

S
1

3

o
p

QO

q

1—

o

g

5

fio"

3-

<t>

o

1

2

o

<

"i

p

•^

*

w

O

r-'

^

--+5

^

c

w

ao"

X

X,

=§

1

^

o

P-

ai

3

■-rs

P

30

O

uJ

ci

'-'

p

s

?r

rr-

^ '

•^

O

H

2.

OD*

1

p
o

H

-3

^

DD

s.

b

o

o

1-^

o

1-^

P

>

>

t.

3-
p-

3,

'-t

l-t

bi

h- '

t^

wi

J^

x

ox

o

H^

^0

January.

C5

to

ic

':^

,-

o

I—'

^

oc

XO
X

February.

w

^

li^

t^

-^^

o

1— '

coo

X

March.

w.

!^

»^^

,^

en

6x

bi

1—'

d

April.

OT

ox

OT

on

X

Ci

b£

CO

OTO

May.

"<T

=^

,

-.

en
oc

Tv

2

COO

6

June.

OT

"^T

C5

-.

C5

fs

ox

bf

f^

JiJy.

C5

c

-.

-.

a

^

■^^

^

If

iO

t^o
en

August.

bS

to

O-x

en

en

bS

oc

XO

oc

September.

Ot

o

ox

a\

(^

OT

bS

CO

XO

CO

October.

^

o

-^

^

c
o

00

6

^

coo

November.

^

o

,^

i^

CO

p

bi

00

■^

oco

December.

<y»

ir'

126 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

of roots ; and at tliese times^ if the weather is such as
to prevent excess of evaporation, the transplantation may
be completely successful.

In the colder districts there are sometimes protracted
frosts, lasting perhaps from December to March, during
which the air becomes extremely dry, and if it is set in
motion by northerly or easterly winds its effect is rapidly
destructive to all evergreens, though long established, if
less hardy than the holly or yew. By such a wind even
"the i\y never sere" is changed into a russet-brown.
We cannot wonder, then, that an arbutus or a sweet bay
shoidd wither visibly before it ; and it will at once be
perceived that weather which thus goes far to destroy
established evergreens must be absolutely pernicious to
those enfeebled by recent planting. The remark will
suggest the consideration of shelter for evergreens in
connection with the proper season for their removal.

Dr. Lindley concludes an able article on the trans-
planting of shrubs by saying, that " Upon the whole,
September, October, and November should be preferred
— one being better in one year and one in another. We
shall only add, that a ground temperature of forty-seven
degrees, which may be taken as that of thoroughly
drained land near London, in November is sufficiently
high for plants to form their roots in." [Gardeners'
Chronicle, January 6th, 1849.)

Referring to our own experience, we have had ever-
green shrubs successfully transplanted from the middle
of July to the middle of April, but only in small quan-
tities in the months of July, March, and April. We
believe that September, October, and November form
the most suitable seasons in the middle districts of the
island — allowing perhaps a fortnight earlier for the

PLANTING AND TRANSPLANTING EVERGREENS. 127

northern, and a fortnight later for the southern parts of
Great Britain. In the mild climates of Ireland the
planting may be fi^eelv continued dm'ing the ^vhole of
the autumn, winter, and spring months. But in no
circumstances should evergreens be moved in hot dry
sunshine, in cold parching winds, or in actual fi'ost ; at
such times the roots and foUage are sure to suffer while
they are out of the ground. Fmther, it is not generall}-
ad^isable to shift them before the annual shoots are
somewhat ripened in autumn.

y

128

CHAPTER VII.

FENCES OF THE PAEK AND PLEASUEE-GEOUNDS.

General Eemarks. — Boundary Fence. — Internal Fences. — Fence
of the Deer Park. — Pleasure-Ground Fences. — Malleable-iron
Fences. — Sunk Fences. — Stone WaUs. — Hedges.

Both in its original signification and actual usage the
term Park denotes an enclosed space. The park, there-
fore, is always encircled by a boundary or ring fence of
sufficient height to afibrd protection from without, to
retain in their proper places " the beasts of chase," or
the cattle that may be kept within it, and to ensure that
moderate seclusion which is an essential requisite to a
country residence in the estimation both of its inmates
and of those strangers whom the liberality of the pro-
prietor permits to visit and enjoy its scenery. Besides
this bounding enclosm'e, however, internal or divisional
fences are necessary. A park of many hundred acres,
and including a multiplicity of objects, invariably re-
quires to be subdivided into lesser portions for the
convenience of grazing, and for other reasons, such as
the separation of certain of the wooded surfaces from
the pasture-grounds, and the due regulation of the
secondary roads^ and even sometimes of the main ap-

INTERNAL FENCES. 129

proach. We shall take up these two classes of fences in
succession.

Boundary Fence. — The outline and position of thi^
fence depend on those of the park itself, and seldom
call for much attention except where it thrusts itself
obtrusively on the eye, a circumstance to be guarded
against or ameliorated when possible. The fence itself
is often a wall built of stone, or if that material is scarce,
of bricks ; and it may be from six and a half feet to
nine feet in height. On flat surfaces fences of this alti-
tude shut out much of the surrounding countiy ; and in
such cases, when it is desirable to extend the ^'iew to the
adjacent portion of the estate, instead of the wall may
be substituted a sunk fence with the fosse or trench on
the outside. ^Miere timber is abundant, wooden fences
are occasionally employed ; but unless of moderate ex-
tent, their want of durability renders them less desirable
than those formed of more permanent materials. A
close tall pale of split oak, however, is very seniceable,
and will last for upwards of thirty years. Hedges
seldom prove efficient boundaries ; when, however, com-
bined with walls, and well trained and kept, they may
suffice for parks in thinly-populated districts. The walls
may be two or three feet high, with a low bank of earth
behind, on wliich to plant the hedge.

Internal Fences. — The proper aiTangement of the
divisional fences in the interior of the park is a matter
of considerable difficulty, and one in which there are
perhaps more failures than in almost any other. The
common error is the application of the principles of ordi-
nary farm fencing to the ornamental grounds. In purely
agricultural districts the di\dsions are arranged so as to

g3

130 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

facilitate drainage^ and to suit the conveniences of tillage.
The normal type of the agricultural field is a square or
parallelogram; but these forms can scarcely be intro-
duced into the park^ at least visibly, without a wretched
effect. Many parks are subdivided by such a multiplicity
of hedges and walls as to deprive them of all apparent con-
tinuity of sui'face, and therefore of that unity which is
always so desirable. We have often seen the contour of
a small hill destroyed by a hedge planted along its top,
the slope of a fine bank interrupted by a wall run up
or across its breast, or what is perhaps even worse, the
bottom of a small and beautiful valley crossed and re-
crossed by hedge and ditch or dry stone wall, to the
utter destruction of the natm^al beauty of the locality.
Clearly the internal fences of the park should be so
arranged as to avoid these barbarously mutilating divi-
sions of surfaces. Indeed, could the woods be reared for
the first forty or fifty years without fences, there might
be an almost total absence of that formality and inter-
ference with contour so common in most parks; and
there would be much more of that free irregularity of
outline which is so characteristic a feature in the group-
ing of the natural forest. But as we have already said,
internal fences in the park cannot be dispensed with :
yet in relation to the general scenery they should be
regarded as necessary evils, and those forms and distri-
butions of them should be preferred which are least con-
spicuous and obtrusive. Lines should be adopted which
accommodate themselves to the form of the ground, or
which may be most easily masked or relieved with scat-
tered trees. With these objects in view, the enclosures
of the woods and clumps may be made to form a
considerable portion of the divisional fences of the park.

MALLEABLE-IROX FENCES. 131

Fence of the Deer Park. — Deer parks require fences
equal to the best description of park- walls. ^Tien they
are placed contiguous to the external boundary of the
home domain^ a considerable amount of separate fencing
may be dispensed ^vith. As a division fr'om the other
portions of the park, a well laid-out sunk fence wall of
medium height, with a "v\ire fence along the top, ^vill be
found to be sufficient.

PlecLSure-Oi^ound Fences. — In immediate connection
with the mansion-house, and especially where there is
only a limited extent of dressed grounds between it and
the park, the most appropriate fence is an architectural
one of the same materials, and in the same style, as the
principal buildings. In no case should this fence be
raised much above the general surface, otherwise the
view of the external scenery maybe greatly intercepted.
In flat situations, and where the principal rooms are
raised only a few steps above the ground level, wire
fences are commonly the most suitable. The proper seclu-
sion of the pleasure-grounds will often require a waD of
six or seven feet in height, to separate them, for example,
from the back road to the house and offices. Such a
waU, however, should hardly ever cross the ^dews from
the principal windows. In these places a sunk fence or
a wire fence should generally be substituted.

Malleable-Iron Fences, such as those made of wii-e
and small iron rods for the use of the park, come nearer
to perfection than any others. We consider them the
greatest improvement introduced into this department
of fencing during the last hundred years. Theii' hght
and simple forms interposing a small amount of opaque
matter between the eye and objects beyond, render them

133 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

nearly invisible ; and when formed of proper materials
and well constructed they are very durable^ and as
efficient as a fence can well be. The nse of iron rods
screwed into each other, in place of the top wire and of
the third wire from the ground_, improves greatly the
common wire fence. We lately inspected a fence of
this description which had stood thirty -three years, and
found it perfectly sound, and likely to last for as long a
period to come. Instead of the above, iron hurdle-
fences are sometimes used, and being more moveable,
have their conveniences in certain situations. Wire
fences with wooden posts are at present pretty exten-
sively used. In relation to agricultural purposes, we
have nothing to say against them ; but we confess that
we regard them as offensive in the park, and we should
employ them only as temporary expedients. At a dis-
tance, they appear an array of wooden stumps stuck into
the ground without visible utility or connection ; and on
flat surfaces, where several lines may be seen together,
they are at once mean and monotonous.

Sunk Fences have been generally superseded by wire
fences ; there are, however, some positions in which the
former are preferable, as we have pointed out when
speaking of the boundary and deer-park enclosm^es. The
proper place of the sunk fence in the park is where a
sectional division is wanted, while it is desirable to pre-
serve an apparent continuity of outline in a glade, or an
expanse of grass on a level or slightly inclined surface,
on which pehaps even the inconsiderable constraint of a
wire fence might be objectionable. The wall of the
sunk fence should never face the principal point of view ;
and from such points it is not an advantage for the line
of direction to be seen on end, and so to be enfiladed

HEDGES. 133

by the eye. A low wall^ tliii1;y inches in height, forming
a snnk fence two feet in depths with two wii'es along the
top, affords a good cheap protection for plantations where
stones are abnndant.

Stone IVaUs are good permanent fences ; bnt on flat
or slightly imdnlating surfaces they often hide a con-
siderable breadth of view, especially when employed as
internal divisions. For plantations they are less objec-
tionable, as the trees overhang and veil them. They
are best suited for hilly and mountainous coimtries, and
in these they may be freely employed, as the objections
which may be made against walls in other places are
there less applicable.

Hedges afford a cheap and ready sort of fence ; they
are not however, generally speaking, very suitable for
the park, for however neatly they may be cut and dressed,
it is needful^ when they form the boundaiies of climaps
or plantations, to keep the tiTes trimmed back, in order
to prevent them from injming the hedges, and so they
impart a more fonnal and constrained outline to gi'ow-
ing wood than abnost any other species of fence does.
Hedges may be planted with good effect on the inside
of the boundary walls of the park, to clothe them when
they are not screened by plantations.

134

CHAPTER VIII.

WATEE.

Artificial Lakes ; Islands ; tlie Head, or Artificial Embankment :
Decorative Accompaniments. — Artificial Eivers. — Jet Foun-
tains.— Jets d'Eau. — Propriety of Introducing Water.

Of all the varied materials in the composition of natural
scenery^ there is none that produces more beauty, variety,
and interest than water; nor is there any that enters
into so many pleasing combinations with surrounding
objects. This felicity in adjusting itself to the beautiful
in nature awakens a strong desire for the introduction
of so pleasing an element into the more artificial arrange-
ments of Parks and Pleasure- Grounds. In these it
assumes a diversity of forms, such as artificial lakes,
ponds, rivers, waterfalls, fountains, and jets d^eau — means
of ornament which, when skilfully executed and kept in
their proper places, are always a great acquisition to the
grounds into which they are introduced.

In the formation of an ayHificial lake, there are two
requisites of almost equal importance. The first is an
adequate supply of water, without which, indeed, we
may make a morass or weedy pool, but not a pleasing
sheet of the liquid element. The second, and not infe-

WATER. 135

rior object is a suitable site for the lake. If the locality
does not convey the impression that the water is resting
in a hoUow^ vale^ or platform^ and is retained there by a
natui'al obstruction not easily removed^ there will be
" a want of truth or fidelity" of expression in relation
to " the thing imitated" that will tend to excite aver-
sion rather than pleasui'e in the minds of those who
have been trained to a genuine taste for the beauties
of natm-e. AMierever the artificial lake is seen^ generally
speaking, it ought to appear in the lowest part of the
landscape within the park ; or if it cannot be made to
present this appearance fi'om every point of xiQs^, care
should be taken to secure a considerable breadth of
space between the lake itself and the natural outlet by
which its waters seem to be drained off. Without these
necessaiy featui'es there is a want of truthfulness in the
expression. It is true that in hilly and mountainous
countries pools are found without the conditions above
specified^ but there is always something to accoimt for
them, and they are mostly mere spots in the landscape ;
while in parks and pleasure-grounds sheets of water are,
from their natm'e, prominent objects, and whatever is
obtrusively artificial or out of harmony is sm^e to be
offensive. Allien a series of ponds or lakes are fonned
on the same stream, and in the same park, it is desirable
that the natiu'al form of the ground should be such as
to indicate that, in each case, no great amount of
obstruction was necessary to attain the designed effect.

The place, then, for an artificial lake is a natm'al
hollow where no great embankment is requii'ed, or
where a moderate excavation wiU afford materials for
the banks needed to retain the water, for the islands and
promontories on the lake itself, and for the knolls and

136 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

slopes by which the ground in its vicinity may be varied.
The opposite extreme, however, should be avoided ; for
where there is too little excavation the boundaries of the
lake often seem too feeble for the retention of its con-
tents, and the effect is invariably tame. As a general
rule, apparent shallowness should be avoided in artificial
water.

The beauty of lakes depends greatly on their outline,
and this, therefore, is an object of indispensable atten-
tion. When they are formed in a hollow, the plane of
their waters naturally assumes an outline corresponding
with the original configuration of the ground, and this
outline can be varied and improved only by the forma-
tion of bays, promontories, and islands -, and by such
means considerable additional effect may often be pro-
duced. When the site is on level ground, the outline
may be varied at pleasure ; any form may be adopted.
It may be either broad, bending, or winding, as the
general character of the park or the extent of the lake
win allow. In every case, however, the artificial lake
should present breadth rather than length. Variety of
outline, and the desirable intricacy of effect, may be
secured by the means above alluded to, viz., by bays,
and promontories, and islands. Care, however, must be
taken that the projecting masses do not obscure or
destroy the breadth of surface, as is too often the case
with small pieces of Avater. In some instances, what is
intended for a lake dmndles down into a winding canal,
or palmated pool with an island stuck into it, certainly
as unlike a work of nature as a work of man can be.

Islands should be irregular both in their outline and
contour, and small rather than large. They are more
advantageously placed near the sides or ends than in the

WATER. 137

centre of the lake ; at the same time they should not
have the appearance of being separated from the main
land merely by a narrow canal. Their position should
be determined by the outline of the lake and the sur-
rounding scenery; they ought never to be numerous.
Their pm-pose is to impart variety to the water_, and to
ob\iate any apparent baldness in the banks^ or to lessen
other defects which cannot be removed by planting.
Too many islands give an artificial sheet of water the air
of a map or model.

The Head, as it is usually called, — that is, the embank-
ment at the lower end of the lake for retaining the
water, — is generally one of the principal difficulties in the
construction. It is here that the artificial character of
the lake is most conspicuous, and, of course, a greater
effort is necessaiy to conceal it. AMien the head can be
so formed as to unite with the form of the ground, and
to present the appearance of a natural obstruction, the
success of the designer and executant may be regarded
as complete. Heads of lakes, as usually formed, are
commonly defective, being often too narrow; or when
broad, of too little elevation, and are frequently, indeed,
simple weirs for confining the water. \Mien the lake
occupies part of a small vaUey, the head may be formed
mto a knoU or two thrown out from, but connected with,
one of the banks ; and the issuing stream may be led
round the knoU, and between it and the opposite bank.
When the locality reqiiii-es a lengthened embankment,
another method may be pm'sued. A broad mound may
be constructed either level or convex, with the water
flowing through it or following the com'se of a small
winding valley scooped out at either end. In this case,
the face of the raised platform towards the lake may be

138 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

formed into a series of terraces of parallel levels ; and if
these terraces are carried down the small valley and
repeated in some of the adjacent bays^ an impression
will be suggested that the lake is not an artificial creation,
but that the rivulet has worked its way through the
opposing bank, and left the water to form a new shore
at a lower level. If the materials do not suffice to
form a broad platform, either level or raised, a combina-
tion of the two forms may be employed, on a narrower
base, by having a level next the water, and a raised
bank for planting on the outside. In speaking of the
heads of artificial lakes, we have described only the pro-
jecting knoll and the broad platform. Natural examples
of these may be seen in the lakes of hiUy and undulating
districts ; they are easily imitated, and their imitations, if
at all successful, have much less the appearance of arti-
fice than the ridges of earth commonly employed for
this purpose. To these might be added the rocky barrier
and rugged outlet of a mountain lake ; but as being at
once extremely difficult to execute and often in ques-
tionable taste, we do not venture to recommend them.
It is a good principle, however, to look earnestly at
nature when we are imitating its works. The outline
of the head towards the lake admits of some variety of
configuration. Wliere the broad platform is adopted, its
edge may be in part a straight line, -with curves towards
the w ater at the ends ; or, when the knoll is selected, a
promontory may be drawn out into the water, with un-
equal bays at each side. The surplus water, instead of
issuing through a paved overfiow or sluice, should rather
be conveyed in a winding stream, flowing from a bay at
one end of the head : in this case, the small vaUey
forming the outlet should, if possible, be so excavated as

WATER. 139

to place the bed of the stream on the solid ground^ not
on the embankment_, an arrangement conducive at once
to stability and ornament. If a sliuce is indispensable,
it should be in connection Tvith a culvert.

When success has been attained in the form and outline
of an artificial lake, much still requires to be done in the
way of decorative accompaniments. Water without wood
will be destitute of that lining grace which trees and
shrubs can alone impart; and it ^ill want, also, much
of that varied reflection of light and shade, and of form
and colom-, which adds so much charm and interest to
woodland lakes. Trees, however, are not to be dotted over
the banks. Tliey should rather be combined into strong
masses, at some places approaching the water's edge, at
others receding, and dispersed in irregular groups, as the
smface of the ground may suggest. The embankments,
when deficient in form, should be covered with masses of
wood. At the same time, it is injudicious to overload
the scene with ti*ees and shrubs. A light and graceful
efiect should be aimed at in certain positions, and a
depth of shade in others. The pleasure-grounds and
woods afibrd more suitable situations for highly orna-
mented pieces of water than the pastm^e-gi'ounds in the
park, as the latter are generally too unclothed for this
purpose. Islands should not be over-thickly planted, as
they commonly are. ^ATien the ti-ees are sparse, they
are more varied in theii' form, and fall into better groups.
A green bank or piece of level lawn, seen fi'om the neigh-
bouring shore, are agi'eeable featm-es in an island. To
lake scenery, a boat-house and pier, and palings nmning
into the water to prevent deer and cattle from entering
the resen-ed enclosmTs, and aquatic birds and plants, add
a pleasing diversity.

140 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

To be properly seen, tlie lake requires to be approached
by walks, especially in the pleasure-grounds. It is
seldom advisable, however, to carry the walks quite
round it. They should rather be directed to the points
from which the finest views are seen. In this respect
the head is generally important, for though it may not
be the finest in itself, it often afibrds positions Avhich
exhibit the other portions of the lake to greatest advan-
tage. If, then, the head has been formed as above
recommended, a walk may be led across it, keeping,
however, on that side of the platform which is next the
water. In no case should the walk pass close round the
back of the embankment, as the descent from, and sub-
sequent ascent to, the level of the lake will undoubtedly
proclaim to every one its artificial character. Such a
cross walk, if absolutely necessary, should always run at
some considerable distance below, and through ground
from which the head of the lake is masked by trees.
Where more than one lake are formed in close proximity
to each other, good taste will dictate that only one of
these should be seen at the same time from the approach,
if it passes near their points of separation.

Artificial Rivers are sometimes formed in parks and
pleasure-grounds, but seldom with happy effect. They
want the progression and the continuance which are
leading characteristics of natural rivers. The rivulets
or streams which it is desired to elevate to the form of
rivers do not supply sufficient water to sustain the cha-
racter aimed at ; or if the breadth is increased to afford
an adequate expanse, the movement of the water disap-
pears, and the result is only a stagnant canal or elon-
gated pool. It is certainly better to leave the stream in
its natural state ; or if breadth of water is an object, to

JET FOUNTAINS. 141

adopt the recommendation of Sir Uvedale Price, viz., to
spread it out into a small lake or cliain of lakes with
the stream floT\ing through them.

Jet Fountains are more easily introduced into dressed
grounds than any other kind of ornamental water, at
least where there is an adequate supply, and at a suffi-
cient altitude in the som-ce, within a moderate distance.
Their effects are also more immediate, as they do not
greatly depend on the gi'owth of trees and shrubs, or
other progi'essive improvements.

We believe that few objects can be used for the deco-
ration of terraces and flower-gardens which are more
generally pleasing than a weU-arranged architectural
fountain in full play. Such fountains should occupy
conspicuous places in these localities ; as, for example,
the crossing of leading walks, or the centi'e of a gi-oup
of flower-beds. They are pleasing spectacles in them-
selves, but they always yield the most brilliant effect
when suiTounded with fine flowers and shi'ubs or trees.

A fountain, whether in full play or entirely icUe, may
assume an intrinsic interest fi'om the beauty of its
design. When placed in the vicinity of the mansion-
house, it should harmonize with the general style of the
building, or, at least, should exhibit no marked contra-
riety of character. In detached flower-gardens the style
of the fountain is of less importance ; still, even there
it should have some accordance with the expression of
smTounding objects. Foimtains are generally made of
stone or iron. The former material seems preferable ;
but where light and fanciful shapes are wanted, iron or
even glass may be employed.

Jets d'Eau are jet fountains on a large scale. In this
country they are seldom seen in any other form than that

142 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

of the nozzle of a strong pipe in the centre of a pond,
throwing np a thick cokimn of water to a considerable
height. They are generally too large for terraces or
flower-gardens. They may be introduced into some of
the principal lawns within sight of the house^ and in
such situations, especially when partially backed or en-
compassed with trees, they are extremely brilliant and
effective. It must be owned that there is seldom a
supply of water copious enough to maintain such water-
works in continuous action.

Besides the power of introducing artificial water into
a park or pleasm'c-ground, the propriety of so intro-
ducing it remains to be determined, and that is a matter
sometimes requiring to be carefully weighed and consi-
dered. There are certain cases in which such attempts
approach to manifest absurdity. It is possible, for
example, to conceive a limited place with a mansion-
house beautifully seated on an eminence, from which
the gromid slopes on at least three sides, and the whole
of the kept grounds might be on these slopes. Water
might undoubtedly be brought from the fourth side, and
a fountain or two might be perfectly admissible, or even
desirable, but certainly an artificial lake or river, or even
pond, on the slopes, could be nothing less than ridiculous.
It is, if possible, still more questionable taste to elaborate
artificial sheets of water in sight of the sea, a fine inland
lake, or navigable river. In these cases, the grand of
nature invariably overpowers the puny efforts of art. We
cannot help associating the same feelings with ^e^^ cVeau;
they do not harmonize at all with marine, and scarcely
with lake scenery. If they must be introduced into
such localities, let them be so placed that there may be
no apparent competition between the tiny murmurs of

JETS D^EAU. 143

their falling waters and the hoarser sm-ge of the shore.
In ordinaiy weather there is as much spray fi'om the
curl of a wave over a small rock or considerable stone as
from the finest fountain or jet d'eau. A young friend,
who had recently inspected a water-power of this
description placing in a flower-garden near the sea,
favoured us with the following lines descriptive of such
artistic efforts : —

Old Father Ocean merely smiled,
To see this puny earth-born child
Send up its tiny stream of spray.
To spurt and splutter for a day.

144

CHAPTER IX.

THE KITCHEN, FEUIT, AND FOECING GAEDENS.

Introduction. — Tlie Site. — Drainage. — Soil. — The Form. — The
Walls. — The Fruit Garden. — The Forcing Garden.

Gardens intended for the production of fruit and culi-
nary vegetables belong to the subject of horticulture^
and therefore, in their full extent, do not come within
the scope of this work. Their formation, as well as
their culture, must be regulated by principles and
methods specially belonging to them. They are, however,
objects within the park, and bear certain relations to
its component parts. If these relations are altogether
neglected, the beauty of the surrounding scenery may
be materially affected ; and if they are exclusively at-
tended to, the value of these gardens, in their proper
character, may be greatly diminished. In laying out a
comitry residence, a careful adjustment must be made
between these competing claims. To aid these some-
times difficult arrangements, we propose in this chapter
to offer some general observations, without entering into
lengthened or minute details.

The kitchen, fruit, and forcing gardens are generally
so connected, and often so intermingled, as to form one

SITE OF KITCHEX-GARDEX. 115

establishmeiit^ and there is in tliem such a community
of objects and operations as to warrant this union. In
some cases^ too^ borders of flowers and of ornamental
plants enter into the combination, and then they form
what may be called mixed gardens. These mixed gardens
are certainly finer than mere vegetable grounds, and
they requii'c a superior style of keeping ; but when this
system of combination is carried so far as to supersede
the flower-garden proper, we think it greatly to be
deprecated. In England the mixed garden is of rarer
occurrence than in Scotland. In the latter country we
not unfrequently meet with extensive parks in which
there is no separate flower-garden, and where all the
departments of both horticulture and floriculture are
jumbled together with much confusion. Undoubtedly
a greater amount of ornamental effect results, but con-
siderably less expense is incurred in keeping when the
last is wholly separated, or when at most the fruit and
kitchen gardens only are placed together. In the fol-
lowing remarks we shall not advert further to the mixed
garden, but shall confine our observations to those
grounds which are exclusively fitted and intended to
yield a supply of fiTiit and vegetables — a matter of no
small importance to a family residing in the country.

Site. — The primary consideration in reference to
these gardens is their site, and more particularly its
position in relation to the other parts of the park and
grounds. Their unpicturesque appearance is such as to
require that they should be screened, if not entirely hid,
from the main points of ^^iew in the surrounding park,
otherwise they prove detrimental to the general scenery.
Certainly they should not be visible from the principal
approach, nor from the windows of the mansion-house.

146 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

In ordinary circumstances it is not expedient to remove
them to too great a distance from the house, neither
should they be placed altogether in its immediate
vicinity. Perhaps the most desirable position is one in
a secluded part of the pleasure- gi'ounds, where they can
be set down in connection with each other, and where
their walks can enter readily into the main system of
communication running throughout the place. In a
locality of this description, their walls and other build-
ings can be most effectually shrouded, and on that
account the general scenery will be least impaired.
When the stables are detached from the mansion-house,
the fruit and kitchen gardens may be placed near them,
with advantage to the general arrangements of the
place, as the same back roads will serve for both, and
facility of access will thus be increased.

In parks in which there are considerable eminences
or ridges, the gardens in question are not unfrequently
placed at the base of one or other of these, for the sake
of shelter. Before adopting such a site however, the
designer will do well to study the effect of that arrange-
ment as viewed from the neighbouring heights. There
is scarcely anything less pleasing than a square box-
like enclosure when seen from an eminence at a mode-
rate distance. Of course there need be no hesitation
when the heights are not traversed by any of the princi-
pal walks or rides ; for on uneven smfaces it is impossible
to avoid all unpleasing effects from every point of the
park. At the same time it should be ascertained that
the expectation of shelter from the situations to which
we have alluded is not fallacious. Rising grounds
sometimes cause a repercussion of the aerial currents,
or so direct their movements as to render the inter-

DRAIXAGE. 147

mediate valleys as little protected as a more open and
apparently less protected position.

And it is needful to remark that the beautiful or the
picturesque are not the only considerations to be taken
into account in selecting a proper site for fruit and
kitchen gardens. These desirable properties are more
than coiuiterbalanced by the disadvantages arising from
a cold exposure and damp soib Avhich unfailingly render
the crops of fruit and vegetables of inferior quality.
The site to be sought for, and to be found if possible,
is one with a good soil, a diy subsoil, and a sunny ex-
posure, sheltered sufficiently, but not shaded. The
ground should be level, or rather, perhaps, ^vith a slight
declivity towards the south. A northern exposure
should be avoided : we would prefer even a considerable
decli^-ity to the south, though steep inclinations require
more labour in cidtivation than level sui^faces.

A certain amount of shelter is indispensable to a
good garden ; and where this is not to be had, sites in
other respects favourable are to be avoided. Some
natural protection should be sought for, particularly
when the place is destitute of old plantations. Shelter
may certainly be obtained by judicious planting ; but it
is to be remembered that in exposed situations fifteen
or twenty years may elapse before it becomes effective.

The Drainage of a garden should be perfect — certainly
at least not inferior to that thorough di'aining now em-
ployed for agricultural pm'poses. To most horticultm'al
operations a completely drained and therefore warm soil
is essential : damp groimd yields only inferior vegetables,
and supports only diseased, short-lived, and miproduc-
tive trees, bearing ill-favoured fruit — a state of matters,
however, not unfrequently seen in gardens of consider-

h2

148 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

able pretensions^ tliongli siuTonnded by well-drained
fields. WliY sncli e\'ident negligence should be permitted
or overlooked^ it is bard to say.

Soil. — It has been said above that the soil of a garden
should be natui'ally good; perhaps, however, this pro-
perty, which is by no means unimportant, should give
way when necessary to the considerations formerly
adverted to, and to a desirable position in the park.
There are few situations in which good soils cannot be
formed by artificial means ; but there are some subsoils
which camiot be sufficiently dried and warmed by any
amount of di'ainage; and there are sometimes good
soils whose accompanying disadvantages in site and
position can scarcely be remedied or modified by any
expedient. Gardens on such untractable sites may be
seen on the level grounds by the sides of lakes or streams.
In these the soil may be excellent, Avhile the subsoil is
incurably damp. There the late spring and early
autumn frosts prevail to a greater extsnt than on the
adjacent high groiuids, and these may baffle the best-
dii'ected efforts of the gardener. The crops of early
vegetables are retarded, the blossom of the fL'uit-trees
is often destroyed, or, when it escapes, it is followed by
deformed and ill-ripened fruit. The proprietor of a
garden, formed at considerable expense, is left with a
deficient supply, and is mortified by the comparative
abundance enjoyed by his neighbours, who have been
more fortunate in the choice of a site. A good sound
loamy soil is the most useful for general purposes. But
if an artificial soil is to be formed, it wiR be found
useful to have some variety — one compartment, for
example, being composed of light sandy earth, and an-
other of strong loam. Peaty and clayey soils are

FORM OF KITCHEX-GARDEX. 149

objectionable : the former are feeble and cold ; the
latter_, though productive^ are late^ with a damp un-
comfortable look^ and require additional labour.

Form. — The form of the kitchen-garden, and the con-
sequent arrangement of the walls which surroimd it, are
usually determined by the nature of the ground, and
by the extent of space enclosed. On all siu-faces not
deviating much from a level, the favourite configuration
is a rectangular one, either a square or a parallelogram ;
and in these forms the grounds can be laid out to the
greatest advantage, with fewer walks, and with com-
partments most suitable to the culture of vegetables and
the arrangement of fruit-trees. A number of other
forms have been occasionally adopted, but without ap-
parent benefit. For example, in order to diminish the
expense incurred in erecting the walls, some have
chosen the form of an octagon, or other polygon more
nearly approaching the circle, it being well known that
the circle contains the greatest space within the smallest
perimeter. Among practical men there is an impression,
which is probably well foimded, that walls of a circular
or polygonal configuration are more frequently and in-
juriously swept along by winds than those of the ordinary
rectangular forms. Every ardent horticulturist wishes
to have as much wall as possible with a southern aspect.
Indeed such is the superiority of climate on these walls,
that it is somewhat surprising that they are not more
frequently multiplied by being built in the interior of
gardens, nmning from east to west, as in the peach -
gardens in France. The massive, and therefore expen-
sive, style in which garden-walls are commonly built
in this country probably accounts for the neglect of so
obvious an advantage. We would nevertheless recom-

150 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

mend such iiitersectional walls of moderate height and
slight construction to those who have a taste for fine
fi'uit^ and who are forming gardens on surfaces with a
considerable slope towards the south.

The additional warmth afforded by walls is a matter
of great importance, and is therefore generally taken
into account, and is allowed due weight in regulating
the form of gardens. The finer kinds of fruit-trees
gro^vn in the open air, and cultivated in the United
Kingdom, requii'e all the protection and aid which walls
afford to trees trained on them, in order properly to
mature their fruit. The position of walls has a material
effect on the climate : that is the best in which the line
of the wall is at right angles to the meridian of the
place, giving one of the sides a dfrectly south aspect,
though, to suit the ground, one a few degrees east or
west may be adopted without any appreciable difference
in the warmth. The walls rumiing south and north,
or parallel to the meridian, and facing to the east and
west, afford secondary climates ; and walls in the inter-
mediate directions have climates varying in excellence
according as they approach to or diverge fr'om the
south. In the southern parts of the kingdom, where
the climate is fine, this subject is of less importance
than in the middle and northern districts. Even the
difference of a single degree of latitude has a noticeable
effect. In the neighbourhood of London, in latitude
51° 30', peaches ripen on a south-east aspect; while at
Edinburgh, latitude 56°, they require a south wall, a
fine season, and other favovu-able circumstances, to
arrive at matm'ity. When a large extent of ^vaU, with
a first-rate climate, is wanted, a parallelogram, with its
longer sides facing towards the south, should be adopted.

WALLS. 151

and the soutliern aspect of the south wall shouhl he
made available by means of a piece of enclosed gromid
in front of it : when this is not an object of much con-
sequence, a square, or some other more varied form,
may be selected.

The Walls. — The height of the walls should have
some proportion to the size of the garden. They may
vary from eight to sixteen feet : below or above these
heights they are neither convenient nor useful. For
these walls, well-made and well-burnt bricks are cer-
tainly the best materials, being most kindly to the
growth of trees, and affording the greatest facilities for
training them. We have often, however, had walls
erected in whole or in great part of stones ; and when
the stones were good, and kept down to a proper size,
we have found the walls little inferior to those composed
of brick. In good gardens a considerable portion of
the best walls should be constructed with flues and
furnaces, so that they may be artificially heated in
spring and autumn — in spring to protect the blossom,
and in autvmin to aid in maturing the fruit, and what
perhaps is of equal importance, to ripen the fruit-
bearing wood for the following year. We may add,
though the remark perhaps belongs to practical horti-
culture, that in autumn artificial heat is often applied
only dming the night. This is improper ; for light, a
main agent in perfecting vegetable life, is then absent.
When the fire -heat is employed diu'ing the day, it co-
operates 'v\ith the solar heat and light in the elaboration
of the juices of the fruit and foliage, and its action may
be equivalent to the reduction of several degrees from
the latitude of the place. Good flues, with proper fur-
naces attached, have been found to be superior to hot-

152 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

water pipes as means of heating walls. These pipes,
when placed within internal cavities, unless they be very
numerous, and their sides extremely thin, emit a heat
too feeble to produce an appreciable effect on a large
surface of wall.

The Fruit Garden. — This department is so frequently
and so properly united to the kitchen -garden that it
scarcely requii'es a separate notice. The site and soil
which suit the one will generally be found appropriate
to the other. When orchards are planted apart from
the kitchen-gardens, a warm, dry, and sheltered locality
should be selected for them. In the more northern or
midland districts, the outer sloping banks — but not the
level holms — on the sides of rivers, are found to be
singularly propitious to the growth of hardy fruit-trees.
Orchards, when not very artificially planted, and when
furnished with proper accompaniments, may be made to
harmonize well with the general scenery of the park and
pleasure-grounds.

The Forcing Garden. — Fruit and vegetables are said
to h^ forced when their growth is accelerated and their
maturity perfected by means of glass and artificial heat.
The forcing-garden, then, requires a number of glazed
houses or other structures of more or less complicated
construction. It is usually mixed up with the kitchen-
garden, or what is better, partly attached to it in a
separate compartment. The vineries, peach-houses,
pine-stoves, and occasionally a greenhouse, are com-
monly placed on the south side of the north wall of the
kitchen-garden, while the furnaces, sheds, and other
necessary offices occupy the north side of the same wall.
In such cases, when the nature of the ground permits.

FORCING GARDEN. 153

the pine-pits, melon-pits, and other minor forcing struc-
tures, should be arranged in an enclosed space behind
the above, but at such a distance as to prevent their
being shaded during ^dnter by the buildings in front.
This is perhaps the best arrangement, as it keeps the
whole forcing-garden together, and enables the work to
be more speedily carried on. Where it cannot be so
arranged, it should be formed at one end or side of the
kitchen-garden, in the position most fitted to facilitate
the various necessar^^ operations.

A general range of forcing-houses may be formed so
as to have an imposing and ornamental effect ; but when
these are placed in the kitchen-garden, the latter must
be so arranged as in some degree to correspond with
them. AMien they are above the character of mere
forcing-houses, and particularly when plant -houses form
a portion of the range, they should be erected, not in
the kitchen-garden, but in some neighbouring portion
of the ornamental grounds, such as a smaU flower-
garden or in a section of the lawns. In this way a
good transitionary link can be established betAveen the
kitchen-gardens and the pleasm-e-groimds. Care, how-
ever, must be taken to prevent the smoking chimneys
from becoming oflensively visible, and to screen and
enclose the necessaiy sheds and roads leading to them
— objects fr-equently not easy to be secured in detached
situations. Our purpose in this volume does not lead
us to enter into detailed statements in regard to the
erection of forcing or plant-houses, and to the methods
of heating them. On these subjects we may refer our
readers for information to any of the recent works
which treat professedly on horticulture, such as Lou-
don^s ^Encyclopaedia of Gardening,^ or to the article

154 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

Horticulture hi tlie ^ Encyclopaedia Britannica/ or to
the reprint of that article in ^ NeilFs Gardening/ The
latter, which we are permitted by the publishers to say
we aided in getting up, particularly the department
now referred to, AviU be found useful by gentlemen
acquiring first notions on the subject, as it is almost
wholly free from technical details. Since these ^fA^orks
were published, the system of roofing glass houses by
small glass ridges and furrows has been greatly improved
by its inventor Sir Joseph Paxton, and employed in the
construction of the Crystal Palace, which but for this
method of roofing might never have existed in its uni-
versaUy-admired form. In our practice in this depart-
ment of gardening, we have found the ridged roof to be
admirably adapted to greenhouses, conservatories, and
even to the minor structures employed for the rearing
of plants.

155

CHAPTER X.

PUBLIC PAEKS A]S"D GAEDE]S"S.

Sect. I. The PubHc Park.— Site of tlie Public Park.— Laying-out

of Public Parks. — ^Educational Listitutions.
Sect. II. Street Gardens.
Sect. III. Botanic Gardens. — Special Purposes of Botanic

Gardens. — Botanical Museum. — Laying-out of tlie Botanic

Gardens.
Sect. IY. Gardens belonging to Horticultural and Zoological

Societies. — Gardens of Horticultural Societies. — Laying-out of

Horticultural Gardens. — Horticultural Museum. — Zoological

Gardens.

Sect. I. The Public Park.

Public parks are large enclosed pieces of ground in the
\dcinity of cities or to-vms, partly covered with trees and
shrubs, partly consisting of pastui-es, laTrQs_, and pleasure-
groimds, with their usual decorations, and provided with
other means and appliances for the recreation and amuse-
ment of the inhabitants. We adopt the common title,
Public Park, though some recent examples seem to
partake as much of the character of the pleasure-ground
as of the park. Their utility and importance in social
and sanitary points of view are only beginning to be

156 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

adequately appreciated j and much of the progress which,
in these respects, has been made is due to the exertions
of the late Mr. Loudon, who, in various articles in the
' Gardeners^ Magazine/ was the first to draw public atten-
tion to their value. In these papers, conceived in a most
benevolent spirit, and expressed with much earnestness
of manner, the departed artist laboured to show that, in
the pubhc park, the pale mechanic and the exhausted
factory operative might inhale the freshening breeze and
some portion of recovered health ; the busy shopkeeper
and the more speculative merchant might enjoy relaxa-
tion and bracing exercise in temporary seclusion from
theii' toils and cares; and that the family troop, the
children with their nurses, or the sportive juveniles in
the company of their staid seniors might take their walk
or spend their play-time apart from the bustle of the
streets, and secure from the accidents to which, in
crowded thoroughfares, they are necessarily exposed.
Without doubt, it is also good for the mental health of
those who are habituated to the wear and tear of the
busy haunts of men to be brought face to face with the
tranquillizing as well as suggestive works of God in the
world of nature. It is well that all who are capable —
and we cannot teU how many these may be — should have
an opportunity to " reap the harvest of a quiet eye'^ in
scenes which, if not invested with all the wildness of the
rural districts, have yet as much of the treasures of
vegetable forms and colours as are accessible to the
inhabitants of cities without a considerable expense of
time and labour. Certainly the resort to such places of
recreation is very great. Looking to the metropolitan
parks of the United Kingdom, we find all classes of the
community, the day-tasked official, the night-worn

THE PUBLIC PARK. 157

senator^ the slaves of business^ and the votaries of
fashion, even royalty itself, all availing themselves of the
ail' and exercise, and scenes of gaiety and opportimities
of social interconi'se and enjoyment ^hich these mnch-
freqnented places afford. Xor is it to be overlooked
that the public parks, and even the smaller gardens in
squares and streets, are fitted, if skilfully distributed, to
lessen the condensation of our large cities, to extend their
crowding buildings over a wider surface, to rarefy the
thick black clouds of smoke which rise from them, and
so to increase their light, and to provide a larger supply
of salubrious air for all the inhabitants. In short, they
are, as it were, the lungs of cities and towns ; and as
such they are breathing-places to thousands who may
never wander fr-om the streets within their actual pre-
cincts.

Affording such advantages in the way of health and
comfort, it is rather singular that but few public parks
have been formed, and that most of them have been of
such recent introduction. Men are natiu'allv on'eo^aiious
animals. In the old times of warfare and bloodshed
they kept close together for the sake of mutual defence.
It is remarkable how small an area some of the ancient
fortified towns occupied. Probably the original instinct
of crowding together would have continued to prevail,
but for the example presented by those parks attached
to the metropolitan cities of Great Britain, to which
Ave have already alluded. Much penetration was not
requii'ed to perceive that such wide spaces as Hyde Park,
St. Jameses Park, Phoenix Park, Dublin, the Queen's
Park, Edinburgh, especially when thrown open by the
munificence of successive sovereigns, were boons of the
highest value to the adjacent communities. It is only

158 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

surprising that a discerning public was so slow to discover
that similar advantages were to be enjoyed elsewhere.

Doubtless there were some considerable obstacles in
the way. Supposing, what was probably but seldom the
case, that the utility and desirableness of public parks
were clearly appreciated, it required no small amount of
public spirit and no inconsiderable measure of wealth
and influence to encounter and surmount the palpable
difficulties that stood in the way. The high marketable
value of lands in the \icinity of large towns, eagerly
taken up for the purposes of gardening or building,
might render their purchase almost or altogether an
impossibility to the local corporations. Then, too, the
land might be dearest at the very point where it was
most desirable that the park should be placed. Besides,
the extreme division of property often prevailing in such
localities sometimes renders combined action for public
objects next to hopeless. The greater is the honour due
to the communities, such as that of Manchester, that
have had enterprise enough to undertake, and skill and
vigour enough to carry through, the works which, in this
career of improvement, they have actually accom-
plished.

The Site of the Public Pai'k, viewed as calculated
to promote the health of the community, should be as
near the city or tovm as possible ; and, indeed, its bene-
ficial influence would be augmented were it partially to
intersect the area occupied by the streets and other
buildings. In such a position the park would be of easy
access to the inhabitants, and would form a wide breathing
space, or lungs, as akeady said, preventing that dense
and unhealthy crowding of streets and lanes which are
rapidly forming in compact masses, with manifest injury

SITE OF THE PUBLIC PARK. 159

to the sanitary condition of some of the principal mann-
facturing towns in the United Kingdom. Such is the im-
portance of the subject, that it well desen'es the attention
recently paid to it by Goyernment. Certainly it would be
no misappropriation of the public funds were a commis-
sion authorized to purchase, in the subm'bs of many
large towns,, land sufficient for the formation of a park ;
thus doing what might not be "VN-ithin the power of the
local corporations : and putting sanitary considerations
out of the question, we do not belieye that, in most
cases, the concern would be a losing one, for the ground-
rents of the houses contiguous to the park would be
higher, and the sites would be more readily occupied by
the wealthy citizens than elsewhere in the neighbour-
hood. We haye seen estates, in the subm-bs of large
cities, which would probably, by this time, haye been
coyered ^yith streets had the owners giyen, with a wise
and self-rewarding liberality, some thirty or forty acres
to form a public park — a measure which would haye
speedily indemnified them for the apparent loss by the
increase of rental receiyed from the remainder of the
lands. By forming parks round London, recent goyern-
ments haye conferred a gi'eat boon on the inhabitants of
the metropolis. Perhaps, howeyer, they might have
proceeded on more judicious principles. If, instead of
enlarging the parks to the extent of 150 to 270 acres,
and placing them at considerable distances, they had
confined them to 80 or 100 acres at one-half the dis-
tance, and had multiplied them proportionally, they
would haye easily procured a sufficient quantity of
ground nearer and more accessible to all classes of the
inhabitants.

Laying-out of Public Parks. — The designing of these

160 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

grounds^ and the erection of the works^ must proceed
on the prmciples abeady indicated in this work, in re-
ference to private parks and pleasure-grounds. There
are^ however_, some differences which the designer must
take into account. For example, the former are intended
for public, the latter for private, use. In an ordinaiy
country residence, the mansion-house and its appm-te-
nances form the centre of attraction, and the point to
which aU others are referred ; but such a point of cen-
tralizing interest is wanting in the public park. And as
the style of decoration in towns is generally more profuse
and elaborate than in rural districts, it may be conceded
that the city park should be more ornate, and may con-
tain a greater multiplicity of showy objects, than would
be altogether suitable in the country. It may be pre-
sumed, too, that the average taste of those who frequent
suburban parks (we refer more particularly to the working
classes) is not highly cultivated and severe, and conse-
quently the expression of these localities need not be so
quiet, nor the style so strictly in harmony with the cha-
racter of the ground, as may be deemed necessary in the
secluded retreats of men of much cultivation and refine-
ment. The public park should be gay, though not glaring
or obtrusively showy. Accordingly, we would admit
into it a variety of terraces, statues, monuments, and
water in all its forms of fountain, pond, and lake_, wherever
these can be introduced without violent and manifest
incongruity.

Speaking generally, when the park is small — say from
twenty to forty acres — we would have it to partake
mostly of the character of pleasure-grounds ; that is, it
should chiefly be occupied with lawns, walks, shrubberies,
and moderate groups of trees. When upwards of sixty

LAYIXG-OUT OF PUBLIC PARKS. 161

acres,, these grounds should be parks in the proper
sense of the word, fui'nished Trith a fcAv enclosures
for pasture^ broad and well-formed walks or drives inter-
secting and sweeping round the whole, large masses of
trees approaching at times to the character of woods,
together with a reserve of some acres by way of pleasure-
grounds or dressed grounds attached to the park.

The buildings essentially necessary to a public park
are few ; in short, a house for the superintendent and a
cottage or two for the gate-keepers may suffice ; but
where flower- gardening is included in the operations, as
it ought to be at least to moderate extent, we should be
inclined to insist on the addition of a small green-house,
to be employed in the propagation, and in the protection
during winter, of those tender ornamental plants which
are bedded out in summer. We have akeady noted the
defect in this kind of park arising from the absence of a
mansion-house, and we should recommend the supplying
of this want by the erection in it of any suitable public
buildings. Nothing would be more appropriate, for
example, than a picture gaUery. Statues, too, erected
to distinguished citizens or other illustrious characters,
would find there a more suitable station and a more
comfortable home than in the crowded thoroughfares of
streets and squares, where their uncovered heads and their
limbs scantily draped in classic costume are alternately
soiled by dust and soot, amid all the changes of rain and
sunshine, of snow and thaw. Museums containing
objects of natm'al history and collections of antiquities
are also desirable and instructive accompaniments of these
places of public resort. The museum in the Peel Park
at Manchester is not the least interesting part of it.
Separate gymnasiums should be constructed for the

162 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

youth of both sexes (it is always well to give loiterers
something to do), and bowling-greens should be formed
for persons of more advanced years.

We have already said that water should be employed
as an ornament in public parks in all suitable localities,
that is, where the town is not built on such a craggy or
twisted surface as to preclude the possibility of finding a
sufficient extent of level space, or where the vicinity of
the sea or a broad river does not throw an air of ridicule
over the mimic efforts of the designer. Most of the
inland towns and cities of the empire are so situated as
to render artificial sheets of water desirable, and accord-
ingly they are to be found, we believe, in all the public
parks which have been recently constructed. It must be
confessed, however, that the very flatness of the localities
often renders the successful execution of such works a
matter of great difficulty. It would be an easy, but a
somewhat invidious, task, to point out certain signal
failures in this department of designing. Nearly all the
specimens of this kind of waterworks which we have
had an opportunity of inspecting are deficient in breadth
of effect; some of them are little better than wide
canals, and some are grotesque ponds, which the artist
seems to have copied from his own hand, with the fingers
spread out as if in astonishment at his own ingeimity.
The taste is little exigeant that is satisfied with such
things. The small lakes in the Royal Botanic Gardens,
Regent^s Park, by Mr. Marnoch, and those in the
Queen's Park, Liverpool, by Sir Joseph Paxton, may be
cited as artificial pieces of water with an inartificial look.
It is most needful that the designer, before he attempts
this sort of work, should make himself familiar with
the outhnes and the slopes in the banks of natural lakes.

LAYIXG-OUT OF PUBLIC PARKS. 163

and that lie should keep distinctly in ^iew the ideas
which he has thus acquii'ed. Instead of gi^'ing any
fui-ther directions in detail, we beg to refer to oui' chapter
on Water.

Tlie walks and drives in the public pai'k should be
broad, well-made at first, and kept permanently smooth
and di'y, otherwise their edgings will be much trodden
down, and theii' whole appearance will be mean and
slovenly.

With respect to the gi^ouping and massing of trees
and shinibs in the pubKc park, we may refer to a previous
part of the volume, where we have treated of the park
generally, as it is evident that the same principles must
come into operation in both cases. We would strongly
recommend, however, that in planting the public park
part of its trees and shrubs should be so an^anged as to
combine instruction with beauty of effect. This object
might be easily attained by the formation of arboretums
of more or less extent, as also by making collections of
such hardy plants as are used for manufactm-ing and
agricultm^al pm'poses. Of course, such an-angements of
plants and trees should be fiu'uished with labels exhibit-
ing the scientific and popular names of the species, and
any other information relative to their uses and native
habitats that could be condensed into a small space. It is
almost incredible what ignorance on these points exists
among the inhabitants of large cities, who probably
would know an oak to be a tree as they would know a
crow to be a bii'd, while they could tell httle or nothing
more about either. It is to be regretted that, with the
exception of St. Jameses Park and Kensington Gardens,
all the public parks around London and Manchester
are totally deficient in this simple and ob^ious means of

164 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

instruction. Of course we do not Tvisli that every bush
and tree within the enclosure should be labelled : we only
propose that some definite portion of the trees, shrubs, and
other plants should be arranged and named for this special
purpose. Besides the information actually conveyed, and
the inquiries as to uses suggested, such arrangements
would exhibit, in an interesting manner, the wonderful
adaptation of our climate for the growth of plants from
the milder and colder regions of the globe. They would
display in one group the magnificent cedars of Lebanon,
of Atlas, and of the Himalayas, together with the firs
of Siberia and the Pyrenees, of Scotland and California,
of the Mediterranean and the Oregon, of Norway and
Nepal. In a second they would show us the broad oak
of Old England, the cut-leaved oak of Turkey, the ever-
green oak of Spain, and the red oak of America, with
the sycamore of Britain and the sugar-maple of Canada.
In a third we might find the Arbutus of Ireland, the
Andrachne of the Levant, the Philhjrea of Italy, the
lilacs of Persia and China, and the Aucuba of Japan.
Manifold are the interesting and instructive combinations
that might be formed, and they could all be effected at
an expense very little beyond that which is necessarily
incurred in the planting of ordinary trees and shrubs.

Educational Institutions. — It may not be much out of
place to add a few remarks in regard to the somewhat
cognate subject of gardens or pleasure-grounds attached
to some great educational institutions — cognate at least
in this respect, that these grounds, as well as the public
park, might be made the means of communicating im-
portant instruction. It should seem, indeed, that they
would promise more in this respect than places set apart
for the common resort of the citizens ; and yet this pro-

EDUCATIONAL IXSTITUTIOXS. 165

mise has been most strangely iinfLilfiUed and neglected.
Not to speak of imiversities, some of which have their
botanic gardens^ there are_, for example^ round Edin-
bm'gh six foimdation schools^ or hospitals as they are
there called^ in which children of certain classes of the
commimity are boarded and educated till they are of
suitable age to go into trades or professions. Some of
these institutions occupy magnificent buildings and have
ahnost princely revenues ; all of them are well endowed ;
and yet^ while they are surrounded by grounds more or
less tolerably laid out, not one of them possesses a named
collection of plants, nor, so far as we know, is any
regular com'se of instruction in regard to natiu'al objects
maintained within them. We cannot think that this
state of things, subsisting under the direction of nume-
rous well-uiformed and intelligent men, is very much to
the credit of the science and the enterprise of ^Modern
Athens.

We would deem it higldy adrisable to attach a garden
of two or three acres to the normal schools prorided by
Government for the improvement of teaching. These,
under proper management, would enable the pupil -
teachers to carry back to theu' native homes or fiitm-e
places of labour a correct nomenclatui*e of plants and
much other useful information respecting them, but
little known in secluded districts. In reference to these
matters, the progress made in Ireland is much in advance
of that on this side of the channel. The agTicidtm^al
seminaries at Glasne^in and Templemoile have consi-
derable collections of trees, shrubs, and plants attached
to them"^.

* In 1840 we laid out an arboretum and miniature Botanic

166 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

Sect. II. Street Gardens.

Allied, in some respects, to public parks, are the
gardens wliicli are formed in squares and otlier open
places in towns and in front of streets. These grounds,
however humble they may seem, are very beneficial to
the population around them ; and they ought, therefore,
to enter more into our street arrangements than they do
at present. They serve to spread the inhabitants of
large cities over a wider surface, they increase the purity
the air, and act, in short, as miniature parks. The square
and the street with gardens in front, judging from their
paucity in most towns, do not seem to be so popular
places of residence as they ought to be, and we cannot
altogether wonder that this should ]}e the case. Most of
them are extremely ugly, particularly when vicAved from
the street. The objects there presented to an observer
are an iron railing of affected finery, with a line of
trees hanging over it, dirty rickety shrubs below them,
patches of red earth partially covered with straws, — in
short, a whole exhibiting a miserable aspect of squalor
and discomfort. As to the plan, the dominant type
invariably requires a belt of trees and shrubs round the
inside of the railing, and a circle in the centre ; the latter
figure, however, occasionally giving place to a statue or a

garden, about twelve acres in extent, round Gwynn's Institution,
at Londonderry, — an institution for the maintenance and educa-
tion of orphan children. There is also a small farm attached, in
which, as well as in the grounds, many of the children are trained
to rural labour, and so fitted to become useful members of
society. The enhghtened liberahty which has uniformly cha-
racterized this institution has rendered it a blessing to the poor,
which is highly and deservedly appreciated by aU classes in the
maiden city.

STREET GARDENS. 167

monument. If tlie belt is Taried by a few projections or
clumps in the inside, its external continuity is neverthe-
less rigidly maintained, and tbe usual feeling communi-
cated to you in passing round a square is that you are
walking in the front of a row of houses, but at the back
of a garden. The internal arrangements are often little
superior to the external, and often they are worst where
most might have been expected. We have seen, for
example, a frill of shi'ubs added to the original belt, and
two dull outlines produced instead of one. AVe have seen
parallel terraces which are not parallel in their levels, and
curtailed moreover of theii' fair proportions by an oblique
walk slanting across the base. With a varied proprietary
and hundreds of overlooking windows, the ruling idea
in the laying out of street gardens seems to be their
seclusion fi^om the ^-ulgar eyes of passengers on the
pavement. The inhabitants of such places not imfre-
quently complain of their exclusion from the parks and
gardens of country gentlemen, and this often in entire
oblirion of their own equally illiberal and more inconsis-
tent exclusiveness in regard to their city paradises. But
if street gardens are inferior in design, they are scarcely
less so in their management. A directory of worthy
citizens, with a jobbing gardener as their executive, often
perpetrate great barbarities on the unfortunate shrubs
and trees gi'owing under their regime. "VMiat ^rith the
manifest errors in the la}T.ng-out of the gi'ounds, the
mutilations inflicted on trees and shrubs in palpable
ignorance or contempt of arboreal beauty, the ineritably
injurious effects of dust and smoke, — the whole influences,
natural and artificial, resulting in a dainty, but puny,
ruS'iti-urbishness, as it has been expressively called, — we
have sometimes been tempted to wish that squares were

168 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

empty places, or even the sites of bustling markets^
rather than that they should continue in that paltry con-
dition in which most of them actually exist.

And yet such would be a consummation greatly to be
deplored. People, while planning a section of a town or
city, -vyill think of a square with its hoped-for greenery a
hmidred times sooner than of a place, or open paved
area. Dismiss the conception of a square, and a block
of dense parallel streets will certainly come in its stead.
Probably the most imperfect square-garden is more pro-
pitious to health than a paved area is, particularly in
the heats of summer. Besides, the garden is a place
of refuge and of play to the children and the juvenile
people of our cities. Why, then, will proprietors, after
they have expended many hundred pomids on parapet
walls and iron railing, not go to the trifling additional
expense of engaging the ser\ices of a qualified profes-
sional man ? The square-garden is surely not an inso-
luble problem, though it has its difficulties everywhere ;
and when it is to be formed on a dead level, and still
more on a slightly twisted surface, its natural felicities
are not considerable. A practised eye will at least avoid
conspicuous blunders. An ordinary courage might
suffice to make a few gaps in the encircling belt. And
we must add, that after a garden of any kind has been
formed at considerable cost, it is a self-defrauding eco-
nomy that grudges or mthholds the necessary mainte-
nance. To afibrd imalloyed pleasure, all gardens must
be " trim," to use the epithet of Milton ; and this is
especially true of the square or street garden, which, as
we have seen, is peculiarly exposed, from its situation, to
be soiled and tarnished. We should be disposed to
recommend that in such gardens a plain, quiet style of

BOTANIC GARDENS. 169

beauty should be aimed at^ but that it should be
elaborated and kept up Tvith a rigid and perv^ading neat-
ness.

Sect. III. — Botanic Gardens.

Botanic Gardens, both in their present dedication to
scientific purposes, and in the economical uses to which
they are probably destined to be applied, may be regarded
as among the most important public gardens in this
country. They are intended, primaiily, to contain
general collections of plants, both natiye and exotic,
both hardy and requiring protection, and particidarly
those species which, from their possessing moderate
ornamental qualities, are not likely to be cultiyated in
common gardens. In the neighbom-hood of medical
schools they are of great utility, as presenting systematic
arrangements, in a lining state, of the plants employed
in materia medica. They are also likely to become
highly beneficial by forming collections of yegetable
substances adapted for food, and used m the arts and
manufactures, though this is a pm-pose to which they
are only beginning to be applied. On these grounds,
botanic gardens can meet the demands of the most rigid
utilitarian. To persons of a scientific tm-n of mind, and of
refined understanding, they possess a yery high interest.
They haye done much to feed with oil the lamp of
botany, which during the last century has burned so
brightly, and has shed so brilliant light on the science
of method, as applicable to the natural sciences in gene-
ral. They haye stimulated the search for plants abroad,
and promoted their diffusion at home ; and they have

170 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

facilitated^ in a greater or less degree, the inspection^
and so have extended the knowledge, of the vegetable
system of onr globe, the individual members of which
the wise and beneficent Creator has endowed with consti-
tutional pecuharities suited to every habitable region of
the earth, and has fitted, either directly or indirectly, to
house, clothe, and feed the infinite variety of animal life
to be found on its sm^face.

To regard botanic gardens merely as receptacles for
objects which are the materials of botanical classifica-
tion, is to place them much below their proper sphere^
and to make them representatives of human systems
rather than of that vast order of vegetable being esta-
bhshed by the great Creator. How far many of these
institutions have risen above their lower, and ascended
towards their higher and more legitimate position, must
be left to be ascertained by actual inspection. Doubt-
less, botanic gardens have considerable difficulties to
contend with, and, from a variety of circumstances, are
occasionally liable to stagnate. They require abundant
Hberahty on the part of the patrons, wisdom and science
on that of the directors, and great diligence, some versa-
tility and activity of mind, and entire consecration of
time and attention in the curators. Perhaps it is not
often that all these requisites are found in combination,
and the want of one or other of them may partly account
for the inferiority in those gardens which occasionally
exists. It is not our design, however, to speak disparag-
ingly of the botanic gardens of the United Kingdom :
many of them are ably and admirably managed ; of these,
we do not name any, because we cannot enumerate all, and
a particidar specification of some might seem imddious
to the others. We cannot help directing the attention

SPECIAL PURPOSES OF BOTANIC GARDENS. 171

of the reader to the great exotic nurseries near oui' metro-
poKtan cities and in other parts of the country, Tvhich,
though conducted on commercial principles, are sub-
stantially botanic gardens, and are among not the least
remarkable instances of the union of capital, enterprise,
skiU, and industiy that are to be found in the present
day.

Special Purposes of Botanic Gardens. — In the pre-
ceding remarks it is imphed that botanic gardens are
intended to be the means of pubhc instruction : we may
now notice some of the particular expedients for the
accomplishment of this desirable end.

All botanic gardens are or ought to be furnished with
systematic arrangements of herbaceous plants — a minor
one according to the Linneean, and a more extensive one
on some one of the natm'al systems. As a pendant to
these, there ought to be a general arboretum, in which
all ligneous or wooded plants, wliich, as they cannot be
conveniently grouped in the herbaceous ari'angements,
may be put into scientific combination ; and unques-
tionably this is best done on the principles of the
natm'al orders and families. Besides, there should be a
separate arrangement of medical plants. To give specific
dii'ections on these points does not fall within om^
present design. We content ourselves, therefore, with
merely alluding to them; and we proceed to indicate
some other objects which, it is desirable, should be kept
in \iew more fully than heretofore in the formation of this
species of garden.

Territorial arrangements of plants have been recom-
mended, and, we humbly think, have received too little
attention ; for, being skilfully executed, they would pos-
sess a high degree of interest. There are difficulties,

I 2

172 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

it is tnie^ in carmng out the temtorial principle^ parti-
cularly in regard to those exotics which require protec-
tion and artificial heat. Still much might be done ^ith
the natives of the temperate and frigid zones^ to exhibit
the vegetation of pai'ticular kingdoms. At least three
of the quarters of the globe — Em^ope^ Asia^ and America
— could be adequately represented ; and subordinate sec-
tions^ if necessary^ might be made to include the plants
of the more important countries or ranges of continent
embraced in the main di^dsions. For example, we might
have a British Flora, a French and German Flora, a
Mediterranean, a Russian and Siberian, a North Ame-
rican Flora, and various others. Undoubtedly, one of
the most curious things in our flower-gardens is to see
natives of the Alps and the Himalayas, of Oregon and
of the Cape of Good Hope, all grooving peacefully
and lo\ingly together ; but in consequence of this
promiscuous planting, the facts of botanical geography
are at once lost sight of, and very often completely for-
gotten. It is admitted that it would be difficult, or
rather expensive and laborious, to carry out the terri-
torial system to a great extent : yet it might be within
the compass of attainable effort to adopt the principle
in part. We should like to see a real America?! garden,
— that is, one containing only American plants, and not
the mixed affair which goes generally imder that name.
There might at least he distinct gardens for the natural
vegetation of the United Kmgdom, and of her principal
colonies — those, namely, in North America, the Cape,
Australia, New Zealand, and the mountainous regions
of India. It is not proposed that every plant which is
to be found \rithin the limits of any country should be
included in these separate arrangements ; but it seems

SPECIAL PURPOSES OF BOTANIC GARDENS. 173

possible, by the selection of characteristic species, to
give a fair representation of the vegetable economy of
the territory selected, and even to convey an expression
of its external physiognomy. The space required for
such purposes is not necessarily large, as the trees and
shrubs which occupy most space might be kept small,
there being other specimens of the same species, in
the general collection, allowed to reach their natm'al
development. Let any one go into a botanic garden,
as commonly arranged at present, in order to acquire
a knowledge of the vegetation indigenous in any of the
temperate regions of the world, and most likely he ^\lR
have to trace, by the aid of books and other appliances,
a botanical system scattered over the whole grounds
before he can obtain even a glimpse of the object of his
research. From the di\isional gardens we are now re-
commending, persons about to travel might receive at
once a general idea of the vegetation they are likely to
meet with in foreign countries ; and all might learn with
little trouble how much we are indebted to particular
regions for the trees, shrubs, and plants that tenant
our gardens. Certainly, the unbotanical public would
find more attraction and instruction in these than in
strictly scientific arrangements. We therefore strongly
recommend them to the attention of om' readers, admit-
ting at the same time that they would require some in-
crease of room and of expense ; still we think that there
are severa] botanic gardens in Great Britain of extent and
resources sufficient to admit of the experiment being
tried with success.

All botanic gardens ought to possess a certain number
of plant-houses, properly glazed, and supplied with heat-
ing apparatus. The more there are of these structures

174 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

the better ; but their number and extent will depend on
the amount of funds placed at the disposal of the insti-
tution. With cheapened glass^ and other materials^ it
is to be hoped that they will become more numerous
than ever. These houses should have a special adapta-
tion to the plants which are to grow in them. A botanic
garden can scarcely be complete without a palm-house^ a
heath-house, an orchideous-house, besides stoves, green-
houses, and propagation-pits. It must always be remem-
bered that the deepest interest awakened by this kind of
garden connects itself with the preservation and growth
of those curious, and often singularly beautiful exotics,
which are the natives of tropical or other warm chmes.

The Botanical Museum is now becoming a necessary
and a most usefid appendage to the botanic garden. It
is intended for the preservation of dried specimens of
plants, seeds, samples of woods, and, in short, for every
form of vegetable production that can be rendered per-
manent and kept in bulk. Every botanist is aware how
important is the hortus siccus to the authentication of
species, and generally to the history of his science ; there
are, however, many other things besides formal speci-
mens of plants which are interesting and worthy of
preservation. Properly arranged, and adequately com-
pleted, such museums may be made to exhibit nearly
the whole vegetable system. In a former paragraph, we
have recommended territorial arrangements of plants in
the open ground ; and we may here add, that we do not
know any more interesting materials for the museum
than well-arranged collections from various countries,
not merely for displaying their native botany in its
technical form, but also for exhibiting their vegetable
products reared by agriculture, and employed in domestic

LAYIXG-OUT OF THE BOTAXIC GARDEN. 175

ecouomv and tlie arts. Great Britain and its colonies
by themselves miglit yield a most instructive exhibition
of this kind. The museum in the Eoyal Gardens at Kew
is the object of high patronage, and is rapidly increasing
in magnitude and importance. A promising beginning
has also been made at Edinbm-gh, which, it is to be
hoped, ^vill continue to make progress. In both cases,
however, much remains to be done before they can be said
to have accomphshed their proper object. Meanwhile
they ai-e worthy of aU aid and approbation, as most
useful and instructive parts of the institntions to which
they belong. The teiritorial principle was well exem-
plified in the Great Exhibition of 1851.

Laying -out of the Botanic Garden. — The botanic gar-
den, particularly when extensive, may be regarded as
a combination of the pleasui'e-ground and the flower-
garden — the former character predominating in the
arboretum, and the latter in the smaller and more orna-
mental flower-beds and borders. From the limited
extent of space, and the variety of special adaptations
to particular pm-poses, it is diflicult to introduce much
of the pictorial effect arising from the groups of trees
and shrubs, interspersed with lawns, which is so promi-
nent a feature in a well laid-out pleasure-ground. Still,
we think that much more of it might be secured than is
commonly accomplished or even attempted in these
gardens. At present, we can offer only a few hints,
and these rather in the way of pointing out faults to be
amended, than as a full exposition of a subject of some
intricacy, and requiiing a considerable amoimt of minute
detail.

The site of the plant-houses is a matter of rtiling im-
portance in the aiTangement of the several parts of a

1 76 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

botanic garden, as their position generally forms the
starting-point from which the leading walks set out,
and to which indeed everything is related. These
houses should not be allowed to occupy quite a central
place in the garden, as they sometimes do ; for, in that
case, they leave only a narrow strip of gromid behind
them, and but a limited extent of free space in front.
On level ground of a rectangular form, they should be
towards either the north or south end — the former being
the preferable, as affording greater facilities for forming
back-courts and propagation pits, and as giving greater
freedom of access to carts bringing fael and soils. By
this means most of the ornamental grounds may be
kept in front of the houses, which will then form an
elegant and appropriate back-ground. These houses are
usually erected in ranges, and in that way they often
produce an imposing effect ; but we are sometimes dis-
posed to question the propriety of this arrangement as
a general rule, particularly when the plain lean-to form
common in forcing-gardens is adopted ; for it is evident
that in that way they can receive light only from the
roof, and the upright glass in front. We should prefer
to have them detached, siugly or in pairs, for then they
would be illuminated nearly all round. When we say
detached, we do not mean scattered promiscuously
throughout the garden — that would be a worse fault
than the other, and would give rise to serious incon-
veniences in their management. They may be detached
in groups, as leading objects of particular divisions of
the garden. If a general range is adopted, either from
the limited extent of the garden or from the grounds
being favourable to the production of an imposing effect
by the concentration of the plant-houses in some par-

LAYIXG-GUT OF THE BOTANIC GARDEN. 177

ticular spot, the range, for example, might he throvm.
into divisions of lean-to or span-roofed houses of greater
or less extent, placed at snch distances as not to shade
each other. These might be made to abut against a
wall running east and west ; and on this wall might be
formed glazed comdors between the divisions commu-
nicating with the main structui'es, and uniting the whole
into one general range of ornamental glass. A number
of other arrangements on similar principles might be
suggested : we merely hint at them, to show that those
disjointed accumulations of plant-houses, set down ap-
parently at hap-hazard, and not unfi'equently seen in
ill-arranged nurseries, ai'c not at all necessarily incident
to the botanic garden, and ought therefore to be sedu-^
lously avoided. Perhaps some of the faults of this kind,
to be found in better establishments, are to be ascribed
to the circumstance that the buildings in question were
after-thoughts.

The next error to which it is needftd to advert is the
too-common practice of planting mixed belts of trees
along the exterior boundary walls. These are generally
unnecessary ; for in a botanic garden there is no need of
that seclusion which is often desirable in the ^illa. At
the same time, the moderate veiling of the walls, and
the secmnng of a proper degree of shelter, render the
groupiug and massing of trees and shrubs indispensable.
This want can be nearly, if not completely, supplied by
the skilful distribution of the arboretum. The arrange-
ment of trees and shrubs should be such as to thi'ow
them into groups towards the external walls in some
places, and towards the inteiior of the grounds in
others : by this means a variety of open spaces, both in
front of the walls and in the centre, will be left for col-

i3

178 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

lections of plants^ and for lawns to be decorated more
or less T\itli ornamental shrubs and showy amiual and
perennial flowers. Lawns are seldom well managed in
botanic gardens. They often exhibit the dotting system
in its perfection^ or are intersected by a multitude of
paltry figures crowded with herbaceous plants. We are
not disposed to recommend that these gardens should
be laid out generally for lawn-scenery properly so called :
the space within them is too valuable to admit of that
system as a whole ; but the introduction of one or two
lawns of moderate extent will relieve the prevalent ap-
pearance of crowdings and will soften the efiect of that
multiplicity of figuring and dotting which^ it must be
owned, cannot be wholly avoided.

Another difficulty in the botanic garden, which is
often imperfectly overcome, and sometimes is not even
attempted to be obviated, is to be found in the proper
management of the collections of herbaceous plants.
As these require a considerable space of ground, they
are fi:*equently overcrowded. Perhaps their most general
effect is baldness and monotony — an effect not lessened
by the colour of the earth, and those ranks and files of
painted tallies bearing the names, in winter more con-
spicuous than the plants themselves. ^¥lien these col-
lections are arranged in lines, with alleys of bare earth
between them, the result is extreme baldness, and the
plants seldom thrive, as the bare and generally weedless
soil, reflecting the glare of summer light and heat upon
them, affords a home as unlike the natiu-al habitats of
most as possible. When the lines are waved, T\ith grass
alleys intervening, the general effect is ameliorated, and
in winter the ground has partially the semblance of a
lawn. When the natural system of arrangement is

GARDENS OF HORTICULTURAL SOCIETIES. 179

adopted^ the plants may be made to fall into gronps ;
but few of the examples of this kind of planting
which have come under our observation are mate-
rially better than the others. They are usually
planted in cliunps in grass^ but the figm'es are seldom
good j the intervening spaces of gTass are too narrow ;
and the plants too small to produce any of that
lawn-like effect which we suppose is aimed at. We
should deem it more ad^isable to arrange such collec-
tions in the form of parten'es_, composed of beds suited
for the various tiibes and genera^ and intersected with
gravelled walks — a method wliich would economize the
ground occupied_, and facilitate inspection.

Sect. IV. Gardens beloxgixg to Horticultural
AND Zoological Societies.

(1.) The Garden of Horticultural Societies. — This
species of garden is of more recent origin than those
devoted to strictly botanical purposes. Soon after the
rise of the horticultural societies, in the first decade of
the present centmy, it was felt to be desii'able that these
'institutions should possess pieces of garden gi'ound_, on
which to perform such extended experiments as might
be beyond the reach of private cultivators. Methods
of cultoi'e recommended by professional men or spe-
culative amateurs were to be repeated, and their general
utility to be ascertained. Original obser^'ations were
to be made. In aU these and various other spheres
of progress, the gardens of which we now propose to
speak, as is universally admitted, have conferred most
important benefits on the practice of horticulture.

In botanic gardens many valuable and interesting

180 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

plants can appear only as single specimens of tlie vege-
table system, for in these the principle to be followed is
the collection of species, and as the known species are
now very numerous, many varieties and sub-varieties of
great value in ornamental and economical points of
view are necessarily excluded. In the horticultural
garden (to adopt the popular, but somewhat tautological,
name), the principle which is, or ought to be, adopted is
selection. Certain plants, whether species or varieties,
l)ut possessed of noticeable qualities, are chosen, and
their culture is so extended and varied as at once to
determine their practical value, and to illustrate and
exemplify the best methods by which they may be pro-
duced in private establishments. In the botanic garden
the predominating interest is the purely scientific, in the
horticultural garden the chief aim is the useful, including
in that term, however, the processes of ornamental as
well as economical gardening, and the application of
scientific principles to the efiecting of these utilitarian
results.

The gardens attached to horticultural societies have
done much to promote the great advance recently
made by this pleasing and useful art. The conduc-
tors of the splendid establishment belonging to the
great metropolitan society, — some of them men of high
scientific attainments, all of them characterized by
skill, perseverance, and devotedness to their favourite
pursuits, — have been particularly instrumental in for-
warding the march of improvement. They have esta-
blished a correct nomenclature of fruits, which, from the
prevalence of provincial names and other circumstances,
had previously been in a state of great confusion. They
have brought into general notice many good varieties

GARDENS OF HORTICULTL'RAL SOCIETIES. 181

heretofore confined to particular localities. Tliev liave in-
troduced many new and admirable sorts from abroad. The
comparative value,, too^ of numerous fr-uits and culinary
vegetables and flowers has been correctly appreciated^
and those which were found worthless or indifierent have
received the merited stamp of inferiority and rejection.
Besides much work of this kind done efiectuaUy, the
Horticultural Society of London has sent botanical col-
lectors to China^ ^lexico^ and other imperfectly explored
regions^ and by their agency have introduced many
plants^ both useful and ornamental. In most of these
objects the Caledonian Horticidtm'al Society has zealously
co-operated; and notwithstanding the less propitious
climate^ its distance fr'om the centre of government and
commerce^ and other difficulties ^vitll which it has had to
contend, it has been eminently successful in the promo-
tion of gardening in Scotland. Both of these societies,
as weU as others in the provinces, have contributed
greatly to the difiusion of new and approved kinds of
fruits, flowers, and vegetables, by the distribution of
grafts, cuttings, and small specimen parcels of seeds.
And we must not omit to notice the beneficial efiects of
the public exliibitions of plants and fruits which have
been promoted by hoiticultural societies, and generally
held in their gardens. The prizes given on these occa-
sions have proved a gi-eat stimulus, not only to the per-
fecting of fine individual specimens, but also to the
improvement of the general crops ; and while they ha^e
ehcited and rendered prominent many cultivators of dis-
tinguished talent, they have been the means of esta-
blishing a standard of excellence in reference to horticul-
tural productions which would have been considered
visionary forty years ago. In many parts of the country

182 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

every considerable village and little town has its own
flower and fruit shows ; and when it is considered how
much harmless and healthful enjoyment is thus afforded
to all classes of society^ and what substantial additions
are made to the people^ s food, the philanthropist must
be ready to approve and rejoice.

Laying-out of Horticultural Gardens. — In the arrange-
ment of these gardens, the special objects to which they
are destined must be kept distinctly in view. When
furnished with complete appointments, they include divi-
sions for culinary vegetables, fruit-trees, forcmg, flowers,
shrubs, etc. ; in other Avords, they embrace gardening in
all its branches, and so require treatment of the most
varied description. Our limits forbid us to enter into
full details ; we shall, therefore, suppose that a suitable
locality in respect to soil and situation has been chosen,
and shall content ourselves vni\\ throwing out a few
hints which may be usefal to persons contemplating
work of this kind.

The extent of such a garden ought to be a matter of
primary and serious consideration. It should be first of
all ascertained what amount of expense the average
resources of the society are adequate to meet. Finan-
cial difficidties always operate most injmiously on insti-
tutions of this kind, as they impede or obstruct direct
experiment, and by limiting the number of workmen
employed, embarrass the superintendents and divert
them fr'om their proper work. Such gardens ought
never to be too extensive ; they should rather be small
than otherwise. A large flower-garden, to be filled with
beds of ordinary annuals, or even common florists^
flowers which have been cultivated perhaps for half a
century, is wholly unnecessary. We should even be

LAYIXG-OUT OF HORTICULTURAL GARDENS. 183

inclined to abridge the extent of ground sometimes
allotted to culinary vegetables : a few plots would be
sufficient to cultivate and exMbit the ncAver sorts. The
orchard ground must always be spacious^ but perhaps
it might be in part reduced by grafting t^vo or three
sorts on one stocky and by the eradication of those
which have been proved to be worthless. Ample room
should always be secured for a collection of trees and
shrubs^ particularly the latter^ of which there are many
fine species not generally known in private gardens. In
this department the horticultural societies have abeady
done good service. The Arboretum in the garden of
the London Society was long the best in Britam^ though
it must now yield the palm to that in the Royal Gar-
dens at Kew. Such collections should be made^ if pos-
sible_, to take the place of those tawdiy^ insipid^ promis-
cuous shrubberies which are too common everywhere.

We shoidd fm-ther be disposed to recommend the
special adaptation of a garden of this class to the pecu-
liar wants of the locality at which it is placed. It is
endent that such a garden at Edinburgh may be made a
shade or two different from one at Exeter or Cork. In
Scotland it is vain to plant a Chaumontel pear as a stan-
dard, or a black Hamburg vine on an open wall ; expe-
rience has pronounced sufficiently on these points
already ; but it would be a very proper thing to form a
complete collection of the fruit-trees which are found
to be suitable for the climate ; and it would be equally
proper to acquire supplies of those new varieties which
might be expected to succeed in that countr}\ So in the
cider districts of England, an experimental garden might
well be devoted to the determination of the relative
qualities of the cider fruits, and to the promotion of

184 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

that improvement of whicli they are susceptible. By
the adoption of special aims in different gardens^ some-
thing like a division of labour might be attained^ valuable
knowledge of local peculiarities might be secured, and
needless expense might be avoided. At the same time,
every one will be ready to desire that the great garden
at Tumham Green, which is maintained by the affluent
London Society, should retain its general destination
and full complement of sectional departments, and
that from the influence which its wealth, science, and
central position fit it to exercise, it should continue
to be the connecting link of all such gardens in the
empire.

In every case a considerable space of lawn should be
left open in some prominent part of the garden for the
temporary erection of tents, stages, and other appliances
of those flower-show exhibitions which have been found
to contribute so much to the funds and to the general
prosperity of the societies. These shows, indeed, have
proved to be of so much importance that some of the
older horticultural gardens have been more or less altered
to admit of their extension. The space thus devoted
need not be of any formal shape, but it should not be
encumbered with too many parterres or figures of
shrubs and trees. It should communicate with the
more ornamental parts of the garden by means of
walks and lawns, in order to extend and diversify the
promenades.

Certain of the minor departments of these gardens,
such as the culinary vegetable section, the propagating
grounds, and the forcing frames and nursing pits, may
be appropriately kept within small enclosures formed by
means of low walls or hedges, arrangements that are

LAYING-OUT OF HORTICULTURAL GARDENS. 185

found to be tiglily convenient, as affording seclusion for
experiment and shelter for delicate plants. These
enclosures require to be masked externally. The rest of
the garden should be rather open, weU provided -^ith
walks, and the arboretum and flower-garden, in parti-
cular, should be interspersed and adorned ^ith lawns of
varying size. In this quarter there should be a close
approach to the aspect of the private pleasure-ground.

The decorated gi'oimds should be ornamented ^^ith
plant-stoves, conservatories, and greenhouses for the
growth and exhibition of the rare and show\^ exotics
that require protection or artificial heat. The proper
distribution and arrangement of these glazed struc-
tures are matters of primary importance. Perhaps
there is a tendency to mass them too much together.
We do not disapprove of imposing ranges of orna-
mental glass houses; at the same time, we prefer
the dirided interest of groups of two or three houses,
so placed as to form prominent objects on the prin-
cipal lawns. Perhaps some of these should be em-
ployed to lighten and diversify the effect presented
on ordinary occasions by the area left open for exhibi-
tions ; but to wall in that space aU round T\ith glazed
structures we think in worse taste than to leave it open
altogether.

Speaking generally, we would say that the more deco-
rated parts of these gardens should be in the highest
style of the art, and should combine the broad, winding,
and varied lavm. of the pleasm'e-ground, with the richly
grouped beds and figures of the flower-garden. We
may add, that the trees, shrubs, and plants cultivated
should not be mere botanical rarities. Possessed of
some intrinsic ornamental properties either of elegance

186 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

of form or beauty of flower^ tliey^ when new^ should
be presented in considerable masses, in order that they
may be introduced to public notice, and their decorative
value may be clearly ascertained and exhibited to the
eye. This is a function properly belonging to horticul-
tural gardens, and which, it must be owned, they have
as yet imperfectly discharged. The horticultural prints
teem with advertisements of flowers, fruits, and apparatus,
for the worth of which the editors cannot possibly be
made responsible ; and if the ill-advised purchaser trusts
implicitly to some of these seductive statements, he will
soon find that he is paying dear for his experience. We
should wish to see all these lauded articles tested in
the Horticultural Gardens, and marked with the impri-
matur of these societies. Surely fair dealers would find
it for their benefit to establish such a practice ; at least
the protection of the public requires that something of
this kind should be done.

Horticultural Museum. — This is another improvement
which we earnestly desire to see introduced. Most of
the societies, it is believed, possess drawings, and models
of fruits, and dried collections of horticultural products
more or less extensive, but they are seldom so arranged
as to be easily accessible by strangers, or even to be
readily consulted by those in charge of them. Why
should there not be a spacious room, well aired and
lighted, fitted up with glass cases, etc., for the reception
of objects worthy of preservation ? We would assemble
there specimens or models of the fruits and vegetables of
our OAvn and other climes. We would have an herbarium
of the plants and shrubs that have occupied a place of
distinction in the flower-garden, as many of these,
through the influence of fashion, pass away and are

HORTICULTURAL MUSEUM. 187

forgotten. Those wlio hare examined the agricultural
museums now being collected in various parts of the
empii'e will easily imagine the benefit which might be
derived from kindi'cd collections in public gardens. To
these museums we would recommend the addition of a
well-chosen horticirltm'al and botanical libraiy, composed
not merely of treatises which ought to be in the hands
of eveiy one^ but of books of reference, such as the
works of Lindley, Loudon, Diel, Hooker, De CandoUe,
Balfom', and others, to which should be added the
various horticultural and botanical periodicals of the
day, and many other illustrated works, which persons of
moderate fortime, unless they enjoy peculiar facilities of
access to public libraries, have no opportunities of con-
sulting. There might also be a collection of elementary
treatises for the instruction of the operatives employed
in the gardens : indeed, such a library has, with praise-
worthy liberality, been formed by the Horticultural
Society of London for the benefit of the yoimg men in
the garden at Tm^nham Green. It may seem more
connected with oiu' present object to recommend the
keeping of a register of observations made from time to
time in the garden. In this book we would insert aU
the judgments formed of fruits and flowers, the reception
of eveiy new plant, with its date, the rejection of every
worthless article, and the reasons for the same, and all
the comparisons of products made in respect to quantity
and quality. Selections of the more interesting parts
of this information might be pubhshed occasionally;
but undoubtedly there would also be much which,
though it might not be of sufficient importance to
be presented to the eyes of the world, might yet be
highly worthy of preservation as a part of the his-

188 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

tory of the garden and of horticulture in the locality.
Under the present system much curious matter is
continually lost. An aged and experienced curator
dies every now and then, and the whole store of
knowledge of which his memory was the only record
passes away.

(2.) Zoological Gardens. — These places of public
resort, though but recently established, have already
received much attention, and have contributed largely
to popular amusement and instruction. Formerly col-
lections of wild beasts were immured in the Tower of
London, in Exeter Change, and in other confined loaal-
ities, or at most were carried about in travelling caravans.
The arrangements of the menageries in the Jarclin des
Plantes at Paris probably first suggested the union of
collections of living animals with gardens. This plan,
at least, was adopted by the Zoological Society of
London, and it has been subsequently followed by various
kindred institutions throughout the country. Of course,
in all these cases the accommodation for the animals
has been the main object, and the garden only an acces-
sory appendage; but neatness and cleanliness are the
qualities which we most desire to find in menageries,
and with these the trimness of gardens sufficiently
accords. Let the necessary buildings be tastefully and
conveniently arranged, and we cannot conceive a more
appropriate filling up of the picture than that supplied
by lawns, flowers, sln'ubs, and trees. For holiday folks,
who probably form a majority of those avIio frequent
zoological gardens, the promenade afibrded by the neat
gravel walks and well-shaven lawns is an agreeable addi-
tion to the other pleasiu-es of the visit. Certain it is,
at least, that these gardens have been among the most

ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. 189

popular places of amusement that have lately come into
vogue.

It Tvill be apparent to slight consideration that the
proper style for a zoological garden is a medium between
a pleasure-ground and a flower-garden ; it may partake
of the characters of both in difierent places, or rather
it may be described generally as a highly ornamented
pleasure-ground. It hardly belongs to us to say any-
thing about the an-angement of the buildings for the use
of the animals, except that they may be easily combined
so as to form picturesque groups. Of coui'se, certain
roads must be formed from the exterior of the garden
and between the several buildings, so as to facilitate
carnage and transit. Plantations and shrubberies
should mask these roads and veil other deformities.
Pieces of artificial water may be constructed both for
ornament and for the use of aquatic fowls. Walks
should be laid down so as to afibrd easy communication
between the various departments of the garden. AMiere
the style approaches that of a flower-garden, it should
be of the mixed flower-garden described in a previous
chapter, displaying an agreeable intermingling of shinibs
and flowers. Perhaps flowering shrubs and a mixture
of evergreens should predominate. We are of opinion
that anything like excess in the culture of flowers is here
out of place, both as requiring an ill-ad^dsed expenditure
and as exciting an adventitious interest. Zoological
gardens have recently been made the scenes of flower-
shows : at first sight this may seem a grotesque and in-
congmous combination, but in practice the occasions
ai'e pleasant enough, and if they benefit the fimds of these
meritorious institutions, no reasonable objection can be
made to them.

190

CHAPTER XL

THE VILLA.

Introductoiy Remarks.

Sect. I. General Properties of the Villa. — The LocalitJ^ — The
Site. — Eoads. — Position of the House. — Style and Arrange-
ment of the House.

Sect. II. Laying out of the Grounds of a Villa. — Seclusion. —
The Approach. — Kitchen Garden. — Trees and Shrubs. —
Water. — Leading varieties of Villa Scenery. — The Pleasure-
Grouiid ViUa.— The Park ViUa.

Probably there are few raen, not possessed of ancestral
lands^ or without the prospect of succeeding to them,
and who betake themselves therefore to business, that do
not wish and hope, in their outset, to realize so much
wealth as will enable them, in the decline of life, to retire
to some comfortable villa near their native place, or in
some other locality to which they have become attached.
Such visions are not unfrequently realized; and the
desire in which they have originated has sometimes led
to the amassing of large fortunes, and to the possession
of extensive estates provided with parks and pleasure-
grounds. But even if all that is attained is the \dlla, still
a great good may have been reached. Such residences,
whether as retirements from active life, or occasional
retreats from business, or the dwellings of competence.

IXTRODUCTIOX. 191

are veiy generally the abodes of intelligence and refine-
ment. As a Tvhole^ they are^ perhaps as happy homes
as Britain can boast of. Hence their constmction and
decoration possess an interest^ and invite a consideration,
which call for carefiil exposition and study.

Taking the term Residence to denote not only the
house, but the Jocah occupied by the proprietor and
employed for his domestic purposes, the \'illa may be de-
scribed as a small residence, embracing the whole of the
property laid out in gardens and dressed grounds, or, if
it include some pieces of pastui'e lands, such only as are
of a Hmited and subsidiary description. The name villa
is applied to places of considerable variety in dimen-
sions— fi'om the house with a small plot of garden-ground
attached, to one surrounded by thirty or forty acres of
pleasm'e- ground and park. Some mansions belonging to
small or moderate-sized estates are, in their whole cha-
racter and arrangements, nothing else than ^-illas ; but it
is not usual so to designate them : they are rather said
to be laid out in the rilla style, though the distinction is
perhaps more imaginary than real. In a suburban dis-
trict the "^illa is generally siuTOunded by a fence of suf-
ficient height to exclude, if not all the scenery at a
distance, at least most of it in the immediate neighbour-
hood. In the countiy, however, and particularly when
attached to a small estate, it will depend not more on
the riews connected with the estate itself, than on the
prospects presented by the siuTOunding scenery. Besides
its inferior size, the ^'illa is distinguished by its superior
keeping. Its style may be more ornamental, and its ,
finish ought to be more elaborated and more cai'efully
maintained, than is commonly deemed necessary in more
extensive country residences.

192 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

Our remarks on the villa may be arranged under two
headsj the first presenting certain general and prelimi-
nary considerations^ and the second containing directions
for the laying-out of its grounds.

Sect. I. — General Properties of the Villa.

The Locality. — There are certain circumstances of a
local nature which are of much consequence to the pro-
prietor of a villa. If he possesses that taste for society
which is common to all, except persons of recluse
habits, he will find it important to have a pleasant vici-
nage, and to be placed near a respectable and healthy
class of population. When the villa is to be formed in a
sul)iu'])an or semi-suburban district, it should, if possible,
be set diown between the city and the points from which
the prevailing winds blow. Westerly or south-westerly
winds are probably the most common in these islands ;
and therefore the best sitiiations in this respect are to be
found from the south-east round by south to the north-
west of the city. If easterly winds predominate, the
preferable sites will be on the reverse half of the compass,
that is, from north by east, to south. By attending to
this principle, the inhabitant of the viUa will live in purer
air than he would otherwise do, and will reduce the nui-
sance necessarily arising from the smoke of the city to
its minimum. For the same reason the vicinity of public
works should be avoided. Some of them vitiate the air
by the emission of chemical vapours, all are largely pro-
ductive of smoke, and, not to speak of the bustle which
they create on the roads, present, in their tall staring
chimneys and bulky unshapely fabrics, objects of con-
templation by no means agreeable to the eye. Besides,

SITE OF THE VILLA. 193

they tend to pollute the sluggish streams that often flow
past them, and to render the whole neighbom'hood dirty
and slovenly. The very worst locality of all, however,
is that near the general outlet of the sewerage of a city,
and more particidarly if the foul contents are applied to
purposes of irrigation, as at Edinburgh. It may be
added, that a locality adjacent to a poor and dirty suburb
should hardly be chosen. A benevolent man, indeed,
Avill not fail to ^isit frequently such abodes of poverty,
and to do what good he can in them ; but he will not
find his benevolence increased by obtrusive sights of
misery, or by the importunities to which, by his proxi-
mity to such scenes, he is sure to be exposed.

Tlie Site. — Before proceeding to select a site, the
future proprietor should be satisfied that he has fixed on
a proper locality and on a neighbom-hood of easy access.
The site, however, is generally much less within the
power of absolute choice ; probably he will find the best
already occupied, and his only resom-ce may be to adopt
a secondary position, or to seek for a better in another
district, in all respects not so desirable. The best site
is one moderately elevated, with a warm sunny exposure.
We say, moderately elevated; and this quality should
be specially attended to, when the general range of the
surrounding country is high ; for though some sites fr^om
their elevation may command superior views, and may
afibrd comparative seclusion, yet these advantages may
be more than counterbalanced by their increased expo-
sure and greater difficulty of access. It is nevertheless
very desirable that there should be some tolerable views
from the windows of the principal rooms of the house,
as these ver\^ much promote the habitual cheeifidness of
the residence. A rounded swell or gently sloping ridge

194 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

is often a happy situation ; for though it may occasionally
suffer from high winds, it will enjoy a purer and drier
atmosphere than is to be found lower down in the valley.
We do not object to flat surfaces, provided they are
formed of light porous soils. Deep clay and retentive
subsoils ought, by all means, to be avoided. A facility for
perfect drainage ought to be regarded as an indispensable
property in a villa residence. The soil should be rather
light than otherwise, and certainly should not approach
to strong clay, as the latter has a tendency to create
damp, to make the climate cold and the garden late, to
prevent the walks from drying rapidly, and to impart,
during most kinds of weather, a raw uncomfortable
aspect to the grounds. It is further to be noted, that
direct and immediate proximity to some great frequented
thoroughfare is far from being desirable : for in such
places the dust, blown from the public road in dry
seasons, often amounts to a positive nuisance.

Roads, — At first sight the reader may suppose that the
villa has little to do with public roads, as it seldom requires
a long approach, and may seem to have no other connec-
tion with the subject. Such, however, is too hasty a con-
clusion. Public roads are of about as much importance
to a villa as an approach is to a mansion-house in the
country. Unless the roads in a district are well formed
and kept in good repair, most of the comfort and enjoy-
,,, ment yielded by an otherwise perfect site, will be in
great measure neutralized. What is more disagreeable
than to drive or wade through a rugged lane or ill-kept
parish road, in order to reach a country-house? To
persons about to form residences in such localities, we
would say. Be not deceived with the idea that these roads
are easily ameliorated : the public boards who have the

POSITIOX OF THE HOUSE. 195

management of tliem are moved vrith difficulty even by
indi\iduals who are members of tbem. Before fixing
on a locality or site^ see at least that there are well-fre-
quented roads in the neighbom'hood, for if they are not
in good repair at present_, it may be hoped that they wiU
not be allowed to continue so. Easy access to public
conveyances is also an advantage not to be overlooked^
for though a gentleman may use his o^vn carriage^ some
of his family or his servants may find it convenient to
avail themselves of the public means of travelling. Even
for friends and other visitants twenty minutes^ distance
from a railway station may afford a pleasant morning or
evening walk.

Position of the House in relation to the other parts of
the Residence. — After arrangements have been made for
the purchase or possession of the ground^ the proprietor
generally proceeds to fix the spot on which he is to set
down his house ; and the plan is often adopted^ and the
buildings are sometimes erected^ before any attention is
paid to the laying-out of the grounds. This is a vei-y
grievous mistake. The plan of the house,, its position,
and the designing of the gardens and dressed gi'oimds,
should be considered together^ and mutually adjusted to
each other. When the architect is the only person con-
sulted about the position of the house, unless he has a
more than ordinary knowledge of landscape gardening,
the only element he ^vill take into consideration will be
the securing of a site, which, according to his ideas,
will best exhibit his powers of architectural design.
Most probably the house wiU be so placed, and the
approach so contrived, as to make a decided impression
on strangers and other risitors. The place indeed will
often be little more than an enclosed approach to a house

k2

196 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

in the centre, or perhaps even in an extreme comer,
of the little domain. It ought to be remembered that
a house is always most effectively, and certainly to its
inmates most agreeably, seen, when it is so placed as to
enable the grounds to be decorated to the greatest ad-
vantage. In practice we have often felt the loss arising
from the absence of combined arrangement : we have
often been mortified to think that the result of our best
endeavours has been greatly inferior to what it might
have been, had the position of the house been more
happily selected, or could it have been altered even to
the distance of a few feet ; and any error committed in
this way we have found the more diflBcult to repair, or
even modify, the smaller the extent of the place. The
position of the house should be such, as not only to be
of easy external access, but to impart to it a considerable
degree of seclusion. The internal road, or approach,
should not be allowed to traverse much of the grounds.
The windows of the principal rooms should command
the best portion of the inner scenery, and anything
worth looking at without, that can be conveniently
brought into view. These conditions wiU generally place
the house at no great distance from what may be called
the entrance boundary. In aU ^dlla residences, whether
large or small, such a position of the house will enable
the proprietor to form a more varied disposition of his
grounds, than if it were set down in the centre, or
towards the more distant extremity. In a smaU place
the designer will, on this plan, have more space for useful
and ornamental purposes, while in a larger one he will
be able to make a more compact arrangement and a
more felicitous combination of his dressed grounds,
gardens, and offices, as weU as to introduce a larger

POSITION OF THE HOUSE. 107

amount of park and woodland scenery than could other-
wise be obtained.

In support of these views, we might instance some
of the finest residences near London. Sion House and
Holland House, though not mere \illas, exhibit no affec-
tation of long approaches. At Bedford Lodge, Campdeu
Hill, a suburban vWla of the Duchess of Bedford, the
house is separated from the lane which leads to it merely
by the gate and entrance court, and wall enclosing the
latter. At Mrs. Lawrence^s \'illa of Ealing Park, cele-
brated for its highly decorated garden, pleasure- gromids,
and beautifid little park, from the proximity of the house
to the road by which is the principal access to the place,
a very short approach is all that is necessary.

All these examples show the value put on internal
space by the owners of these residences. It may be said,
indeed, that these are only proofs of the desire to have
room in the interior for flower-grounds and shrubberies,
and therefore they were likely to be adopted by persons
ha^ing a taste for floriculture. That may be partly true ;
but the gi'omid occupied in them by flower-gardens and
pleasure-grounds could as readily have been applied to
the production of rural scenery in general, and therefore
may be equally recommended to those who have no
special predilection for plants. Certainly, to place the
house near the entrance boundary is the most efiectual
method of obtaining the seclusion which every one wishes
in the country, and securing space for la\^^ls, kitchen
garden, orchard, pasture-fields, or whatever else a man
may set his heart on. Anything almost seems in better
taste than an exaggerated and ostentatious approach con-
trived for the purpose of showing off to strangera the
columns and pilasters and fine proportions of the house.

198 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

Style and arrangement of the House. — These are sub-
jects wliicli have probably occupied the attention of a
gentleman who has resolved to form for himself a sub-
urban residence^ even before he has taken any steps to
procure a site in a particular locality. Examining the
\^llas of his friends, one or other of which he may be
desirous of copying, or all of which he may wish to
diflPer from as much as possible, he may be rash enough
to make up his mind, as to his future operations, from
reasons totally irrespective of the circumstances which
should be permitted to modify, if not determine, his
choice. We would counsel him to leave the style and
arrangement of his house open questions till he has as-
certained the nature and extent of the residence he re-
quires, and till he has fixed on the site which it is to
occupy, as he will then be in a better position to judge
how various matters connected with them should be
settled. In offering some remarks on this subject, we do
not intend to give any special directions in regard to
either the style or the internal arrangements, except so
far as these should obviously be governed by their rela-
tion to the grounds by which the house is surrounded.

Of course the style of architecture, in villas of even
inconsiderable pretensions, will fall to be determined by
the pecuhar taste of the proprietor, or wiU be swayed by
the fashion of the time, or the prevaihng practice of the
district. We have seen a few fine specimens in the
Itahan or the re^ived antique style, but it may be
doubted whether they are altogether suited to our colder
climate, and the accessory scenery in which we can
array them. Probably we have more numerous instances
of a felicitous employment of the Elizabethan, or per-
pendicular Gothic style, as it is sometimes called. We

STYLE AXD ARRANGEMENT OF THE HOUSE. 199

have generally, however, been impressed Tvith a certain
diminutive look presented by detached buildings of this
class. To be effective, they must be massive to a degree
which materially increases their expense. Tor smaU
or moderate villa residences, the most suitable style, we
humbly think, is one or other of those foi-ms usually
called cottages : and as there is a great variety of these,
an architect can be at no loss in furnishing or suggesting
such a number of designs as will afford materials for a
good selection. The varied outlines and low elevations
of houses in the cottage style harmonize better with the
limited scenery of a small residence than those huge
square masses of brick or stone and mortar which are
frequently seen overlooking, and as it were overpowering,
a place of three or four acres. The affectation of Gre-
cian architecture has generally led to a tame unifonnity
in \illa mansions. The pattern followed in many cases
is, with some slight variations, the street house, that is,
a house with a main door in the centre, and a dining-
room and drawing-room on each side of it. So long as
this fashion prevails, there can be little hope of improv-
ing small residences. Except in special circumstances,
one or both of the principal rooms above mentioned
should be on the side of the house opposite to that in
which the principal entrance is situated; or, if this
cannot be effected, they ought to be in a line at right
angles to the main door front. It is indeed convenient
to have a window towards the entrance for the inspection
of approaching \isitors ; but that can be easily accom-
plished by directing one end of the dining-room or par-
lour to that side of the house. In suburban residences,
it is desu-able that the public rooms shoidd command
the whole or the greater part of the decorated gi'ounds.

200 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

The drawing-room will occupy the best position, followed
by the parlour, dining-room, and library in succession,
each, if possible, having some advantage of its own,
though in an inferior degree. The proper position of a
conservatory or greenhouse is in connection with the
drawing-room, and communicating with it by a glass
door : it will thus not only be an object of interest in
itself, but it will form an extension of the drawing-room,
and will afford an agreeable lounge in wet weather. For
this purpose the passages ought to be roomy and unen-
cumbered. In greenhouses this convenience is too often
neglected, and the floor is over-crowded with stages and
shelves for the reception of plants. A plant-house of
easy access, with wide passages, and a smaller number of
well-grown plants, may be tenanted by objects highly
worthy of admiration, and will prove a most pleasant
adjunct to a drawing-room. If the conservatory or
greenhouse cannot be united to this room, another posi-
tion may probably be found for it in connection with
some of the other public rooms. A greenhouse of all work,
as it is caUed, — that is, a glazed house for the general
protection and propagation of plants, — should not be im-
mediately accessible from the mansion, as it cannot be
kept in sufficient order to warrant such proximity. Its
place should be in the kitchen garden, or on the edge of
the flower garden.

It will be inferred from what has been stated above, that
the entrance front of the house should, other things being
equal, be placed towards that direction which is least
favoured in point of view, or where there is little or no
beauty to lose. We do not mean that the principal door
should be thrust into some obscure corner, but that it
should occupy a secondary position in relation to the

STYLE AND ARRANGEMENT OF THE HOUSE. '201

grounds and the public rooms. In that case the dra^ring-
room front will receive the chief attention of the ar-
chitect. In some of the best laid-out ^iHa residences
that we have seen^ the main door faces an adjacent boun-
dary wall of considerable height, and is separated from
it merely by a gi'aveUed comt of sufficient extent to
afford room for the turning of a carriage. In other well-
constructed places this court is wanting, and its place is
occupied with flower-beds and shi^ubberies, with a covered
way communicating with the main door at one end, and
with the entrance gate in the boundaiy wall at the other.
Of coui'se, in this aiTangement, carnages are left on the
outside altogether. A small door at the end of the
house opening on a back court or road between the
kitchen and stable offices is used when it is needful to
.bring a carriage close to the house. A kitchen court
should be formed at one end or side of the house ; and if
this is the only court that is necessary, and the house is
near enough to the boimdaiy, it may be brought out to
the external wall. AMien stables are requii'ed, they may
be placed in connection ^ith the kitchen court, or if
there be room and access, they may be built at a Httle
distance along the boundary waU, with a separate en-
trance, for example, in a corner of the property. The
respective positions of these comts must vary ^^dth that
of the house itself in reference to the other parts of the
residence ; but they should never occupy more than one
end or side of the house, and should leave the remainder
of it to be smTounded by the ornamental grounds. To
these apparently minor points we soUcit the reader's
earnest attention, as success in these arrangements,
which are veiy apt to be overlooked at first, has a most
material effect on the general result.

k3

202 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

Sect. II. — The Laying-out of the Grounds of

A YlLLA.

We take up this subject^ in the second place, because
the execution of the works which it embraces is generally
postponed till the completion of the house and offices.
We would again, however, insist on the expediency of
obtaining a plan of the grounds along with the plan of
the house; as very much of the effect of both will
depend on their mutual adjustment. In a work of
limited extent like the present, it would be inconsistent
with the design in view to give formal and detailed direc-
tions for the laying-out of villa residences. It is evident
that the designs must vary considerably along with the
diversified dimensions and surfaces on which they are to
be executed. At the same time the general principles
involved in the designing of parks and pleasure-grounds
will regulate the environs of the house, proper allowance
and modification being made for the more limited extent
of the latter. The grounds of the villa should, generally
speaking, present a miniature example of the finest por-
tions of the pleasure-grounds and park. Its scenery,
indeed, may partake more or less of either of these, or
may combine the character of both ; in other words, we
may have the pleasure-ground villa or the park villa, or a
union of the two varieties. The peculiar character to be
elicited must be determined by the taste of the proprietor
and a due consideration of the nature of the ground.
Wliile then we would refer the reader to the earlier
part of this work, we would offer some special remarks
in the way of aiding the application of the principles

SECLUSION. 203

already inculcated. These may fall appropriately under
the following heads : —

(1.) Seclusion. — This is a quality more or less desi-
rable in all small residences ; and in the vicinity of large
cities it may be regarded as indispensable. Of course it
does not consist in the exclusion of Hght and air ; neither
does it suppose the shutting-out of fine ^iews^ whether
at hand or at a distance. It is rather the protection of
the family from that exposure to public gaze which
would prevent them fr-om using any part of their grounds
as freely and comfortably as they would their dra^^ing-
room. A certain amount of privacy, at least, is essential
to that riu^al feeling wliich is a principal charm in retire-
ment from the bustle of city life. Some indinduals,
indeed, seem to have a particular fancy for displajang
their flower-beds and lawns to the eyes of the public ; —
a taste, we humbly think, more suited to hotel establish-
ments than to the abodes of private families. AVe
would have the greater portion of the villa gTounds to
be possessed of the characters of complete seclusion.
At the same time the error arising from the excess of
this quality — the dull, gloomy insipidity caused by over-
planting, and an over- affectation of privacy — ^is to be
carefully guarded against. On level or gently sloping-
surfaces the proper amomit of seclusion may generally
be obtained by buildhig the boundary walls from eight
to ten feet high. On sm-faces with a considerable decli-
vity such walls will be found insufficient ; and as no con-
siderable addition can be made to their height, nor
indeed, if added, would prove efiectual, the object aimed
at must be attained by planting trees and shrubs, which
will have to grow for several years before they afford
the desired shelter. As the size of villa residences

204 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

increases, the difficulties in regard to privacy diminisli, as
there is room for enlarged masses of trees and skrubs,
and the whole place naturally assumes the character of
a common country residence.

(2.) The Approach. — As remarked in the previous
section of this chapter^ small residences seldom require
an approach of any great length. The smaller the
quantity of the ground occupied in this way^, the greater
will be the extent capable of being devoted to useful
and ornamental purposes. We do not say that the
approach to a small residence may not be made in some
measure ornamental; but in its formation its peculiar
use ought to be principally kept in view, and any deco-
ration connected with it should be made subsidiary to
the adornment of the other parts of the grounds. We
should be disposed to line them with groups of shrubs,
or to screen them with hedges of evergreens, so that
they should not interfere with the general privacy of the
place. It will be found that the approach is seldom
used as a walk or lounge by the members of the family,
even when it is not exposed to the external world. In
a former page it was stated that in some admirable
villas there is no approach, in the proper sense of the
word, — that its place is sometimes taken by a gravelled
court or covered way; — and without doubt the advan-
tages of such arrangements, if they do not supersede
the necessity of an approach altogether, certainly reduce
it to a minimum. Of course, such expedients can be
adopted only in favourable circumstances. There may be
elements in the size of the place, or in the slope of the
ground, or in the position of the most favourable site,
which demand an approach in the ordinary form ; still
the line leading from the entrance lodge to the house

THE APPROACH. 205

should^ -^-ithout falling into a straight line, be as short
as possible. Passing the entrance gate at right angles,
or nearly so, to the bonndar^' wall, it should proceed
with such a moderate curve or sweep as will place the
side of the carnage abreast of the main door. The
approach should never be carried across the entrance
front before reacliing the door of the house, unless the
ground is so steep as to render the formation of a road
with an easy inclination othei'^ise impracticable. A
lodge may sometimes be a necessary appendage to the
entrance gate, and that is a sufficient reason for a mode-
rate prolongation of the approach. Certain fine ^iews
or other advantages, canning the house considerably
into the interior of the territory, may make a similar
demand ; still it should be an object steadily kept in. view,
that on this accomit there should be as little intersection
of the grounds as possible. TThen the whole place ap-
proaches the form of a parallelogram, the gateway and
lodge may be placed in one corner, and the approach
may fall into a straight line, or form an avenue along
the boundary, till it is necessary to cm-ve off to the door
of the house. TVhen these residences increase in size
they assume the appearance of a park, and of course
the approach will follow the character of those required
in such places. It is not unusual to fijid two approaches
to a ^illa entering from the same line of road, and at
points within a hundred yards of each other; — a fact which
indicates an excessive love of road-making, for one ought
to be sufficient for the requirements of the place. Allien
a communication with a separate line of road is needed,
a second approach is not only excusable, but it may be
necessary, though it will generally encroach considerably
on the privacy of the grounds. TTe do not pretend to

206 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

give such directions on this subject as Avill meet every
exigency. Varieties of situation are continually oc-
curring^ which must be treated with a reference to their
own peculiarities. We may^ however, remark in conclu-
sion, that ^illa residences are more frequently spoiled by
ill-judged attempts at fine approaches than by any other
mistake, except perhaps the wrong selection of a site for
the house. We know scarcely anything in more mise-
rable taste, than a house with a broad mural fa9ade and
a door in the centre, standing far back in a vista, and
occupying its whole width, while the foreground of the
picture is taken up with a disproportionate road winding
across the grounds, and leaving space in its flanks only
for ill-grown turf or paltry shrubberies, or, w^hat is Avorse
still, hues of potatoes and cabbages, and the necessary
deshabille of unenclosed kitchen ground. The disap-
pearance of such sights is surely devoutly to be wished.

The Kitchen Garden. — Where the taste of the pro-
prietor inclines chiefly to the possession of ornamental
grounds or to the cultivation of fine plants, want of
space may require the omission of the kitchen garden,
and in the \dcinity of vegetable markets the privation
may be inconsiderable ; but in most places, and particu-
larly in remote districts, the culinary department of the
garden is at once a necessary and an interesting appendage
to a Adlla. It requires a compartment separate from the
ornamental grounds. The proper site must be deter-
mined by the lie of the ground, and especially by the
arrangements of the house. Ob\iously the kitchen
garden should not be on the entrance or drawing-room
fronts ; or, if it must be placed on these sides, it should
be removed to such a distance and screened in such a
way as to conceal all disagreeable objects, and so as to

THE KITCHEN GARDEN. 207

obstruct the general scenery as little as possible. The
most convenient position is close to the stable offices^ as
that will facilitate the introduction of manure and the
removal of rubbish without injury to the walks or
dressed grounds. It is desirable that the site should
be warm and sheltered^ -with a sunny exposure and a
dry subsoil. If the proprietor desires to have fine
waU-fruits^ proper walls must be built for their culti-
vation. These should not exceed twelve feet in height,
otherwise they will often be injurious to the scenery of
the place. The boundary wall may occasionally form
part of the enclosure of the garden. Walls formed or
lined with brick are the most suitable for the trahiing
and culture of fruit-trees. Stone is also a good mate-
rial, when formed of a proper size, and carefully dressed
and weU built. On steep declirities the walls may be
made the facings of terraces, the intermediate surfaces
of which are occupied with vegetables. Of the other
buildings connected with the kitchen garden, the melonry
and pine-pit should form a separate compartment either
in the interior of the garden or attached to it : the
\Tiieries and peach-houses may occupy suitable places on
the walls, or may stand in detached situations, as may
be found most convenient. The latter forcing-houses
may sometimes be erected with propriety in the dressed
grounds, and along with the greenhouse may form a
connecting link between these grounds and the kitchen
garden. The favom'ite form of the kitchen garden is
the square or parallelogram, and these are more compact
than most other forms, and have many conveniences ;
but it would be injudicious to disfigui^e the internal
scenery of a place by a servile adherence to any parti-
cular plan, when one perhaps equally good, though not

208 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

quite so regular, can be had by the adjustment of the
outlines to those of the ground, or to the positions of
surrounding objects. The kitchen gardens of small
residences should be exclusively devoted to fruits and
vegetables : by that means they are more easily kept in
order. AVhere orchards are planted, they should be
connected with the kitchen garden, or in its immediate
vicinity ; a few pretty groups of apple, pear, and cherrj-
trees might be formed on some of the less conspicuous
portions of the lawn.

(4.) Trees and Shrubs as the means of Decoration in
Villas. — In the marine residence and in the moimtain
shooting lodge, trees and shrubs may be awanting alto-
gether, or may exist in only small quantities, without
their absence or their paucity being sensibly felt. In
some marine residences they cannot be grown except
under the shelter of a wall or rock ; but to the taste of
many, a varied shore and an unlimited expanse of sea, with
its incessant changes, afford an ample compensation.
Again, in the alpine shooting lodge, the varied outlines of
hni and glen, of crag and ravine, of lake and waterfall, of
trailing mist and glimpsing sunshine, may afford such
magnificent and entrancing scenery as may make the
transient inhabitant forget the softer beauties of trees,
except when he is reminded of their shelter by the
cutting breath of the mountain wind. It is hardly worth
while to spend much labour on the cultm'e of trees and
shrubs where they grow mth difficulty into stunted forms,
and where, even in their finest developments, they would
be wholly eclipsed by the grander and mlder features of
nature.

But it is different with the ordinary, and particularly
the suburban residence. They have seldom the sublime

TREES AND SHRUBS. 209

accompaniments of the broad sea, or of the blue ridgy
mountaiQ. Trees, shrubs, and flowers, are their prin-
cipal means of ornament. Devoid of these, they would
only be like a house in a bare field, or " a lodge in a
garden of cucumbers. ^^

- In the villa grounds trees camiot be formed into
Tvoods, but they should be introduced into the larger
masses of shrubs so as to heighten their effect ; in other
places they may be sprinkled on the remoter parts of the
lawns, and so may unite with the former in making up
an appearance of woodland scenery. Some of the more
rapidly growing kinds should be inserted in the shrub-
beries of new-made places, for the purpose of imparting
a clothed effect at an earlier period than can be accom-
plished by shrubs alone, but where not intended to
remain, they should be carefully weeded out when the
object wanted has been attained by their neighbours of
slower growth. Breadths of trees and shrubs are needed
to clothe and diversify even a small place when new, but
they should not be planted to the extent of over- crowding,
and should be rigidly thinned out at the proper time.
A greater variety of kinds may be introduced into a
small residence than into an equal space in a large park
or pleasure-ground; for two trees or half-a-dozen of
shrubs, tall and well grown, will produce in the former a
mass of fohage and a breadth of effect which would have
but an insignificant appearance in the latter. The oak,
elm, horse-chestnut, and plane may be admitted, Init
only in comparatively small quantities of each, in order
to leave room for the ordinary hardy exotic trees and
shrubs, which in a small place produce a variety and
awaken an interest not to be derived from the most
skilful arrangement of the more common sorts. Small

210 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

groups may be formed of various kinds of trees, such as
oaks, maples, ashes, planes, and pines. The ordinary
broad-leaved shrubs may afford materials for the prin-
cipal masses of evergreens ; but a considerable variety of
others may be grouped alongwith them. The low-growing
sorts, such as the Rhododendron ponticum and some of
its congeners, should be planted round the outsides of
those of taller stature; and when the clumps on the
lawn fill up and merge into masses, the imited effect
adds much to the varied beauty of the groups.

(5.) Water. — A sufficient supply of water for orna-
mental purposes cannot frequently be obtained in the
limited domain of a villa. A¥here it is to be had, and
the cast of ground is such as to warrant the use of arti-
ficial water, a small lake v,dll be a pleasing addition to
one of the principal laA\TLS. Its position and form should
be regulated by the principles laid down in the chapter
on water. Fountains, too, are desirable ornaments in a
place of minor extent : one will generally be sufficient,
and it may be put in a prominent position on a lawn, or
be made a centre-piece in the flower-garden.

(6.) The leading varieties of Villa Scenery. — At the
beginning of this section we have mentioned a distinc-
tion which we should be glad to see generally recog-
nized and observed in the laying-out of small residences,
viz., the predominance in each case of the pleasure-
ground or park character according as the nature of the
ground may suggest, or the taste of the proprietor
might dictate. We would have the pleasure-ground
villa and the park villa, and we would employ in each a
distinctive style of ornament. In the following remarks,
which are to be supposed as applicable more particularly

THE PLEASURE-GROUXD VILLA. 211

to residences of from tliree to ten acres^ we shall endea-
vour to keep this distinction in view. ^Tien the domain
extends to twelve, fonrteen, or twenty acres, it may be
treated rather as a park than as a villa.

TJie Pleasure-Ground Villa. — In this, the more orna-
mental form of a minor residence, the whole of the ground
not covered by the house and offices is taken up with the
gardens and di'essed grounds. The lawns ai'e, speaking
comparatively, of considerable extent; the groups and
clumps of trees and shrubs are veiy much as are common
in pleasure-grounds of moderate dimensions, and the
execution of the whole is careful and unobtrusively
elaborate.

The first object aimed at is, by means of a skilful
distribution of the principal masses of trees and shrubs,
to conceal the kitchen garden and offices, and more par-
ticularly the boundaries of the place. The approach,
too, should be screened or masked. The next object is
to lay down one or two of the principal lawns, so as to
have the appearance of considerable extent as seen from
the windows of the public rooms. It is possible, by
means of masses and groups of shrubs, to convey the
idea that these lawns branch ofi" indefinitely, while other
minor lawns, separated by the interposition of shrubs,
may seem to be connected with the former by smaller
breadths of grass. 'Uliile the principal lawns have for
the most part a clothed aspect, it is desii'able that one of
them should be made to show a large extent of length
and breadth of grass, wholly fr'ee fr'om the mterruptions
which numerous flower-beds and single trees and slniibs
injudiciously placed are sure to produce. In the margins
of the lawns, and especially of the principal one just al-
luded to, the masses of trees should be so formed as to

212 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUXDS.

present a varied outline of projection and recess, without
there cannot be that breadth of light, and depth of
shade, which are so rich a source of beauty in picturesque
scenery. The recesses of the lawns will afford room for
groups of flower-beds, or even small flower-gardens for
the bedding out of greenhouse plants, annuals, etc. In
some of these nooks, too, rosaries and collections of
American plants are famished with appropriate homes.
Rock-works, grottoes, bowers, houses, or covered seats
formed of combined moss and wicker-work, may be
attached to the flower-gardens, or may be placed as
detached objects in the grounds. It is not advisable,
however, to confine the whole of the roses and flowering
plants and shrubs to particular places : the ornamented
style aimed at permits them to be scattered Hberally
throughout the whole place. Narrow flower-borders
and small flower-beds, destined more particularly for
spring flowers, may be formed near the house, but are
not to be permitted to interrupt the continuity of the
principal lawns.

There ought to be at least one principal walk, not less
than seven feet wide, leading through the grounds and
exhibiting the main objects and positions of the place.
A number of secondary walks will also be required to
afford access to some of the ornaments above specified,
and to facilitate the inspection of the flowers. They
should not be allowed however to trench on the glades
of the lawns. Narrow walks should be avoided, except
when connected with groups of flower-beds.

Terraces and bowling-greens may often be introduced
with excellent effect, the former in combination with the
house and flower garden, the latter in some of the more
secluded lawns. Vases form suitable additions to the

THE PARK. VILLA. 213

terraces and flower-gardens ; a sundial may likewise find
a place^ and a group or tv^o of statuary, but this last
requires to be sparingly and tastefully employed.

The inner surfaces of the boundary walls should be
covered with ivy, which will present a mantle of verdure
at all seasons. It is well to do this even where trees
and shrubs are placed in front of the walls, for they are
often more conspicuous than they ought to be in the
winter and spring months. Portions of these walls may
be rendered interesting by ha\ing half-hardy climbing
plants placed against them in spaces of six or seven feet
broad. To afford protection to these exotics, it is a good
expedient to plant between the above-mentioned spaces
vigorous specimens of Magnolia grandiflora, sweet bay,
arbutus, and common laurel, trained up to cover three
feet in breadth, and to project eighteen inches or two
feet. These evergreens, if well kept, will not only form
fine verdant columns, but ^vill be found to yield a con-
siderable degree of shelter to the more tender plants
trained in the intermediate spaces. The waUs of the
house, as also the porches and verandahs, may be deco-
rated with climbing plants and shrubs.

The pleasure-ground villa is generally the choice of
the botanist and flower-fancier ; and in the \icinity of
cities it is often the abode of those whose wealth permits
them to indulge a taste for fine scenery- and elegant deco-
ration. As being more complicated and more carefully
furnished in all its parts, it requires a larger outlay at
first, and a more laborious, and therefore more expensive
keeping, than the plainer form, on which we now proceed
to ofier some remarks.

The Park Villa. — In this species of \illa, from one-
half to two-thii'ds of the whole area is taken up with

214 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

pasture-land^ arranged into one larger or two smaller
fields to suit convenience ; while tlie remaining space is
allotted to the house and its offices, the kitchen garden,
and lawns with the appended shrubberies. For example,
and without laying down any proportions to be adhered
to invariably, say that the whole ground to be operated
on amounts to seven acres : we may suppose that half
an acre is occupied by the site of the house, offices, and
their relative com-ts, that one acre is allotted to the
kitchen garden, and another acre and a half is distri-
buted among the lawns, shrubberies, and approach, —
there would be left four acres for pasture to be grazed
by sheep, or by a few cows, or a horse or two, as the
wants of the family might require. In this way the whole
place might be arranged so as to be a miniature represen-
tation of a park and pleasure-grounds on a larger scale.
The grass field, then, thus promoted to the dignity of
a park, may be formed on one side or other of the house,
or may surround it on two or three sides, and should
constitute the principal lawns. It may be divided from
the dressed grounds by Avire fences or iron hurdles,
which, from their lightness, are better adapted for the
internal fencing of small places than walls and hedges.
It may also have a few small groups of trees irregularly
scattered, but not dotted over it. The dressed grounds
should be attached to the house ; but a ciu-tain of trees
and shrubbery will be needed to encircle the little park
so as to screen the boundary walls where these are too
conspicuous, to shelter the kitchen garden, and, in short,
to conceal anything that is objectionable. It may some-
times happen, however, that the extreme verge of the
field may seem to pass imperceptibly and harmoniously
into the adjacent property, and if there are no special

THE PARK VILLA. r215

reasons for making the distinction^ tlie ring curtain in
that quarter may well be dispensed with. The finest part
of the pleasure-grounds should be between the house and
the pasture-field^ and both should be laid out so that the
one shoidd appear a continuation of the other. As re-
commended in the other form of a ^-illa, a considerable
variety of ti'ces and shrubs should be planted in the
grounds. Besides the walks in the immediate vicinity
of the house, one leading walk shoidd pass round the
boimdary, communicating with those in the kitchen
garden, and also with the approach, if there is one. A
small lake, a fountain, vases, and other artificial decora-
tions, may often be iatroduced with good effect, but only
sparingly, on account of the limited extent of the dressed
grounds. The kitchen garden, with its structures, may
be placed at one end or along one side of the place, as
convenience may dictate. If the approach comes in
contact with the pastm-e-field, it should only skirt the
side of it, and should be partially shaded by groups of
shrubs and ti'ees.

The park Ailla is often a very agreeable, and, though
plainer in its style than the other, a veiy beautifid re-
sidence. If well arranged at first, it is the more easily
managed of the two. ^Miere only a moderate amoimt
of forcing and greenhouse work is required, one man
with occasional assistance, or at most two men, will be
sufficient to keep a place such as that described above
in perfect order.

216

CHAPTER XIL

GENEEAL OBSERVATIONS ON THE LAYING-OUT
AND IMPEO^^EMENT OF GEOUNDS.

Landscape Gardening. — Analogies to Landscape Painting. — Com-
parative power over Materials. — Simplicity and Multiplicity of
Points of View. — Processes whoUy and partly tentative.— Pro-
priety of revision. — Utility of plans. — Hazard of preparatory
operations.

In the preceding chapters we have adhered^ as closely as
possible, to practical views of the subjects which we have
treated, and we have carefully abstained from aU merely
theoretical reasoning. Our preparatory studies, how-
ever, as well as our experience in the exercise of the
profession, have led us to some general conclusions re-
garding the principles and the practice of the art, which
it may be proper to bring under the notice of the reader,
both as conducing to the unity and as adding to the
completeness of the work. To a brief exposition of these
conclusions, then, we shall devote this chapter ; and we
shaU allow our remarks on principles to run at once into
their practical applications.

The name Landscape Gardening, usually given to the

LANDSCAPE GARDENING. 217

laying-out and improvement of grounds, suggests some
considerations Tvorthy of attention. Sir Walter Scott,
in an interesting paper reprinted from the Quarterly
Review, in his miscellaneous works, disapproves of its
being called Gardening in any sense. ^'^The art/^ he
says, '' has been unfortunately named. The idea of its
being, after all, a variety of the gardening ai-t, ^^ith
which it has little or nothing to do, has given a mecha-
nical turn to the whole profession, and certainly encou-
raged many persons to practise it with no greater quali-
fications than ought to be found in a tolerably skilful
gardener." {Prose Works, vol. xxi. p. 104.) In these
observations there is undeniably some truth ; though it
may be urged on the other hand, that a gardener is as
likely to be a successful designer as the forester, the
bailiff, or the road surveyor, or even the amateur, to
whom the work is occasionally entrusted. Unquestionably
the artist employed in this department ought to have a
special and professional training; but it may also be
asked. Is not the other part of the title Landscape
Gardening a little too ambitious, and does it not proceed
on an analogy calculated to mislead, and therefore to
disappoint? It is well known that the expounders of
this branch of art have adopted some of the principles
and employed very much the language of painting.
The artist in our department is supposed to create a
landscape in li^dng nature just as the painter creates one
on canvas. The comparison thus instituted between the
two arts, implies that there are certain resemblances
between them ; but if there ai-e resemblances, it is no
less certain that there are differences. A brief conside-
ration of these harmonizing and antagonistic pomts may
afford us some light, and wiU enable us to make most

L

218 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

of those general observations which we have proposed to
offer.

Firsts the Landscape Painter may copy Tvith the most
scrupulous exactitude some piece of scenery actually
existing ; and such is the wonderful beauty and diversity
of nature, that if his selection has been felicitous, the
result may be among the most trutlifiil and successful
of his efforts. The Landscape Gardener can seldom
copy. He may indeed fall into that sameness of style
which constitutes mannerism, but he can never servilely
copy ; for even on the most level surfaces his materials
are not often the same, and the relative situations of his
permanent objects are almost always different. He is
bound to create views, if we may here use a word of so
much weight of meaning : in short, his business is what
is technically called composition. This circumstance
makes his work parallel to what, we believe, is the
highest line of landscape painting, \dz. the formation of
pictures by the combination of the finest o])jects which
the artist has copied into his sketch-book, or can recall
by his memory, or can embody by his imagination.
But here the painter has some important advantages.
His canvas is at first a tabula rasa, a wholly unoccupied
field, and his objects are fully at his command. He can
put down rocks here, and water there, and buHdiiigs and
trees wherever the i-ules of perspective or the manage-
ment of his distances render them admissible. The
Landscape Gardener has most of his objects laid down
to him. He must accept of the locality with its natural
features, and the contour of the ground, which often
prescribes a particular treatment ; and he must make it
his business to conceal deformities, to elicit existing but
unapparent beauties, and to adorn whatever is susceptible

COMPARISON WITH LANDSCAPE PAINTING. 219

of improvement. It is true that in these seeming disad-
vantages there is also some real compensation. If his
broad terrene canvas is not so pliant and submissive to
his Tvill as that of a painter^ — if he has not so clear a
field and so absolute a command over his objects^ —
yet the veiy difficulties and peculiarities of the locality
are often suggestive of his most admii'able results.
Sh' Uvedale Price^ in one of the notes to his well-
known work, records the practice of Zucchi, a celebrated
Roman painter of castellated scenery. It was the method
of that artist_, first to dash off a large rock, the more
diversified and picturesque the better, and he then pro-
ceded to build his towers on this crag and on that, ac-
cording as he could find foundations for them; and it
was generally obseiwed that he was successful in his
castles in proportion as he had been happy in construct-
ing their rocky bases. Here it is easy to perceive the
process by which pictorial effects were suggested to the
mind of the painter. More subtil, and therefore more
"untraceable, may be the operation of suggestion, in the
practice of Landscape Gardening, but not less certain is
its influence. We believe that many of its happiest
effects have flowed from this som'ce ; and on the other
hand it would not be difficult to recount some lamentable
instances o^ failure and error arising from neglect of this
principle. The practical conclusion is, that the artist
should never venture to design, much less execute, till he
has made himself thoroughly acquainted with the natural
and acquired characters of the ground.

Again, the Landscape Painter has to deal with no
more than one riew at a time; and he can not only
place the spectator at the point most favourable for con-
templating it, but by certain modes of treatment he can

l2

220 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

compel attention to tlie foreground, the middle distance,
and the extreme distance, as he pleases. In these re-
spects the Landscape Gardener is by no means so for-
tunate. It is trne that he too can lead the eye to certain
definite objects, though in this his power is comparatively
limited. His greatest difficidty, however, is, that his
points of view are continually changing. A scene which
is really beautiful, as viewed from the ^vindow of the
di'awing-room, may appear tame at the end of the terrace,
or, as seen transversely from some point in the grounds,
may exhibit little else than incongruity and confusion.
These are defects which of coui'se are to be abated or
concealed. Besides one or two leading views, numerous
subordinate scenes may have to be elaborated in the
same range of gromids, — as many, in short, as, were
they painted, would fill a gallery of moderate dimensions.
Here the principle of intricacy comes to the artistes
aid, if he is only skilful enough to employ it. There is
also a boimdless variety in the expression of trees,
which often supply most beautiful and interesting pieces
of verdure apart from the main beauties of the place.
Distant prospects into the adjacent country are also a
useful and often an available resom-ce. It may be as-
sumed as an axiom that a residence with a single fine
view will speedily prove a wearisome one. The visitor
wiU admire the show scene for a little, but he wiU soon
turn away from it, inquiring, " Is this aU ? — have you
no more pictures in your gallery V To meet these de-
mands the artist must provide a variety of food for the
eye, which is quickly sated and wearied with uniformity.
But to effect this he must not only possess invention and
industry in himself, but he must be allowed time and
opportunity to exercise them. If he is called but once

DELIBERATE DESIGNING NECESSARY. 221

to lend his aid, and perhaps with an intelligible hint
that the sooner he is done the better, he may proceed
rapidly to work, and in the brief period conceded to
him may do wonders ; but the more quickly and clearly
he conceives the plan of the one grand view, if there be
but one, and the more perfectly he carries it into execu-
tion, the more likely he is to leave everything else an
entire barren. A man may thrust his preconceived fan-
cies on a place as fast as he can stake them out ; but
if the treatment is to be adjusted to the ground, and if
harmony and variety of effect are desired, as they always
ought to be, time should be given for the laws of sug-
gestion to come into free play"^. Here an intelligent

* " According to the common process, their time (that of im-
provers) is estimated at a certain number of guineas per day, and
the party consulting them is not unnaturally interested in getting
as much out of the professor within as httle time as can possibly
be achieved. The landscape-gardener is therefore trotted over
the grounds two, three, or four times, and called upon to decide
upon points which a proprietor himself would hesitate to deter-
mine, unless he were to visit the grounds in different hghts and
at different seasons and various times of the day during the
course of a year. This leads to a degree of precipitation on the
part of the artist, who kno^s his remuneration will be grudged
unless he makes some striking and notable alteration, yet has
httle or no time allowed him to judge what that alteration ought
to be. Hence men of taste and genius are reduced to act at
random ; hence an habitual disregard of the genius loci, and a
pro])ortional degree of confidence in a set of general rules, influ-
encing their own practice, so that they do not receive from nature
the impression of what a place ought to be, hut impress on na-
ture at a venture the stamp, manner, or character of their own
practice, as a mechanic puts the same marks on all the goods
which pass through his hands." — Sir Walter Scotfs Pilose Works,
vol. xxi. p. 105.

222 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

and tasteful proprietor may render efficient aid, and of
tliat aid a sensible artist will always be glad to avail
himself. Even the expression of a feeling of want_,
though what is wanted is not distinctly perceived, may
direct the attention of the designer, occupied with other
things, to some bald or feeble point, and so by stimu-
lating invention may lead to valuable results.

Another point of comparison between landscape paint-
ing and landscape gardening, which presents at the same
time an analogy and an important difference, is to be
found in the manner in which the designs contemplated
are respectively carried into effect. In painting there is,
or at least may be, sometliing tentative or experimental,
running throughout almost the whole of the processes
which intervene between the first conception of the pic-
ture and its complete execution. The artist, if engaged
in composition, traces his outlines on his canvas -, but he
can alter them as he goes along, and probably liis suc-
cess, or the want of it, in one part of the picture, will
suggest a corresponding or compensating feature in an-
other. Even when approaching a conclusion, his work
is yet open to change, though such liberties may then
be most unadvisable, still change is possible ; but when
the last touch has been given the picture is finished, and
will continue so, as long as the colours and other mate-
rials endure. All along the work has been wholly in the
artist's power, and he has the felicity of completing it,
and stamping even its minutest parts with the abiding
impress of his own mind.

" I also am a painter !" says the Garden Artist ; and
it is true that he creates a varied scenery ; but neither
are his materials nor his operations so entirely under his
command. Trees and shrubs may be regarded as his

INTERFERENCE WITH DESIGNED EFFECTS. 223

colours, but how ineffective and untractable are these
when compared with the pigments on the painter^s
palette ! And his processes are only in a slight dcgi-ee
tentative, at least so far as he has immediately to do T\-ith
them. He can alter his plans, indeed, wliile they exist
in his own mind or on paper, or even while he is tracing
his outlines on the groimd. But it is to be remembered,
that the outline, or ground plan as it is called, is only
the skeleton, if it be so much, of scenery which is to
appear in relief in the form of trees and other elements
of landscape. The process is only begun when the out-
lines are staked out : many other agencies and influ-
ences must operate before the contemplated residt is
realized. Other artists, if vre may so call them, have to
take up the brush and palette — the processes of nature,
to sum many activities under one term, — and the axe of
the woodman must have had free play, before the effect
designed by the prophetic eye of taste can be accom-
plished. The aspect of woodland sceneiy changes more
or less perceptibly every successive year. Suppose that
the rudimentary appearance of a park, ten years from
planting, could be accm^ately compared with its full-
grown aspect fifty years from the same date, the differ-
ence would be striking indeed. Possibly the desig-ner
has never seen it since its first formation ; probably his
plans, in regard to the distribution of trees, were only
very imperfectly executed in the first planting ; it may
be assumed as almost certain, that his aims respecting
the thinning of masses, the feathering of outlines, and
the defining of groups, have been either neglected or
imperfectly attained ; but meanwhile natm'c has steadily
pursued her com-se, and, fr'om a variety of causes, which
can be more readily imagined than wondered at, has
most inadequately realized the fair ideal of the artist ;

224 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

and yet the whole scenic effect is often held to be as
justly ascribable to him^ as some finished gem of a pic-
ture is attributable to a Claude or a Turner. We fear
that proper allowance is seldom made for this disad-
vantage on the part of the garden artist. It was
averred^ for example^ by Repton_, that many of those
clumps which brought no small share of obloquy on the
style of Brown — a style sufficiently marked with other
and inherent faults — were intended by him to be thinned
out into groups, but in consequence of his intentions
being forgotten or disregarded, were permitted to remain
and grow up into that undeniable deformity which awa-
kened the bitter criticism of Price and others. In this
Brown appears to have been made responsible for errors
not his own. It is easy to see how other artists may
suffer similar injustice. In short, by this means the
delicate finish of the scenic picture may never have been
accorded, and so the desired effect, imagined with ex-
quisite taste, and skilfully aimed at in the primary exe-
cution, may be entirely firustrated. And how are these
natural defects of the art to be remedied? Only by
repeated revision. To stipulate for such revision, as the
privilege of the original artist, may be inconsistent with
the delicacy of a gentleman while actually engaged in
his profession ; but in a work like the present no deli-
cacy should prevent the strong assertion of its necessity.
Without doubt, to attain a degree of perfection the
artist should be occasionally recalled to revise his work,
and to correct the consequences of time by a few addi-
tional touches. But the artist may cease to practise,
and his works may long outlive him : to meet these
contingencies we should recommend that, in the case of
any new parks and pleasure-grounds, or where any con-
siderable addition or alteration in them has been made,

UTILITY OF PLAN'S.

90:

a general plan should be executed on paper^ accompanied
by sufficient memoranda^ and kept as a record of what had
been originally^ or subsequently^ proposed and sanctioned.
By this means the designs,, in their proper form^ could
be successively carried into effect. In visiting certain
old Parks and Pleasure-grounds, bearing on their face
the evidence of repeated changes, Tve have often wished
for a plan coeval with their formation, and some docu-
mentary tracings of the alterations vrhich time and vary-
ing taste had wrought on them. If trees had the gift of
speech, they could tell us many cmious tales. Such au-
thentic memorials would be most interesting in regard to
the history, and instructive as to the practice, of the art.
The general plans which we have thus recommended
as a record of original designs and successive changes,
are not less necessary in the primary arrangement and
laying out of Parks and Pleasure-grounds. Those who
have had the management of extensive and diversified
operations, and have studied the means of effectually
carrying them out, will not fail to appreciate their great
value. We are aware that it is the custom of some
amateurs, who busy themselves in landscape gardening,
to sneer at plans as below the dignity and unworthy of
the notice of a great artist. We must be allowed to say,
that we have generally found these great artists rather
defective in that practical knowledge which would fully
warrant them to give a decided opinion on the subject.
The architect knows well the importance and the neces-
sity of plans and specifications in building the mansion-
house, in which work many operations are to be carried
on under a deputed superintendence, that would other-
wise require his constant presence. So the landscape
gardener, who has examined grounds with such care as to

l3

226 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

warrant his attempting their improvement in the way
of decoration, can have little difficnlty in making plans
and specifications for the general arrangement of the
place and for the particular execution of many of the
details, such as may be put into the hands of competent
individuals with the assurance that they will be duly
executed without his continued attendance on the
grounds. There are, however, things which must be
done under his own eye, or at least must be frequently
inspected by him during their progress. This remark
holds especially true in the extending and remodelling
of old places. The opening of views, the grouping of
trees and shrubs, and some other nice operations, can
be effected neither by plans nor by delegation. The im-
prover ought, if possible, to give them the benefit of his
personal direction ; otherwise he may find that in his ab-
sence a few trees, ay, a single tree, has been cut down, to
the most serious injury of one of his best pictm^es. Even
in such cases, however, it is beneficial for the sake of the
improvements as a whole to have a general plan con-
structed. Undoubtedly, when little time is allowed, the
artist may at once stake out some hurried designs on the
ground ; and this he may do with less expense of thought
and contrivance than the proper treatment of the case
demands, and with much less labour than is necessary
to that minute survey of the locality which is required
for the formation of a plan upon paper ; but the proba-
bility of his erring mil on that very account be propor-
tionally greater, and the likelihood of his directions
being mistaken or forgotten may be regarded as amount-
ing to certainty.

In connection with this part of the subject, we take
the liberty of remarking that it is not advisable, for

HAZARD OF PREPARATORY OPERATIONS. '4:4/

gentlemen who intend to consult a landscape-gardener,
to engage in preparatoiy operations for tlie pmpose of
cleai-ing the way for him. Such work is better left to
the artist himself, and more particularly when he has to
deal with old places. In the improrement of existing
parks and pleasure-grounds, the operations have, perhaps,
as close an analogy to sculpture as to painting. Give
the improver a well wooded country, with a surface suffi-
ciently diversified, and he will cut out of it a park and
pleasm-e-ground just as a sculptor will cut a group out
of a block of marble. But what would the sculptor say
were the stone-cutters in the quarry to insist on reducing
his block to what they conceived might be an approxi-
mate shape ? Equally objectionable is preliminary in-
terference with the proper work of the landscape gar-
dener. We once met with an afflictive case of this kind.
A gentleman had been induced to prepare for oiu' advent
by thinning out the trees and smoothing the ground in
an old wood on the di'awing-room front of the house.
He unforttmately allowed the operations to proceed in
his absence, and on his return home, which he had been
obliged to leave for some months, he found several acres
of grass, and instead of the old wood, a few ragged, mis-
shapen trees, little better than bare poles, stuck here
and there over the surface. The reader will readily con-
ceive the hoiTor of the proprietor when he discovered
that the levelling Goths had not contented themselves
with smoothing the gi'ound, but had also swept away
trees which it would take a centm-y to replace. It was
with deep sympathy that we surveyed the scene of deso-
lation, mingled with regi^et, that for the preserv'ation of
many elements of beauty which had, without doubt,
existed, we had arrived nine months too late.

228

CHAPTER XIIL

THE AUBOEETUM.

Definition. — Recent Introduction. — General idea of Arrangement,
Sect. I. Scientific treatment of tlie Arboretum. — Introductory
Remarks. — Dr. Lindley's Classification of tlie Natural Orders,
— Explanations. — Synopsis of Orders and Genera. — Applica-
tion of Principles.: — Transference of the System to the Ground.
Sect. II. Decorative Treatment of the Arboretum. — Object in
view. — Employment of larger Trees. — Lawns. — Surfaces
planted. — Evergreens. — Arboretums attached to Private Resi-
dences.— Sites in Pleasure-Grounds.

An Arboretum, as now planted, may be defined to be a
collection of hardy trees and shrubs, arranged according
to their natural affinities. The diflPerent species and va-
rieties are placed together under the genera, orders, and
natural groups to which they belong ; and by this means
their resemblances and differences are more easily recog-
nized and distinguished — from their being brought into
proximity — than they would be in any promiscuous dis-
tribution. The affinities to which we have alluded are
best preserved when the arrangement adopted is that of
some one of the botanical systems constructed on the
principle of Natural Orders ; and fortunately these too

RECENT INTRODUCTIOX. 229

exhibit most conspicuously those more external and pro-
minent characters ^hich are apt to strike the eye of even
a casual observer. AVe have thus a happy union of the
scientific and the popular elements. Such collections of
trees and shrubs are extremely interesting to the botanist^
as presenting to his outward eye, in material and living
presence, the various forms which in their more refined
relations enter into his abstract and recondite aiTange-
ments ; but they also possess much interest to the general
student of natm'e, exhibiting, as they do, the number
and diverse characters of the trees and underwood which
tenant the mighty forests, the tangled brakes, the stunted
scrubs, and barren heaths, that cover the valleys, plains,
and mountains of the colder regions of the globe.

Arboretums are only of recent introduction as deco-
rative accompaniments to country residences and public
gardens. For a long period, indeed, a considerable variety
of trees and shrubs have been cultivated in parks and
pleasm'c-grounds ; and flowering shrubs, in particular,
have always been favourite materials of ornament in
flower-gardens. But scientific classifications of these
forms of vegetable life received little attention previous
to the formation, in 1823, of the arboretum in the
garden belonging to the London Horticultural Society,
at Turnham Green. Since that great and meritorious
collection attracted the notice which was due to it, many
similar, though generally less extensive, arboretums
have been formed; so that now no moderate-sized
countrj^ residence or public park and garden can be con-
sidered complete unless something of the kind enters
into theii' arrangements. Undoubtedly the finest arbo-
retum now in existence, at least so far as we are aware,
is that in the Royal Gardens at Kew, though even there

230 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

the limitation of the space to which it is restricted
leaves some reasons for regret_, which^ however, we trust
will be removed by the national liberality as applied
and regulated by the Commissioners of Woods and
Forests.

In order to realize its aims and adequately to fulfd its
main purposes, an arboretum requires a botanical ar-
rangement; and that commonly adopted has been the
Natural System of the celebrated De CandoUe. Such is
the method followed by Loudon in his great work, ' The
Arboretum Britannicum/ and also in his abridgment of
it in his ' Encyclopaedia of Trees and Shrubs.' In this
arrangement the Natural Orders are thrown into three
great divisions, which, in the actual construction of an
arboretum, we have found to be not a little unwieldy
and unmanageable. We very greatly prefer the classified
Alliances of orders given by Dr. Lindley in his 'Vegetable
Kingdom,^ as allowing a more unfettered distribution of
the materials, and therefore yielding more abundant op-
portunities for the eliciting of pictm-esque effects than any
other system we have yet studied. We have no doubt
that a careful examination of Dr. Lindley's valuable
work, and a practical acquaintance with the subject, mil
lead most impartial inquirers to the same conclusion.
At the same time the reader is reminded that any bo-
tanical arrangement of living vegetables can be only an
approximation of a very fragmentary character. Trees
and shrubs compose only a part of the system of nature,
though happily some of the groups are very complete,
even when made up of the hardy species. It is evident
that the linear arrangements, such as those to be found
in catalogues of names, are not to be entertained as satis-
factory. The distribution is necessarily made on super-

GENERAL IDEA. 231

ficial space, tliat is, on space of t^TO dimensions, as it is
technically called. Any one vrho studies the interesting
indications of ^^ position," appended by Dr. Lindley to
each of his natiu^al orders, will readily perceive the diffi-
culties which exist in this quarter. Some have thought
that a perfect co-ordination of affinities can be made
only on space of tlu'ee dimensions, as, for example, in
the manner the stars are distributed in the firmament.
We cannot pursue this subject, which would lead us into
the most profound depths of the science of botany ; and
indeed we need not enter into it, as in the actual foima-
tion of an arboretum we are compelled to work on sur-
faces. Let it be remembered, then, that both on account
of the fragmentaiy nature of the materials employed,
and their numerous and intertwining relations, as well
as the superficial form of the space operated on, the
arrangement can only be an approximation when con-
sidered as a whole.

Sect. I. — Scientific Treatment of the Arboretum.

In this section it is proposed to give a sketch of the
Natural System of botany as it may be embodied in a
living collection of hardy trees and shrubs. This, we
are aware, may appear something difierent from, and dis-
cordant with, the other subjects treated in this volume;
nevertheless, on matm^e consideration, we feel constrained
either to present it to om* readers as absolutely neces-
sar}' to render the remainder of om' remarks inteUigible,
or to omit the interesting and important subject of the
arboretum altogether. We might as well discuss the
topography of a country without a map, as describe an
arboretum, or give directions for its formation, without

232 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

reference to tlie scientific principles on which its arrange-
ment is based. We trust the reader will not be repelled by
the terminology^ which it must be owned has a somewhat
formidable look, but which no one has ever imagined
could be materially simplified, and at the same time
retain its exactness. Even the unbotanical reader, by
running his eye along the English names, will be able
to form a pretty correct conception of the materials of
which an arboretum is composed. Persons about to un-
dertake the execution of such work will find in the fol-
lowing Synopsis the general outlines of an arrangement
which they may modify or abridge according to the
special objects they have in view. To those who may
think om- labour useless, we shall only say that we should
have considered a much slighter sketch a boon the first
time we were called to lay out an arboretum.

As already stated, we prefer Dr. Lindley^s arrange-
ment of the Natural Orders, as most suited for the efifec-
tive adornment of an arboretum ; accordingly we have
borrowed the following syllabus of classification, with
some very slight modifications of the genera, from the
second edition of his ' Vegetable Kingdom.^ The reader
who desires fuller information regarding the alliances,
orders, and genera, will find it amply supplied in that
admirable work. Of course, in regard to the species,
he must have recourse to books containing detailed de-
scriptions, or to the larger catalogues which have been
published by Loudon and others. Loudon^s ' Arboretum
Britannicum'' and ' Encyclopaedia of Trees and Shrubs'
may also be consulted with advantage, or rather may
be regarded as means essential to success. We refer
throughout to his Natural Orders, exhibited in his ^ En-
cyclopsedia of Trees and Shrubs,' as affording detailed

SCIENTIFIC TR£ATME.\T. 233

descriptions of the species. Any liardy plants recently
introduced may easily be inserted into their proper
places as soon as their respective genera and orders are
ascertained.

In connection with the genera we have indicated
whether the indi^-idnals are ti-ees or shrubs, whether
they are deciduous or evergreen_, or whether they are
partly the one and the other. When the genus is not
generally hardy, it is marked as sub-hardy; and when
there are hardy and sub-hardy species in cultivation,
this fact also is marked. ^Tiere no such distinction is
made, the plants may be considered as hardy in the
average climate of the United Kingdom. The heights
specified must be regarded as the general altitude of the
genus rather than the statm-e of the individual species ;
the latter being often extremely varied, in some cases
ranging towards the higher, in others towards the lower
limit. The numbers of species and varieties are some-
times only approximative. ^Ir. Loudon, for example,
describes 170 willows, while we have marked only 100;
and even that lower number it would probably be diffi-
cult to procure. We beheve that there ai'c about 1500
species and 1000 botanical varieties of hardy trees and
shrubs — exclusive of what may be called florists^ va-
rieties of roses, azaleas, etc. — cultivated in our well-
appointed nurseries. Of com'se, a selection of these is
sometimes all that the extent of the ground to be occu-
pied will permit to be employed.

As many of Dr. Lindley^s alliances and orders do not
contain plants which are hgneous and hardy, they ai*e of
course omitted. For the sake of convenience we have
marked the aUiances and orders, selected for our present
purpose, with running numbers, beginning in both cases

234 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

from unity; but to prevent confusion we have quoted
the numeration of ' The Vegetable Kingdom' through-
out, giving the numbers of its classes and alliances
within parentheses, thus : for a class (V. K. IV.), and for
an alliance (V. K. 16.) We beg the reader's attention
to the following

List of Abbreviations.

D. Deciduous ; denoting plants shedding their leaves in autumn.

E. Evergreen.

SE. Sub-evergreen ; applied to plants retaining part of their foUage

through winter.
T. Tree.
S. Shrub,
CI. Climber — a plant climbing or twining and requiring or finding

support.
Tr. Trailing — apphed to plants creeping or lying on the groimd,
h. Hardy ; sh. sub-hardy, i. e. hardy in some places but not in

others.
Sp. Species ; v. botanical variety.

Synopsis of the Natural Orders and G-enera of

Plants which mat be employed in forming an

Arboretum.

Class ENDOGENS. (V.K. IV.)

Alliance 1. LILIALES. (V. K. 16.)

Ord. 1. LiLiACE^. Lilyworts. (Luidl. 62 ; Loud. 80.)

Yucca. Adam's Needle. E. S. sh. 4-10 ft. Sp. 10 ; v. 2.
Euscus. Butcher's Broom. E. S. 2-3 ft. Sp. 4 ; v. 3.
Borya. D. S. 5-8 ft. Sp. 3.

Class DICTTOGENS. (V. K. V.)

Alliance 2. DICTYOOENS. (Lindl.)

Ord. 2. Smilaceje. Sarsaparillas. (Lindl. 69 ; Loud. 79.)
Smilax. E. D. CI. Sp. 16.

synopsis. 235

Class GT]MX0GEXS. (Y. K. YI.)

Alliance 3. aYMXOGEXS. (LincU.)

Ord. 3. PiNACE^. Conifers. (Lindl. 74 ; Loud. 77.)
Sui-ord. 1. AsiETEiE. Fhs.
Pinus. Pine. E. T. S. 10-100 ft. Sp. 67;v. 27.
Abies. Fir and Cedar. E. D. T. S. 10-200 ft. Sp. 40 ; v. 29.

Picea, Larix. Cedriis.
Ai^aucaria. Chili Pine. E. T. 100 ft. Sp. 1.
Cvuminghamia. E. T. sh.. Sp. 1.
Sequoia. E. T. li. sh. 50-200 ft. Sp. 2.
Suh-ord. 2. CrPEESSE-E.
Juniperus. Juniper. E.T. S.h. sh.. 1-40 ft. Sp. 31 ; v. 12.
Callitiis. E. T. sh. 30-40 ft. Sp. 1.

Libocedrus. Chili Arhorvitce. E.T.h.sh. 30-70 ft. Sp. 3.
Biota. Chinese Arlorvitce. E. T. S. h. sh. 15-50 ft. Sp. 5 ; v. 4.
Thuia. Arlorvitce. E. T. S. 15-40 ft. Sp. 3.
Cupressus. Cyjpress. E. T. S.h. sh. 15^0 ft. Sp. 10 : v. 2.
Chamsecyparis. White Cedar. E. T. 10-30 ft. Sp. 5 ; v. 3.
Taxodium. Beciduoics Cypress. D. T.h. sh. 20-70 ft. Sp. 4.
Glyptostrobus. E. S.h.sh. 10-15 ft. Sp. 2.
Cryptomeria. Japan Cedar. E.T.h.sh. 15-50 ft. Sp. 2.
Fitzroya. Fitzroy Yew. E. T. 20-100 ft. Sp. 1.
Sax-Gothea. Prince Albert's Yeic. E.T. 30 ft. Sp. 1.
Ord. 4. Taxace^. Taxads. (Lindl. 75 ; Loud. 76.)
Taxus. Tew. E. T. 10-40 ft. Sp. 3 ; v. 9.
Podocarpus. LohVs Yeiv. E. T. 40 ft. Sp. 1.
Torreya. Torrey's Yew. E. T. 20-40 ft. Sp. 3.
Cephalotaxus. Japanese Yew. E. T. 20-30 ft. Sp. 5.
Salisburia. Maiden-hair Tree. D.T. 15-50. Sp. 1.

Class EX0GE]S"S. (Y.K. YII.)

Alliance 4. AJMEXTALES. (V. K. 18.)

Ord. 5. Casuaeixace^. Beef woods. (Lindl. 77.)

Casuarina. E. S. sh. "W. 9-12 ft. Sp. 1.
Ord. 6. BETrLACE^. Birchioarts. (Lindl. 78 ; Loud. 69.)

Betula. Birch. D. T. S. 3-60 ft. Sp. 12;t. 11.

Ahius. Alder. D. T. 3. 6-60ft. Sp. 11 ; t. 10.
Ord. 7. ALTix&iACEi. Liqiddambar. (Lindl. 79; Loud. 73.)

Liquidambar. D.T. 30-40 ft. Sp. 2.
Ord. 8. Salicace^. Wllloioworts. (Liiidl. 80 ; Loud. 68.)

X.

(Lindl.

82;

Lotid.

62.)

Sp. 2.

Sp. 2 ;

V. 1.

Sp.7;

V. 3.

236 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

Salk. Willoto. D. T. S. 3-70 ft. Sp. 100 ; t. 15.
Populus. Poplar. D. T. 30-100 ft. Sp. 18;v. 15.
Ord. 9. Mteicace^. Galeworts. (Lindl. 81 ; Loud. 74.)
Myrica. Gale. D. E. S. 3-12 ft. Sp. 2 ; v. 1.
Comptonia. D. S. 3^ ft. Sp.
Ord. 10. El^agnace^. Oleasters.
Shepherdia. D. T. S. 8-20 ft.
Hippophae. D. T. S. 6-16 ft.
Elgeagmis. D. T. S. 10-20 ft.
Alliance 5. URTICALES. (V. K. 19.)

Ord. 11. MoEACEJi:. (Lindl. 87 ; Loud. 65.)

Morus. Mulberry. D. T. 20-30 ft. Sp. 4; v. 13.
Madura. D. S. 6-10 ft. Sp. 1.
Ficus. Fig. D. T. S. 5-20 ft. Sp. 1.
Ord. 12. PLATAFACEJ2. (Lindl. 89 ; Loud. 72.)

Platanus. Plane. D.T. S.li. 60-80 ft. Sp. 4 ; v. 3.
Alliance 6. EUPHOEBIALES. (V. K. 20.)

Ord. 13. EuPHOEBiACE^. (Lindl. 90 ; Loud. 64.)
Busus. Box. E. S. 4-15 ft. Sp. 2 ; v. 8.
Ord. 14. Empeteace^. Crotvberries. (Lindl. 93 ; Loud. 78.)
Empetrum. Orowherry. E. S. 6-12 in. Sp. 2 ; v. 8.
Alliance 7. QUEENALES. (V. K. 21.)

Ord. 15. CoETLACE^. Mastworts. (Lindl. 95 ; Loud. 70.)
Carpinus. Sornbeam. D.T. 10-70 ft. Sp. 3 ; v. 2.
Ostrya. Hop-hornbeam. D. T. 15-40 ft. Sp. 2.
Corylus. Hazel. D. T. S. 5-50 ft. Sp. 4;v. 8.
Eagus. Beech. D.E. T. 20-80 ft. Sp. 3 ; v. 6.
Castanea. Spanish Chestnut. D.T. S. 8-80 ft. Sp. 2;v. 6.
Quercus. Oak, Ilex. D.E.T.S. 15-100 ft. Sp.36; v. 48.
Ord. 16. JrGLANDACE^. Juglands. (Lindl. 96 ; Loud. 67.)
Juglans. Walnut. D.T. 30-60 ft. Sp. 4;v. 4.
Carya. Hiclcory. D.T. 60-80 ft. Sp. 8 ; v. 2.
Pterocarya. D. T. 20-40 ft. Sp. 1.
Alliance 8. GARRYALES. (V. K. 22.)

Ord. 17. GrAEETACEiE. Garryads. (Lindl. 97 ; Loud. 71.)
Garrya. E. S. 6-10 ft. Sp. 2.
Alliakce 9. MENISPERMALES. (V. K. 23.)

Ord. 18. Menispeemace^. Menispermads. (Lindl. 104 : Loud. 5.)
Menispermum. Moonseed. D. CI. 8-10 ft. Sp. 2.
Cocculus. E. Tr. 1-1^ ft. Sp. 1.
Alliance 10. YIOLALES. (V. K. 26.)

SYNOPSIS. 237

Ord. 19. FLACOrETiACE^. £ixads. (Lindl. 110; Loud. 23.)

Azara. E. S. ^W. Sp. 1.
Ord. 20. Tamaeicace^. (Lindl. 118 ; Loud. 29.)

Tamai-ix. Tamarislc. D. S. 5-15 ft. Sp. 2.
Alliance 11. CISTALES. (Y. K. 27.)

Ord. 21. CiSTACE^. (Lindl. 122 : Loud. 8.)

Cistus. Rock Rose. SE. S.sh. 2-8 ft. Sp. 12.

Helianthemum. Sun Rose. SE. Tr. 6-12 in. Sp. 8 ; v. 20.
Ord. 22. Beassicace^. Crucifers. (Lindl. 123 ; Loud. 7.)

Vella. Cress Rocket. SE. S. 2-4 ft. Sp. 1.
Alliance 12. MALT ALES. (Y. X. 28.)

Ord. 23. Maltace^. Mallowworts. (Lindl. 130 ; Loud. 9.)

Hibiscus. AlthcBa Frutex. D. S. 3-6 ft. Sp. 1 ; v. 13.

Sida. D. S. 6-8 ft. Sp. 1.
Ord. 2-1. TiLiACE^. Lindenhlooms. (Lindl. 131 ; Loud. 10.)

Tilia. Lime-tree. D. T. 20-90 ft. Sp. 3;v. 11.

Corchorus. D. S. 6-10 ft. Sp. 1.
Alliance 13. SAPIjS'DALES. i^\ K. 29.)

Ord. 25. Polygalacej:. Milkworts. (Lindl. 133 ; Loud. 58.)

Polygala. Milkicort. E. S. 6 in. Sp. 1.
Ord. 26. Staphtleace^. (Lindl. 135 ; Loud. 19.)

Staphylea. Bladder-nut. D. S. 6-lOft. Sp. 2.
Ord. 27. Sapindace^. Soapworts. (Lindl. 136 ; Loud. 13.)

^sculus. Horse-cJiestnut sp. D. T. 20-60 ft. Sp. 6 ; v. 4.

Pavia. Sorse-chestnut sp. D. T. S. 4^40 ft. Sp. 8. \. 3.

Koebeuteria. D. T. 30-40 ft. Sp. 1.
Ord. 28. AcEEACE^. Maples. (Lindl. 138 ; Loud. 13.)

Acer. Mwple, Sycamore. D. T. 20-80 ft. Sp. 20;v. 17.

Negundo. Box-elder. D. T. 30-50 ft. Sp. 1 ; v. 2.
Alliance 14. GUTTLFEEALES. (Y. K. 30.)

Ord. 29. TEENSTECEiiiACE-E. Theads. (Lindl. 142 ; Loud. 11.)

Malachodendron. D.T. 6-12 ft. Sp. 1.

Stuartia. D. S. 6-10 ft. Sp. 1.

Gordonia. D. SE. S. 6-10 ft. Sp. 2.
Ord. 30. Htpeeicace^. Tutsans. (Lindl. 146 ; Loud. 12.)

HTijericum. l^t. John's Worts. D. SE. S. 1-5 ft. Sp. 9 ; v. 2.
Alliance 15. EAXALES. (J. K. 32.)

Ord. 31. Magnoliace^. Magnoloids. (Lindl. 151 ; Loud. 3.)

Magnolia. D. E. T. S. h. sh. 3-50 ft. Sp. 10 ; v. 10.

Liriodendron. Tulip-tree. D. T. 40-80 ft. Sp. 1 ; v. 1.
Ord. 32. Anonace^. Anonads. (Lindl. 142 ; Loud. 4.)

238 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

Uvaria. Asiminia (syn.). D. S. 6-10 ft. Sp. 1.
Ord. 33. Eantjnctjlace^. Eanunculoicls. (Lindl. 144; Loud. 1.)

Clematis. Virgin's Bower. D.E. CI. Sp. 16 ; v. 18.

Atragene. D. CI. Sp. 3.

P^oiiia. Peony. D. S. 3-7 ft. Sp. 1 ; v. 6.

XanthoiTliiza. Yelloivroot. D. S. 2-3 ft. Sp. 1.
Alliance 16. BERBEEALES. (V. K. 33.)

Ord. 34. Beebeeidace^. JBerherids. (Lindl. 159 ; Loud. 6.)

Berberis. Berberry. D.E. S. 6-15 ft. Sp. 20;v. 11.

Mahouia. E. S. 1-7 ft. Sp. 6.
Ord. 35. YiTACE^. Vineivorts. (Lindl. 140 ; Loud. 16.)

Vitis. Vine. D. CI. Sp. 5 ; v. 3.

Cissus. Ampelojpsis (syn.). D.Cl. Sp. 1.
Ord. 36. PiTTOSPOEACEiE. Pittosporads. (Lindl. 141.)

Pittospormn. E. S.^W. 6-10 ft. Sp. 1.

Billardiera. W. Sp. 1.

Sollya. S.W. 8-10 ft. Sp. 1.
Alliance 17. ERICALES. (V. K. 34.)

Ord. 37. Eeicace^. Seathworts. (Lindl. 169 ; Loud. 43.)
(1.) Ericece.

Erica. Beatli. E. S. |-6 ft. Sp. 12 ; v. 15.

CaUuna. Ling. E. S. 1-3 ft. Sp. 1 ; v. 12.

Menziesia. Bryantlms (syn.). E. S. i-2 ft. Sp, 3.

Andi'omeda. D.E.S. |-10 ft. Sp. 16;v. 12.

Lyonia. D.E.S. 2-5 ft. Sp. 10.

Clethi-a. D. S. 3-4 ft. Sp. 5 ; v. 1.

Epigsea. E. Tr. Sp. 2.

Gaultheria. E. S. 1-3 ft. Sp. 3.

Pernetya. E. S. 2-6 ft. Sp. 4.

Arbutus. Stromberry-tree. E. S.h. sh. 3-25 ft. Sp.lO; v.6.

Arctostaphylos. Bear-herry. E. Tr. Sp. 3.
(2.) Rhododendrece.

Azalea. D.E.S. ^-6 ft. Sp. 14;v. 60.

Kabnia. E. S. 1-5 ft. Sp. 35 ; v. 7.

Rhododendron. E. D. S.h. sh. 1-15 ft. Sp. 35 ; v. 60.

Rbodora. D. S. 2-4 ft. Sp. 1.

Leiophyllum. D. S. i-1. Sp. 1.

Ledum. E. S. 2-4 ft. Sp. 5.
Alliance 18. RUTALES. (V. K. 35.)

Ord. 38. ANACAEDiACEiE. TerehintJis. (Lindl. 174 ; Loud. 24.)

Pistacia. E. D. I. sh. Pistachia-tree. 10-20 ft. Sp. 3 ; v. 5.

SYNOPSIS. 239

Duvaua. E. S,"W. Sp. 3.

Ehus. Sumachs. D. T. S. CI. 4-20 ft. Sp. 8 ; v. 10.
Orel. 39. XAyTHOXYiACEj:. XantTioxyls. (Lindl. 177 ; Loud. 17.)

Xauthoxylon. Toothache-tree. D. S. 10-12 ft. Sp. 2 : v. 1.

Ptelea. D. S. 6-10 ft. Sp. 2 ; v. 2.

Ailanthus. The Ailanto. D. T. Sh. 15-50 ft. Sp. 1.
Ord. 40. OcHXACEJE. Coriariece (syn. Loud.). (Lindl, 178;
Loud. 18.)

Coriaria. D. S. 2-3 ft. Sp. 1.
AiLiAycE 19. SILEXALES. (Y. X. 37.)

Ord. 41. PoLY&oxACE^. Buckwheats. (Lindl. 191 ; Loud. 58.)

Atraphaxis. SE. S. i-3ft. Sp. 1.

Tragopvrum. SE. S. 1-2 ft. Sp. 3.

CalHgonuni. E. S. 2-3 ft. Sp. 1.
Alliance 20. CHEXOPODALES. (Y. K. 38.)

Ord. 42. Che>'Opodiace^. Cheno-£jods. (Lindl. 195 ; Loud. 57.)

Atriplex. Orache. SE. S. 4r-6ft. Sp. 2.

Diotis. D. S. 2-3 ft. Sp. 1.

Clienopodium, Goose-foot. D. S, 2-3 ft, Sp. 2.
ALLiAycE 21. DAPHXALES. (Y. K. 41.)

Ord. 43. THTiTELACE^. Baphnads. (Lindl. 203 ; Loud. 60.)

Daphne. Spurge Laurel. E.D. S.h. sh.. 1-4 ft. Sp. 14;t. 4.

Mezereum. Mezereon. D. S. 2-6 ft. Sp. 1 ; v. 2.

Dirca. Leathencood. D. S. 2-4 ft. Sp. 1.
Ord. 44. Laueace^. LaureU. (Lindl. 205 ; Loud. 59.)

Laurus. Siceet Baij. E.S. 5-20 ft. Sp. 1. ; v. 6.
Alliance 22. ROSALES. (Y. K. 42.)

Ord. 45. Caltcanthace.^:. Calycanth^. (Lindl. 207; Loud. 27.)

Calycanthus. Allspice. D. S. 3-8 ft. Sp. 4;v. 9.

Clnmonanthus. Winter-floicer. D. S.W. 4^6 ft. Sp.8;T.3.
Ord, 46. Fabace^. Leguminous Plants. (Lindl. 209 ; Loud. 25.)

Piptanthus. SE. S.sh.^W. 6-8 ft. Sp. 1.

Themiopsis. SE. S.sh.'W. 6-8 ft. Sp. 1.

Adenocarpus. D. S. 2-10 ft. Sp. 5.

Ulex. Whin, Furze. E. S. 2-10 ft. Sp. 4 ; v. 1.

Spartiiun. Spanish Broom. E.S. 6-10 ft. Sp. 1 ; v. 2.

Genista. Broom. D. SE. S. Tr. 1-6 ft. Sp. 24; v. 8.

Crtisus. Cytians, Laburnum. D. SE. T. S. Tr. l-30ft. Sp.
27 ; T. 9.

Ononis. Rest-harrow. D. S. 2-10 ft. Sp. 2.

Indigofera. Lidigo. D. S."W. Sp. 2.

240 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

Amorpha. Bastard Indigo. D. S. 2-10 ft. Sp. 6; v. 4.
Wisteria. D.Cl.A/^. Sp. 1.

Eobinia. Locust-tree. D. T. S. 6-60 ft. Sp. 8jv. 19.
Sutherlandia. D. S. 5-8 ft. Sp. 1.
Colutea. Bladder-senna. D. S. 3-12 ft. Sp. 5.
Caragana. Siberian Pea-tree. D. T. S. 1-20 ft. Sp. 13 ; v. 4.
Halimodendron. Salt-tree. D. S. 3-6 ft. Sp. 2 ; v. 3.
Astragalus. MilJc-vetcTi. D. S. 6-12 in. Sp. 1.
Coronilla. Scorpion-senna. D. S. 3-10 ft. Sp. 4.
Edwardsia. E. S. "W. Sp. 1.
Sophora. D. T. 30-50 ft. Sp. 2.
Vii'giUa. D. T. S. 10-30 ft. Sp. 2 ; v. 4.
aymnocladus. D. T. 10-30 ft. Sp. 2 ; v. 4.
Cercis. Jv.das-tree. D. T. S. 10-30 ft. Sp. 2;v. 4.
G-leditschia. D. T. 15-50 ft. Sp. 6 ; v. 7.
Acacia. D. S. sh. Sp. 3.
Ord. 47. Drupace^. Almondworts. (Lindl. 210 ; Loud. 26.)
Amygdalus. Almond.. D. T. S. 2-20 ft. Sp. 4; v. 9.
Persica. Beacli. D. T. "W. Sp. 2 ; v. 8.
PruBus. Blwm.. D. T. S. 3-30 ft. Sp. 9 ; v. 13.
Armeniaca. Apricot. D. T. W. Sp. 4 ; v. 4.

Cerasus. Cherry and Laurels. D. E. T. S. 3-60 ft. Sp. 30;
V. 18.
Ord. 48. Pomaces. Appleworts. (Lindl. 211 ; Loud. 26.)

Cydonia. Quince. D. T. S. 5-20 ft. Sp. 3 ; v. 5.

Pyrus. Pear, Apple. D. T. S. 4^60 ft. Sp. 42 ; v. 29.
Aria.
Malus.
Sorhus.

MespHus. Medlar. D. T. 10-20 ft. Sp. 2 ; v. 4.

Amelanchier. D. T. 15-30 ft. Sp. 5 ; v. 3.

Cotoneaster. D. E. SE. S. Tr. 2-10 ft. Sp. 10 ; v. 5.

Photinia. E.T.h.sh. 15-20 ft. Sp. 4.

Crataegus. Haivthorn. D. E. T. S. 4-30 ft. Sp. 30 ; v. 52.

Stranvgesia. E.S.'W. 10-15 ft. Sp. 1.
Ord. 49. EosACE^. Eoseivorts. (Lindl. 213 ; Loud. 26.)

Eosa. Bose. D. E. S. CI. 1-20 ft. Sp. 63 ; v. 35.

PotentiUa. Cinquefoil. SE. S. 1-4 ft. Sp. 3 ; v. 2.

Eubus. Bramble, Baspherry. D. S. T. 2-10 ft. Sp. 13;v. 13.

Pursliia. D. S. sh. 2-3 ft. Sp. 1.

Dryas. E. T. 6 in. Sp. 1.

SYNOPSIS. 241

Kerrea. D. S. 2-3 ft. Sp. 1.

Spiraea. Queen of the meadows. D. 3. h. sh. 2-10 ft. Sp.
26 ; V. 4.
Alliance 23. SAXTFBAGALES. (T. E. 43.)

Ord. 50. HTDEA>fGEACE^. (Lindl. 215 ; Loud. 34.)

HTdrangea. D. S. sh. 3-6 ft. Sp. 6 ; v. 1.
Alliance 24. EHA:MXALES. (V. Z. 4i.)

Ord. 51. ULiiACE.E. Elmworts. (Lindl. 221 ; Loud. 66.)

Celtis. Nettle-tree. D. T. 15-40 ft. Sp. 9 ; v. 2.

Planera. D. T. 20-60 ft. Sp. 12 ; v. 1.

TJlmus. JElm-tree. D. T. 40-80 ft. Sp. 12 ; v. 41.
Ord. 52. RHAiiyACE^. Ehamnads. (Lindl. 222 ; Loud. 22.)

Paliurus. Christ's thorn. D. T. S. 10-20 ft. Sp. 2.

Zizyphus. D. S. 5-10 ft. Sp. 3.

Ehamnus. Bv.cMhorn. D. B. T. S. 2-20 ft. Sp. 16 ; v. 6.

Ceanothus. D.E. S.h.sh. 4r-6 ft. Sp. 4.

Berchemia. D. CI. 8-10 ft. Sp. 1.

CoUetia. D. S. 3-4 ft. Sp. 1.
Ord. 53. Celasteace^. Spindle-trees. (Lindl. 225 ; Loud. 20.)

Euonymus. Spindle-tree. D. SE. T. S. h. sh. 6-30 ft. Sp. 7.

Celastrus. Staff-tree. D. CL 12-20 ft. Sp. 1.

Hartogia. E. S. 1-2 ft. Sp. 1.
•Mj-ginda. E. S. 3-4 ft. Sp. 1.
Ord. 54. Sapotace^. Sapotads. (Lindl. 227 ; Loud. 46.)

Argania. E. S. "W. Sp. 1.

BumeHa. SE. T. S. tu sh. 8-15 ft. Sp. 5.
Ord. 55. SxTEACACE^. Storaxicarts. (Lindl. 228 ; Loud. 44, 45.)

Stjrax. D. S. 4-10 ft. Sp. 4.

Halesia. Sno-icdr op-tree. D. T. 10-30 ft. Sp. 3.
Allian-ce 25. GEJs'TIAKALES. (Y. K. 45.)

Ord. 56. Ebexace^. Ehenads. (Lindl. 229 ; Loud. 47.)

Diospyrus. Bate-plum. D. T. 20-30 ft. Sp. 4 ; v. 2.
Ord. 57. AQriEOLiACE^. Sollyv.'orts. (Lindl. 230; Loud. 21.)

Hex. Holly. E. T. S. 10-40 ft. Sp. 12 ; v. 24.

Prinos. Winter-lerry. D. E. S. 5-10 ft. Sp. 7.

Nemopanthes. D. S. 3-5 ft. Sp. 2 ; v. 6.
Ord. 58. Apoct^-ace^. Dogbanes. (Lindl. 231 ; Loud. 50.)

Tinea. Periioinlcle. E. S. 1-2 ft. Sp. 1 ; v. 6.
Alliance 26. SOLAN ALES. (Y. K. 46.)

Ord. 59. Oleace^. Oliveivorts. (Lindl. 237 ; Loud. 48.)
Suh-ord. 1. Olej:.

242 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

Chionanthus. Fringe-tree. D. S. 5-10 ft. Sp. 1 ; v. 3.
Olea. Olive. E.S.W. Sp. 1.
Plimyrea. E. T. S. 5-30 ft. Sp. 9.
Ligustrum. Frivet. E. D. S. 6-12 ft. Sp. 3 ; v. 6.
Suh-ord. 2, Feaxine^.

Fraxinus. Ash. D. T. 30-100 ft. Sp. 20 ; v. 24.
Ornus. Floivering Ash. D, T. 20-40 ft. Sp. 4.
Fontanesia. SE. S. 8-12 ft. Sp. 1.
Syringa. Ulae. D. S. 6-14 ft. Sp. 4 ; v. 8.
Forsythia. D. S. 8-10 ft. Sp. 1.
Ord. 60. SoLANACE^. Nightshades. (Lindl. 238 ; Loud. 53.)
Fabiana. E.S.W. 8-10 ft. Sp. 1.
Solaniim. Nightshade. SE. CI. 20-30 ft. Sp. 1.
Atropa. Deadly Nightshade. D. CI. 6-8 ft. Sp. 1.
Grabowskia. D. S. 6-8 ft. Sp. 1.
Lycimn. Box-thorn. D. CI. 6-30 ft. Sp. 6.
Ord. 61. AsCLEPiADACE^. Asclepiads. (Liiidl. 229; Loud. 51.)
Periploca. Virginian Silk. D. CI. Sp. 1.
Alliance 27. ECHIALES. (V. K. 48.)

Ord. 62. Jasminace^. Jasmineworts. (Lindl. 249 ; Loud. 49.)

Jasminiun. Jasmine. SE. S. 6-12 ft. Sp. 7 ; v. 3.
Ord. 63. Lamiace^. Labiates. (Lindl. 255 ; Loud. 55.)
Lavandula. Lavender. E. S. 2-4 ft. Sp. 1.
Eosmarinus. Fosemary. E. S. 3-5 ft. Sp. 1.
Pblomis. E.S. 4r-5ft. Sp. 1.
Ord. 64. Veebenace^. Verhens. (Lindl. 256 ; Loud. 56.)

Yitex. Chaste-tree. D. S. 6-8 ft. Sp. 3 ; v. 1.
Ord. 65. MYOPOEACEiE. Myoporads. (Lindl. 257.)
Myoporum. E. S. sh. 1-3 ft. Sp. 1.
Alliance 28. BiaNONIALES. (V.K. 49.)

Ord. 66. BiGNONiACE^. Fignoniads. (Lindl. 262 ; Loud. 52.)
Bignonia. Trumpet-flower. D. S. CI. Y^. Sp. 1.
Tecoma. D. CI. Sp. 2.
Catalpa. D. T. h. sh. Sp. 1.
Ord. 67. ScEOPnuLAEiACE^. Figivorts. (Lindl. 264 ; Loud. 54.)
Maurandia. S.E. CLW. Sp. 1.
Pawlownia. D. T. sh. 20-40 ft. Sp. 1.
Buddlea. D. S. 8-12 ft. Sp. 1.
Alliance 29. CAMPANALES. (V. K. 50.)

Ord. 68. Asteeace^. Composites. (Lindl. 273 ; Loud. 42.)
Aster. Starioort. D. S. sh. 4-5 ft. Sp. 2.

SYNOPSIS. 243

Artemisia. Wormwood. D. S. 3-4 ft. Sp. 1.
AiLii^-CE 30. :^IYETALES. (T. K. 51.)

Ord. 69. Alaxgiace^. Alangiads. (Lindl. 275 ; Loud. 61.)

Nyssa. Jiipelo. D. T. 10-15 ft. Sp. 4.
Ord. 70. Mtetace^. Mydlehlooms. (Lindl. 282 ; Loud. 74.)
Pimica, Pomegranate. D. S. "W. Sp. 1 ; v. 5.
Myrtus. Myrtle. E. S. "W. Sp. 1 ; v. 2.
Alliance 31. GEOSSALES. (V. E:. 52.)

Ord. 71. Geossflaeiace^. Currantworts. (Lindl. 287; Loud. 32.)

Eibes. Currant. D. S. 2-10 ft. Sp. 45 ; v. 37.
Ord. 72. Escaxloxiace^. Escalloniads. (Lindl. 288 ; Loud. 33.)
EscaUonia. S. E. S. 3-10 ft. Sp. 4 ; v. 3.
Itea. D. S. 2-5 ft. Sp. 1.
Ord, 73. Philadelphace^. Syringas. (Lindl. 289; Loud. 30.)
Philadelphus. Mock Orange. D. S. 3-10 ft. Sp. 12 ; v. 4.
Deciunaria. D. S. "W. 4-5 ft. Sp. 1.
Deutzia. D. S. 3-10 ft. Sp. 2 ; v. 4.
Allian-ce 32. CIXCHOXALES. (Y. K. 54.)

Ord. 74. Tacci>'IACE-E. Cranherries. (Lindl. 291 ; Loud. 43.)
Yaccinium. Bleaherry, WhoHlelerry . D. E. S. 1-10 ft. Sp.

32 ; y. 10.
Oxycoccos. Cranberry. S. E. S. Tr. i-2 ft. Sp. 3.
Ord. 75. Capeieoliace^. Caprifoils. (Lindl. 294; Loud. 40.)
Suh'Ord. 1. LoxiCEEE^.
Symphoricarpus. Snoichall-herry . D. S. 3-6 ft. Sp. 4 ; v. 1.
Dierrilla. D. S. 3-4 ft. Sp. 1.
Weigelia. D. S. 4-6 ft. Sp. 1.
Leycesteria. SE. S. W. 5-7 ft. Sp. 1.
Caprifolium. Soneysv.cTcle. D. E. CI. Sp. 12 ; v. 7.
Lonicera. HoneysucTcle. D. S. Sp. 18.
Sv.h-ord. 2. SAMBrCEiE.
Yibumum. Wayfaring -tree ^ Lauristine. D. E. S. 5-12 ft.

Sp. 19 ; r. 11.
Sambucus. i'WeA D. T. S. 4-30 ft. Sp. 4;v. 8.
Alliance 33. r:MEELLALES. (Y. K. 55.)

Ord. 76. Apiace^. Umbellifers. (Lindl. 296.)

Bupleurum. SE. S. 4-6 ft. Sp. 2.
Ord. 77. Aealiace^e. Ivyworts. (Lindl. 297 ; Loud. 36.)
Aralia. Angelica-tree. D. S. 5-12 ft. Sp. 2.
Hedera. Ivy. E. CI. Sp. 6 ; t. 8.
Ord. 78. CoENACEi. Cornels. (LincU. 298; Loud 37.)

m2

244

PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

Benthamia. SE. S. sh. 5-12 ft. Sp. 1.

Coraus. JDogioood. D. S. 5-20 ft. Sp. 1 ; v. 2.

Aucuba. E. S. 4-10 ft. Sp. 1.
Ord. 79. Hamamelidace^. Witcli Hazels. (Lindl. 299 ; Loud. 37.)

HamameHs. Witch Hazel. D. T. 15-25 ft. Sp. 1 ; v. 2.

FotliergiUa. D. S. 3-6 ft. Sp. 1 ; v. 2.
Alliance 34. ASAEALES. (V. K. 56.)

Ord. 80. Santalace^. Sandahvorts. (Lindl. 301 ; Loud. 61.)

Osyi'is. Poefs Cassia. SE. Tr. Sp. 1.
Ord. 81. LoEANTHACEiE. LorantJis. (Lindl. 302 ; Loud. 39.)

Viscum. Misseltoe. E. Parasite.
Ord. 82. Aeistolochiace^. Birthworts. (Lindl. 303 ; Loud. 63.)

Aristolochia. Birfhtoort. D. CI. Sp. 2.

Conspectus of the Classes, Alliances, and Orders
oe the preceding arrangement.

fThe Number of Genera, Species, and Varieties are marhed after each
Order.)

Class ENDOGENS.
Alliance 1. Liliales.
Ord. 1. Liliacese.

G-en. 3 ; sp. 17 ; v. 5.

Class DICTYOGENS.

AUiance 2. Dicttogens.
Ord. 2. Smilacese.

Gen. 1 ; sp. 16.

Class GYMKOGENS.
Alliance 3. Gymnogens.
Ord. 3. Pinacege. 17 ; 149 ; 45.
Ahietece.
Cujpressece.
4. Taxaceee. 5 ; 11 ; 5.
Gen. 22 ; sp. 160 ; v. 50.

Class EXOGENS.

AUiance 4. Amentales.

Ord. 5. Casuarinacese. 1 ; 1 ; 0.

Ord. 6. Betulacege. 2 ; 23 ; 21.

7. Altingiacese. 1 ; 2 ; 0.

8. Salicaceee. 2 ; 100 ; 30.

9. Myricacese. 2 ; 3 ; 1
10. Elseagnacese. 3 ; 11 ; 6.

Gen. 11 ; sp. 140 ; v. 76.
Alliance 5. Ueticales.
Ord. 11. Moracese. 3 ; 6 ; 13.
12. Platanaceae. 1 ; 4 ; 13.
Gen. 4; sp. 10; v. 26.
Alliance 6. Euphoeblaxes.
Ord. 13. Euphorbiacese. 1 ; 2 ; 8.
14. Empetracece. 1 ; 2 ; 8.

Gen. 2 ; sp. 4 ; T. 16.
Alliance 7. Queen ales.
Ord. 15. Corylacese. 6 ; 49 ; 70.
16. Juglandacese. 3 ; 13 ; 26.
Gen. 9 ; sp. 62 ; v. 76.
Alliance 8. Gaeeyales.

CONSPECTUS.

245

Ord. 17. G-anyaceae. 1 ; 2 ; 0.
G-en. 1 ; sp. 2.
Alliance 9. Me>'ispee3IALE3,
Ord 18. Menispermacese.
Gen. 2 ; sp. 3.
Alliance 10. Yiolales.
Ord. 19. riacoiirtiacese. 1 ; 1 ; 0.
20. Tamaricacese. 1 ; 2 ; 0.

Gen. 2 ; Sp. 3.
Alliance 11. CiSTAiiES.
Ord. 21. Cistacese. 2 ; 20 ; 20.
22. Brassicacese. 1 ; 1 ; 0.
Gen. 3 ; sp. 21 ; v. 20.
Alliance 12. IMalvaies.
Ord. 23. Malvacese. 2 ; 2 ; 13.
24. TiHace®. 2; 4; 11.

Gen. 4 ; sp. 6 5 Y. 24.

Alliance 13. Sapindaies.

Ord. 25. Polygalacege. 1 ; 1 ; 0.

26. Staphyleacese. 1 ; 2 ; 0.

27. Sapindacese. 3 ; 15 ; 7,

28. Aceracese. 2 ; 21 ; 19.
Gen. 7 ; sp. 39 ; v. 26.

Alliance 14. GrxTiEEEALES.

Ord. 29. Temstroemiacese. 3 ; 4 ; 0.

30. Hypericacese. 1 ; 9 ; 2.

Gen. 4 ; sp. 13 ; t. 2.

Alliance 15. RAJfAiES.

Ord. 31. Magnoliacege. 2; 11; 11.

32. Anonacese. 1 ; 1 ; 0.

33. Eanunculacese. 4; 21; 24.
Gen. 7 ; sp. 33 ; v. 35.

Alliance 16. Beebeeales.
Ord. 34. Berberidaceee. 2; 26; 11.

35. Yitace*. 2 ; 6 ; 3.

36. Pittosporacese. 3 ; 3 ; 0.
Gen. 7 ; sp. 35 ; v. 14.
Alliance 17. Eeicales.

Ord. 37. Ericacese.

Ericese. 11 ; 69 ; 46.
Rhododendrese. 6 ; 61 ;
120.
G^n. 17 ; sp. 130 ; v. 166.
Alliance 18. Rutales.
Ord. 38. Anacardiacese. 3; 14; 15

39. Xantlioxylacese. 3; 4; 2

40. Ochnacese. 1 ; 1 ; 0.
Gen. 7 ; sp. 19 ; v. 17.

Alliance 19. Silenales.
Ord. 41. Polygonacese.
Gen. 3 ; sp. 6.
Alliance 20. Chexopodales.
Ord. 42. Clienopodiacese.
Gen. 3 ; sp. 5.
Alliance 21. Daphxales.
Ord. 43. Tliynielace[e. 3 ; 16 ; 6.
44. Lauracese. 1 ; 1 ; 6.
Gen. 4 ; sp. 17 ; v. 12.
Alliance 22. Rosaxes.
Ord, 45. Calycanthacese. 2 ; 12 ;
12.

46. Fabacese. 25 ; 130 ; 69.

47. Drupaceae. 5 ; 52 ; 52.

48. Pomacese. 8 ; 97 ; 98.

49. Rosacese. 7 ; 108 ; 54.
Gen. 47 ; sp. 399 ; v. 285.

Alliance 23. Saxifea&ales.
Ord. 50. Hydrangeacese.

Gen. 1 : sp. 6 ; V. 1.

-illiance 24. RHAiiXALES.
Ord. 51. Ulmacege. 3 ; 33 ; 44.

52. Rhamnaceoe. 6 ; 27 ; 6.

53. Celastraceae. 4 ; 10 ; 0.

54. Sapotacese. ^ 2 ; 6 ; 0.

55. Styracaceae. 2 ; 7 ; 0.
Gen. 17 ; sp. 83 ; v. 50.

Alliance 25. Gextiaxales.
Ord. 56. Ebenacete. 1 ; 4 ; 2.

246

PARKS AND PLEASUB-E-GROUNDS.

Ord. 57. AquifoHacese. 4 ; 20 ; 30.
58. Apocynacese. 1 ; 1 ; 6.
aen. 6 ; sp. 25 ; v. 38.
Alliance 26. Solanales.
Ord. 59. Oleacese.

Olege. 4 ; 14 ; 9.
Fraxinese. 5; 30; 32.

60. Solanacese. 5 ; 10 ; 0.

61. Asclepiadacese. 1 ; 1 ; 0.
G-en. 15 ; sp. 55 ; v. 41.

Alliance 27. Echiales.
Ord. 62. Jasminacese. 1 ; 7 ; 3.

63, Lamiacese. 3 ; 3 ; 0.

64, Yerbenacese, 1 ; 3 ; 1.

65, Myoporacese. 1 ; 1 ; 0.
G-en. 6 ; sp. 14 ; v. 4.

Alliance 28. Bignoniales.

Ord. 66. Bignoniacese. 3 ; 4 ; 0.

67. Scrophulariacese. 3; 3; 0.

G-en. 3 ; sp. 7.

Alliance 29. Campanales.

Ord. 68. Asteracese. 2 ; 3 ; 0.

G-en. 2 ; sp. 3.
Alliance 30. Myetales.
Ord. 69. Alangiacese. 1 ; 4 ; 0.

Ord. 70. Myrtacese. 2 ; 2 ; 7.
Gen. 3 ; sp. 6 ; V. 7.
Alliance 31. G-eossales.
Ord. 71. Grossulariacese. 1 ; 45 ;
37.

72. Escalloniacese. 2"; 5 ; 8.

73. Pliiladelpliacese. 3 ; 15 ;

16.
Gen. 6 ; sp. 65 ; v. 41.

Alliance 32. Cinchonales.

Ord, 74. Vacciniacese. 2 ; 35 ; 10.

75. CaprifoHacese. 8; 60; 27.

LonicerecB.

Sambucece.

Gen. 10 ; sp. 95 ; v. 37.

Alliance 33. Umbellales.

Ord. 76. Apiacese. 1 ; 2 ; 0.

77. Araliacese. 2 ; 8 ; 8.

78. Comaceae. 3 ; 3 ; 2.

79. Hamamelidacese. 2 ; 2 ; 4.
G-en. 8 ; sp. 15 ; v. 14.

Alliance 34. Asaeales.
Ord. 80. Santalacese. 1 ; 1 ; 0.

81. Loranthacese. 1 ; 1 ; 0.

82, Aristolocliiacese, 1; 2; 0.

Gen, 3 ; sp. 4.

A careful inspection of the preceding Synopsis will
suggest most of the scientific principles on which the
arrangement of an arboretum must proceed. It wiU
be understood that the individual species of i)lants unite
to form genera, the lowest but most perfect combinations
of vegetables that exist in nature. It will also be per-
ceived that cognate genera coalesce into orders, which
are the next important aggregations ; and these orders,

APPLICATION OF PRINCIPLES. 247

by a higlily refined analysis and synthesis of characters,
are made to comprise alliances and classes. These suc-
cessive combinations_, then, give rise to what ^\e may
call generic, ordinal, allied, and dassific groupings;
the last however we mention chiefly for the sake of
completeness, because, though carefully preserved, it will
be almost invisible, except in one or two cases, on ac-
count of the multitude of subordinate members which
it includes. Eveiy one will admit the propriety of
planting each genus by itself, and this accordingly is the
first step in the arrangement. But the genera, as spread
out on the ground, may be combined into orders ; and
these orders, again, may be made to occupy such posi-
tions that the allied races, or '' alliances,^^ may be mar-
shalled together in space, and may be exhibited to the
eye in lining presence as well as presented to the under-
standing in theory. It is to the proper collocation of
the orders and alliances that attention must be chiefly
directed in the scientific treatment of the arboretum.

A consideration of the Sjmopsis will bring out other
important results. By tracing the numbering of the
orders and alliances, as quoted from '^The Vegetable
Kingdom ' of Dr. Lindley, the reader ^\'ill obseiwe that
many of the orders, alliances, and even classes, which
exist in a complete system of plants, are excluded from
our list by the conditions imposed by om- cold climate
and the arborescent growth of the subjects employed.
The orders that remain are often found in a sadly muti-
lated state. In the Fabacece, for example, — the old
" pea tribe,^^ or the Papilionaceous order, as it was wont
to be called, — the genera, as estimated in ^ The Vegetable
Kingdom,^ amount to 467, while we have been able to
assign only twenty -five as available to our present pur-

248 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

pose. It is hardly needful to point out the immense dis-
ruption of affinities these chasms must cause^ both in
the alliances and in the internal structure of the orders.
Hence the arrangements of an arboretum can be at best
only fragmentary ; but that is no reason for neglecting
or disregarding the materials for combination which are
within our reach. The fragments that remain to us are
capable of assuming a highly scientific form, and so may
be invested with attractive interest.

Now, in planting the trees and shrubs of an arbore-
tum we might begin at one end of the classification, it
matters not at which, and taking the first genus that came
to hand, we might put down its species in a straight or
curved line, or double line, and we might proceed to the
other genera successively, till we had gone through the
whole series, as we would wind ofi* a thread from a reel.
The lines might be drawn along a border within the
four sides of an enclosure, or might occupy narrow
parallel borders, separated by walks, or might assume the
form of a spiral, running from the exterior of the space
to its centre, or reversely. This is what we have already
called the linear arrangement ; but though it has been
adopted in some nurseries for the sake of mercantile
convenience, it is highly objectionable in various points
of view. Not to speak at present of the sacrifice of
beauty thus made, it is evident that this collocation pre-
serves only the affinities which a genus or order bears
to that immediately preceding, and to the other imme-
diately succeeding ; and these undoubtedly do not include
the whole of its relations. As already noticed. Dr.
Lindley, in his ^ Vegetable Kingdom,^ appends to each
of his orders an instructive exhibition of its position ;
that is, he puts the order in question in the centre, and

TRANSFERENCE OF SYSTEM TO THE GROUND. 249

right and left of it the two orders in main affinity, while
two in weaker affinity are placed over and under it at
ri^ht angles. We have thus a star, composed of a nucleus
and four rays, and it is probable that it would be easy,
in some cases, to midtiply the rays considerably. Some-
thing of this kind ought to be adopted on the ground ;
but it is not difficult to perceive that the stellar arrange-
ment, if attempted to be strictly carried out in practice,
would lead to great complication of figure, and, from the
interlacing of affinities, might produce inextricable con-
fusion. The orders, then, must be formed into minor
groups or masses of vaiying fomi and size, according
to their extent, — some genera will require a considerable
group for themselves, — and these subordinate members
must be combined and co-ordinated in confonnity Avith
the principles of the alliance of which they form parts.
Only the main relations can be taken into accomit ; and
the combination should approach that of a map, accord-
ing to the old illustration, suggested, we beheve, by
Linnseus himself. Let the reader take a coloured map of
England, and select one of the midland coimties — such
as Leicestershire, — he will find six other counties conter-
minous with it, and boundiag it by fi'ontier lines of
varying form and length. Nothing can afford a better
image of an order or alliance of orders, in the Natural
System, as represented on the gi'ound. Of course, when
planted, the boundaries of the respective genera or orders
must not be in actual contact. They should be sepa-
rated, not by a dotted line as in maps, not by a narrow
grass verge as in some gardens, but by lawns of a suffi-
cient breadth to allow the distinctive characters of the
groups to be perceptible. The distance or proximity of
the groups — in other words, the breadths of the lawns —

m3

250 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

are to be regulated according to the closer or more re-
mote characters of the prevailing affinities.

It is only in the botanic garden^ in the public park, or
in private grounds where botanical characters are in high
consideration^ that an arboretum, in its full extent, can
be arranged on strictly scientific principles. Even in
these the system can be carried out with rigid preci-
sion only at the expense of some baldness, and with no
small allowance of the dotting nuisance. For the sake of
pubhc instruction, or for other purposes, a very complete
collection may be desirable — the larger the better, we
would say ; but as no eye can possibly command 2500
trees and shrubs at once, we should be disposed to recom-
mend the free use of those tall and conspicuous genera
and species which are naturally fitted to harmonize the
more discordant elements of the scenery. It must be
remembered that in every collection of trees there are
a variety of considerations which must be taken into
account, particularly in connection with private resi-
dences. There is the interest arising from the rarity
of the species and the completeness of the assemblage —
qualities that will have preponderating weight where
botanical partialities are strong. There is the satisfac-
tion derived from contemplating the beauty and magni-
tude of particular specimens of trees ; and that will be
chiefly affected by the lovers of arboriculture in itself.
And the student of the picturesque will be attracted by
the peculiar physiognomy of uncommon plants and by
the scenic effect of the whole. Some of these features
of an arboretum, as separable Jfrom its strictly scientific
character, we shall endeavour to review in the following
section.

DECORATIVE TREATMENT. 251

Sect. II. — Decorative Treatment of an Arboretum.

In this part of our subject we retui-n to tlie principal
object of oui* little work, \\z., the adornment of country
residences. It is to be presumed that there are few who
are willing to contemplate a living collection of trees
and shi'ubs without experiencing the pleasurable emo-
tions which their elegance of form and beauty of tint
are fitted to inspire. In such as would dispense ^vith
these enjoyments, the scientific instinct must be very
strong indeed. We trust that the vast majority of our
readers would rejoice to find a new source of pleasm-e in
an ornamental assemblage of plants. We come then to
consider how, in the construction of an arboretum, the
botanic interest may be modified and its scientific rigour
softened, while its exactness may not be seriously im-
paii'ed.

In the arrangement of the arboretum there are certain
orders and alliances which include the trees of largest
growth; these claim special attention for the selection
of their position, as they not only require a liberal al-
lowance of space, but also become the principal objects
on account of theii' breadth and altitude. They are
mostly to be found in Alliances 3, 4, 7, 12, 13, 22, 21,
26. In distributing them on the ground, their gi'oups, of
whatever rank they may be — i.e. whether ^e«e/'ic, ordinal,
or allied — should be so managed, as not only to be in
requisite union with the cognate families of hiunbler
growth, but also to become the leading and most con-
spicuous featm-es of the scene. ^Tiere this expedient
is properly employed it will add much variety to the
whole, and ^vill produce a greatly superior effect to that

2d2 parks and PLEASURE-GROrXDS.

attained by a mere botanical succession, or by the inter-
mingling of many genera in the same gi'oup, or Tvhere
the place assigned to each plant is deteimined by its
stature, and not by its generic character. Though we
disapprove of the inteiToingling of genera with each
other, we hold that many of them may be put in juxta-
posirion. There are even certain alliances in which the
numbers of genera and species are so limited that they
may very properly form combined groups, as in the
following associated pairs: 8-9, 10-11, 19-20, 27-28,
29-30. ^

Between the different gi'oups of U'ees and shrubs
lawns of varying breadth should be interposed; the
broader lawns being partly occupied ^^ith clumps of low-
growing trees and shiTibs, and the naiTOwer glades being
left entirely open. The distance at which the trees and
shrtibs should be planted in their respective groups
must depend on the magnitude which the indi^-idual
species acquire in this countiy. While there should be
space for a pretty full development of each, they should,
generally speaking, not be placed at such distances apart
as to prevent various members of the gi'oup from coming
into contact with each other, when they have attained a
considerable size. At the same time the finer and more
gracefal forms should be so stationed as to appear to the
greatest advantage ; and to those that are less important
mav be assigned inferior places. The marjrins of the
large groups may be feathered by smaller ones, or by
sincfle trees and shrubs ; but this must be done so in'e-
cfularlv, and with such a leaning forward in the major
mass, or with such other relation between it and the
stngle trees, as to obriate the effect of dotting, which, as
the besetting sin of arboretum s, ought to be carefidly
guarded against.

DISCRIMINATIVE TREATMENT OF SURFACES. 253

On ground with a flat surface^ and soil of a uniform
quality^ a combined botanical and pictorial grouping of
the whole collection will be the principal object of stndy.
Certain shrubs will require special soils^ such as peat and
sand, and these should be formed for them. Where
there is a considerable diversity of surfaces and soils,
attention ought to be directed not only to the grouping
on the principles already indicated, but also to the effect
of the proposed distribution in relation to the surface
which is to be covered, and to the soils on which the
plants are to grow. We must consider what group will
appear to most advantage on a given hill, or knoll, or
slope, or hollow, and whether also the soils of these may
not be more suitable for one order or family than for
another. A fine hollow with moist soil might seem, at
first sight, to promise a propitious site for willows, alders,
and poplars, and yet on examination it may be foimd that
such locality may be better adapted, both in reference to
beauty and luxuriance of growth, for the hardier sorts of
what are usually called American shrubs. On the other
hand it may be ascertained, ^ith some degree of cer-
tainty, that the low damp space referred to woidd prove
injmious to the more tender pines, cistus, magnolias,
and arbutus. The diversities of climate arising from
differences in exposure and evaporation, even within the
limited space of a dozen acres, is often very considerable.
We are aware that to attend properly to these and si-
milar considerations is no easy matter, but they do not
on that account lose their importance; and they should,
if possible, receive the attention which is due to them.

In an arboretum an'anged on strictly botanical prin-
ciples, there is an invariable deficiency of the effect pro-
duced by evergreen trees, as these valuable means of

254 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

decoration are mostly coufined to Orders 3 and 4, \iz.,
Coniferce and Taxacece, and in the method proposed they
are all placed in one locality. To counteract or contrast
with the bare and impoverished aspect during winter of the
deciduous tribes which pervade the arboretum, we would
recommend the severance of these evergreen orders into
generic, or even sub-generic, groups, which, if properly
distributed and connected, would tend to relieve the
effect adverted to, without their losing to any conside-
rable extent their rightful position in their own orders.
But even if their ordinal continuity were to suffer in-
terruption, it were better that it should be so, than that
they should all be confined to one place. We also re-
commend the employment of the ordinary evergreen
shrubs as promiscuous underwood in many of the tall
deciduous groups; this will not materially effect their
scientific character, while it imparts to the whole group-
ing a more clothed character, and improves the general
effect of the ornamental scenery.

Hitherto we have been adverting to an arboretum
formally constructed as such, and of considerable extent ;
we may now view it as an appendage to the park and
pleasure-grounds of a comitry residence. In such a case
its site should be chiefly in the pleasure-grounds, where
it can be mingled with, or made to form a part of, the
dressed grounds. Such a position is generally advan-
tageous, as the walks and keeping of the environs afford
great facilities for the culture and the display of trees and
shrubs. We would however by no means recommend
the occupation of the whole grounds with a botanical
arboretum. A place of this description woidd present
numerous groups of a scientific character ; but the in-
cessant variation of the forms and foliage of the trees

ARBORETUMS IN PRIVATE RESIDENCES. 255

and shrubs would certainly diminish greatly, if it did not
altogether destroy, the harmonious repose produced by
considerable masses of the same kind of tree. Groups
composed of single specimens of the different species of
oaks [Quercus], elms [Uhnus), planes {Acer), etc., woidd
be utterly deficient in that graceful and impressive dig-
nity which is exhibited by large gi'oups and masses of
the English oak and other common species of the above
mentioned genera. We do not deny that there are other
species of these genera but little known, which would be
as effective were they treated in the same way ; but we
mean that in ornamental planting there must be some
breadth of the same boughs and foliage before any
pleasure can be conveyed to the mind apart fi'om the
interest created by variety.

In making part of the pleasure-grounds the basis of
the arboretum, we would form the large groups or
masses of a magnitude proportioned to the extent of the
place, and we would plant them -^ith the finest trees,
whether old or new, to constitute the leading features of
the scene. Takmg these as the groimdwork, we would
relieve or set them off by single trees of the species be-
longing to the same genera, throwing groups of a similar
composition into the adjacent places of the park; or,
using the same groundwork as before, we woidd intro-
duce generic, ordinal, or allied groups of selected species
into such positions as would contribute to the variety
and beauty of the whole. We strongly recommend the
selection of materials to proprietors forming arboretums
in the vicinity of private residences. There are some
hundreds of trees and shrubs which may safely be left
to the botanic garden and public park. Probably there
are few o-enera which deserve to be taken in the whole.

256 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

On the other hand there are many fine trees and shrubs
but little planted, which, with judicious treatment, might
tend to remove the reproach of "the shrubbery's in-
sipid scenes." Much remains to be done in this way ;
and it is not to be doubted, that a moderate-sized but
well- selected arboretum is the most effectual means of
doing it. It may be added, that, though the pleasure-
ground affords the most desirable site for the arboretum,
there are many parks in which it may be planted in the
woods, especially where there are walks, or where they
can easily be formed. On the outskirts of the woods, or
along the sides of open rides penetrating into their in-
terior, a pretty full arboretum might be formed, com-
posed of trees and of the stronger and less ornamental
shrubs, reserving the more showy or less hardy species
of both for the decoration of the dressed grounds. An
arboretum in the woods might exhibit more of the linear
arrangement than is admissible in any other situation ;
and the irritative variety, which is felt to be so offensive
in the pleasure-ground, would be softened if not wholly
sunk in the ponderous masses of the surrounding trees.

257

CHAPTER XIV.

THE PINETIJ]VI.

Eemarks on Special Collections of Trees. — The Pinetimi. — Mate-
rials and Arrangement. — Enumeration of Species, with Ob-
servations on tlie Groups. — Effects of Climate. — Soil. — Early
Cultivation of the Plants. — Planting of thePinetum. — Pruning
of the Trees. — Decorative Treatment of the Pinetum.

Many persons, whose limited domains do not permit, or
whose scientific zeal does not incite them to plant an
Arboretum, may yet be induced to form extensive col-
lections of a few particular genera. A botanist, for
example, may begin by cultivating a few willows in
order to study their characters at his leisure, and he
may add to his stock till it swells out to a magnitude
approaching that magnificent SaUcetum existing at T\'o-
bum Abbey. So a lover of wild roses may extend his
attention and predilection to the whole of the species
and numerous varieties of that beautiful family; and
such has been the origin of many fine Rosaries. ^^ e
should like to see this method of special cultm-e more
frequently exemplified, We have observed a long walk
in a pleasm-e-ground, skirted by a row of oaks, exhibiting
many diversified seminal varieties, if not distinct species.

258 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

and the thought occurred that it would be a fine thing
to have a broad ride bordered with oaks in the sunny
expanse of a wide park or in the open glades of a shel-
tered forest. We are assured that a quercetum^ an
aceretum, and various other analogous collections, might
be formed, possessing great value in themselves, and
impai-ting a decided character to a place which, from its
limited extent or other circumstances, might be natu-
rally uninteresting.

The Pinetum is unquestionably the most important of
all the special collections of trees, whether as a member
of a general arboretum or as planted by itself; and
accordingly it is deservedly recei\ing increasing atten-
tion throughout the country. Erom the low banks of
the Thames to the subalpine slopes of the Grampians,
it is year after year more frequently planted. This very
interesting collection of trees is composed of the natural
families of pine, cypress, yew, and other kindred races,
or what, in popular, though not very accurate language,
are called Conifers. At present there are in cultivation
about twenty hardy genera, and nearly 280 distinct
species and varieties, which, with the exception of about
fifteen, are evergreen. From a fourth to a third of the
whole may be considered sub-hardy in many localities.
A number of them are shrubs; but the most are tall
trees, even in this country, and in their native habitats
some attain a prodigious altitude. Deducting the low
and bushy sorts, there still remain a sufficient number,
when one of a species or variety in the extensive genera,
and one or two in the smaller are employed, especially
if well arranged in generic and subdivisional order, to
furnish an evergreen arboretum of several acres, room
being allowed for the full development of the trees.

EXDLICHER^S ARRANGEMENT. 259

In order to render our obsers^ations intelligible^ as
well as to have an opportunity of conveying useful in-
formatioUj we deem it needful to give an enumeration
of the species which have been ascertained, or may be
expected, to live and thrive in om- climate. We adopt
the scientific arrangement and nomenclatm'e of End-
licher, as best suited to om' present pm-pose"^. To the
several gi'oups and subdivisions we shall append brief
remarks on theii' respective characters, or on other
matters connected ^ith them worthy of notice. At the
end of the chapter we shall offer some general observa-
tions on the influence of soil and climate in relation to
these trees, and on the pictorial arrangement of the
Pinetum as a whole. The reader is requested to remem-
ber that when no indication is given the species is known
to be hardy; — that h? denotes that this character is
doubtful — s h means sub-hardy — and that the figures at-
tached to the right of the specific names mark the average
or probable height in feet. An asterisk is prefixed to
a few species not yet introduced into this country.

* It will be observed that the arrangement of Endhcher, taken
from his ' Synopsis Coniferarum,' and corresponding to the class
and alliance Gymnogens of Liadley, differs ia the order of se-
quence from that given from * The Vegetable Kingdom,' in our
Synopsis of Orders in the chapter on The Arboretum. We do
not profess to adjudicate on their respective scientific merits.
Perhaps the latter is better adapted to express the external rela-
tions of the Order in a general system. In a detached Piaetum
we should prefer Endhcher 's subdivisions. The reader may
adopt either as it suits his convenience.

Much valuable and interestiag iiiformation, regarding pines
and the kindred genera, may be found in Messrs. Lawson and
Son's ' List of Plants of the Fir Tribe,' and in Messrs. Knight
and Perry's * Synopsis of the Coniferous Plants grown in Great
Britain.'

260

PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

Synopsis of the Arrangement of the Pinetum.

CUPRESSINE^

iThuiopside^

SUBOEDEES. GENEEA. GEOUPS.

/- Caryocedrus.

JfnipeeiN-s; Juniperus ^ Oxycedrus.

^ Sabina.
( Callitris.

ACTINOSTEOBE^ W -u j

C LiDocedrus.
^ Biota.
Thuia.
Thuiopsis.
^Fitzroya.
Cupeessine-E ( Cui^ressus.

"^^^-^ I Cliamsecyparis.

^ Taxodiiun.

TAXODiNEiE < Grlyptostrobus.

^ Cr}^tomeria.

rTsuga.
Abies.
Picea.
Larix.
Cedrus.

Abietine^ vee^ Pinus J Cembra.

Strobus.

ABIETmE^..../

Pseudo-Strobus.
Teeda.
Pinaster.
LPinea.

Aeaucaeie^ Araucaria .

Ctjnninghamie-s:

C Cmininghamia.
I Sequoia.

/■ Podocarpus.

PODOCARPE^ ) Microcackrys.

V. Saxe-Grothea.
- Salisburia.
V Cephalotaxus.
1 Torreya.
vTaxus.

TAXINE^

LIST OF PINES.

261

2. J. macrocarpa, 10-12 ft.

3. J. Oxyceclrus, 10-12 ft.

4. J. nifescens, hush.

5. J. brevifolia.

6. J. hemispligerica, 1-3 ft.

7. J. nana, 3-5 ft.

8. J. alpina.

Oedee I. CUPEESSIXEJE.

SUBOEDEE I. JUNIPHRIN^.

aen. 1. JUNIPEEIJS.

JrNiPEEUS. — Group 1. Caryocedrus.

1. J. drupacea, hush.

JuNiPEEUS. — Group 2. Oxycedrn.s.

■ ^. J. communis, 4-20 ft
10,

11
^ 12

' 13

J. vulgaris, hush.

J. Hispanica, 10-15 ft.

J. Caucasica, hush.

J. arborescens, 10-18 ft.

*14. J. rigida.
*15. J. taxifolia.

In tliis group, none of the sorts reach the habit of trees. The foliage
of 2, 7, 13, is of a light green, with a glaucous hue ; 10 and 11 are of a
deep green. Those of an erect form, 2, 3, 11, 12, 13, group well \vith
spreading shrubs, 12 has fine drooping branchlets ; the others are suit-
able for rockworks or for covering bare sandy knolls.

JuNiPERUS. — Group

16.
17.

. 18.

19.

20.

21.

22.
[/23.
,.24.

25.

26
^-27.

28.

29.

30.

prostrata.
recurva,

squamata, 3-6 ft.
Davimca, tree.
Chinensis, 20-30 ft.
Pseudo-Sabma, hush.
Sabina, 3-4 ft.

huniihs.

variegata.

sabinoides, hush.
oophora, s h, hush.
foetidissima, tree.
excelsa, tree.

J.
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J

J. nana.

J. procera, tree.

3. Sahina.

i/'31. T. occidentalis, h ? 15-30 ft.

,32. J. Yirgmiana, 20-30 ft.

33. J. austrahs.

34. J. variegata.

35. J. glauca, h ?

36. J. argentea.

c 37. J. pendula.

38. J. Mexicana, h ? tree.

39. J. flaccida, h 1 tree.

40. J. Bermudiana, h ? tree.

41. J. tetragona, h ? shnih.

42. J. Phoenicea sclerocarpa.
^43. J. malacocarpa.

44. J. sphaerica, tree.

45. J. Gossinthanea,

47. J. graciha

Position Dov.htful.

46. J. Japonica.
Doubtful Species.

48. J. cemua.

262 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

49. J. dimorpha. 53. J. racemosa.

50. J. aquatica. 54. J. prostrata.

51. J. glaiica, 55. J. religiosa.

52. J, Cedro.

The size and forms of the species in this group are very varied : 27,
28, and 31 are pp^amidal ; 20 and 26 are oblongated, as is also 32 when
young ; 17 and 37 are fine shrubs with erect branches and pendidous
branclilets ; 26 and 44 are erect, with loose spreading branches ; 42 is
pyramidal, with slender weeping branches ; 16, 23, 24 are prostrate
shrubs. The foHage of 21, 36, 39 is of a hght silvery green ; 28, 34, of
a glaucous green ; 22 and 32, of a sombre green, and the latter with a
glau.cous tint ; 18, 25, 27, 32, 41 are of a dark green colour. J. procera
(30) is a large useful timber tree in Abyssinia.

SrBOEDEE II. ACTINOSTROBJE^.

Gen. 1. CALLITEIS.

1. C. quadrivalvis, h ? tree.

Gen. 2. LIBOCEDEUS.

1. L. Doniana, h ? 30-70 ft. 3. L. Chilensis.

2. L. tetragona.

Callitris is a large tree from Mount Atlas, with horizontal branches,
and shining green leaves. lAhocedrus 2 and 3 are from the Andes of
Southern Chih and Patagonia, where, it is said, they rival Araucaria
imbricata, and are both very fine trees ; 3 has a pyramidal head resem-
bhng the upright Cypress, with drooping branclilets and vivid green
fohage.

SUBOEDEE III. THUIOPSIBE^.

Gen. 1. BIOTA.

1. B. orientaHs, 10-15 ft. 6. B. orientahs pyramidalis.

2. B. expansa. ' 7. B. Tartarica, tree.

3. B. glauca. ' 8. B. stricta, tree.

4. B. Nepalensis. 9. B. pendula, lusTi.

5. B. Sieboldii.

The species of Biota, or Chinese Arlor-vitcB, form handsome erect
shrubs, of a compact habit and of rather slow growth. £. pendula (9)
is an elegant bush or small tree, with slender branches and thread-like
drooping branchlets. The foHage of 1 is bright green when young, ac-
quiring at length a dark sombre colour ; 3 has a light glaucous hue, and
9 a light green.

LIST OF FIXES. 263

Gen. 2. THUIA.

1. T. occidentalis, 20-30 ft. 3. T. gigantea, h / 60-70 ft.

2. T. plicata, tree.

These species, popularly called Arho-r-vitce, are of more rapid growth
than those of the previous genus ; 1 is of an elongated pyramidal form
when young, becoming afterwards more spreaduig and uTes:ular, and is
of a Ught tawny green ; 3 is a handsome tree, with spreading branches.

Gen. 3. THUIOPSIS.
1. T. dolobrata, h ? 2. T. flagelliformis, h ?

These are handsome trees, resembling the Arhor-vitce, but of doubtful
hardiness.

Gen. 4. FITZKOYA.
1. F. Patagonica, 100 ft.
A beautiful evergreen tree recently introduced from Patagonia, with
drooping branches and shining green leaves : it resembles JLibocedrus
tetragona when old.

SuboedeeFT. CUPRESSIXH^ TER^.

Gen. 1.

crPREssrs.

1.

C.

hori^ontahs, 30-40 ft.

7. C. thurifera, tree.

2.

C.

sempervirens, 30-40 ft.

8. C. fimebris, 60 ft.

3.

c.

torulosa, 60-100 ft.

9. C. Ilideana, tree.

4.

c.

— — elegans.

10. C. Goveniana, 10 ft.

5.

c.

viridis.

11. C. macrocarpa, 60 ft.

6.

c.

glauca, h ? 10-30 ft.

12. C. Lmdleyi, tree.

This is a beautiftd genus, of wliich most of the species have an erect
habit, with horizontal branches ; 2 has upright branches, and is the
well-known ornament of cemeteries on the shores of the Mediterranean ;
6 is the cedar of Goa, a spreading tree with pendulous branches ; 8 has
been already described, p. 97 ; 11 has tabulated branches, like the Cedar
of Lebanon. The foHage of 1 and 2 is of a sombre, 3, 6, 8 of a glaucous,
and 10 and 11 of a vivid green. (7. macrocarpa is a good timber-tree, and
thrives well in poor soils and exposed positions in England.

G^n. 2. CHAM/RCYPARIS.

1. C. sphseroidea, tree. 6. C. ericoides, h 1 hush.

2. C. atrovirens. 7. C. Xutkaensis, tree.

3. C. glauca. 8. C. thurifera, tree.

4. C. fohis variegatis. *9. C. obtusa, 60-80 ft.

5. C. squarrosa, h ? hush. *10. C. pisifera, tree.

264 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

Some plants of 1, the wliite cedar, have a compact, and others a
spreading habit; 3 has gracefully curved branches, with numerous
spreading branchlets. G. thurifera is a spreading tree. The foliage of 2
is of a deep green ; and that of 3 and 5 of a glaucous green.

SubobdeeV. TAXODINE^.
aen. 1. TAXODIUM.
r/ 1. T. distichum, 50-100 ft. 3. T. microphyllum, h ?

2. T. adscendens, 7i ? tree. 4. T. Hugelii, h ? tree.

This is a deciduous family, with beautiful Hght green foliage. T. dis-
tichum, the well-known deciduous Cypress, is of a slender pyramidal
form, growing to a large size in England, as at Sion House ; but wliich,
though hai-dy in most places in Scotland, scarcely ever grows above 12 or
15 feet high. The other species are not more robust.

Gen. 2. GLYPTOSTKOBUS.
1. G. heterophyllus, small tree. 2. G. pendula, h? hush.

This is a new genus estabhshed by Endhcher. The species are shrubs
or low trees, not yet much known.

Gen. 3. CRYPTOMERIA.
f 1. C. Japonica, A? 60-100 ft. - 2. C. nana, A? bush.

The first species becomes a large tree in China ; but it is still doubtful
whether it will be more than a bush in this coimtry. It succeeds best
in a mild moist climate.

OederII. ABIETINE^.

SuboederI. ABIETINE^ VESM

Gen. 1. PINUS.
PiNUS. — Group 1. Tsuga.
(Cones drooping. Leaves sohtary and flat.)
*1. P. Tsuga, 25-30 ft. 4. P. Douglasii, 150-200 ft.

2. i*. Brunoniana, h ? 70-80 ft. 5. P. taxifoHa.

3. P. Canadensis, 20-50 ft.

Species 1 has not yet been introduced ; 2 and 3 are broad bushy trees,
the latter, from its slow growth, is well adapted for the slrrubbery ; 4 is
of a pyramidal form, of prodigious size, and of imusuaUy rapid growth.
The foliage of 2 is glaucous, of 3 a dark, and of 4 a vivid green.

SYNOPSIS OF PINES. 265

Pixrs.— Group 2. Abies, Endl. ; Picea, Loud. ;— Silver Firs.
(Cones axillary and upright. Leaves solitary-, flat, silvery beneath.)

6. P. bracteata, 120 ft. *19. P. firma, tree.

7. P. nobihs, larc/e tree. *20. P. homolepis, 20-30 ft.

8. P. Praseri, 10-20 ft. *21. P. bifida.

9. P. nana. *22. P. concolor.

10. P. rehgiosa, s h. 23. P. balsamea, 40-50 ft.

11. P. Js'ordmanniana, 80 ft. 24. P. amabihs, 150-200 ft.---

12. P. Abies du Soi, 50-100 ft. 25. P. grandis, 17O-20O ft.

Ficea, Linn. Silver fir. 26. P. lasiocarpa.

13. P. pendula. 27. P. Pmdrow, 80-100 ft. ^^

14. P. tortuosa. i' 28. P. Webbiana Ti ? 80-100 ft.

15. P. pp-amidahs. 29. P. Pichta, 60-70 ft.

16. P. fohis variegatis. 30. P. Pinsapo, 60-70 ft.

*17. P. leioelada. *31. P. Mertensiana.

18. P. Cephalonica, 60 ft...'

This is perhaps the most remarkable section in the family of Pines, in
respect to both the size and beauty of the trees. Their forms are gene-
rally pyramidal, or of the spiry cone. P. Abies, or Silver Fir, is a trun-
cated pyramid, and we beUeve that many of the others will approach
that form when they have grown long enough among us to attain to
their maturity. P. Pindrow and Webbiana, fi-om the Himalayas,
assume a columnar shape. P. Cephalonica, if not a broad-headed tree,
has such long horizontal branches as to produce a very broad cone : the
same remark appHes to P. Pinsapo. The form and disposition of the
branches impart the characteristic features of this group. In 7 and 29
they are flat and tabulated ; in 18 and 30 they are rigid, horizontal, and
verticillate, giving a very symmetrical habit to the trees ; in 27 and 29
they are close, spreading in whorls, with drooping branclilets. The
foHage in 7, 18, and 30 is closely set ; in 7, 8, 12, 13, 14, 15, 23, and 27
it is of a dark green ; in 29 of a vivid green ; in 18 and 30 of a hghter
vivid green; in 11 of a light pale green ; and in 25 of a silvery green.
The branchlets of some sorts, such as nobilis, Cephalonica, and Webbi-
ana, are Hable to be injured by spring fi'osts when the trees are young ;
but if planted in shady places or in late situations they seldom receive
injiuy. The timber of the silver firs is generally of inferior quality. P.
Cephalonica produces hard and durable timber. Though many of this
group will tluive tolerably on poor groimd, they attain much greater
perfection in soils of good quahty. P. Webbiana thrives in poor clay soils.

N

266 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

PiNUS.— Group 3. Picea, Endl. ; Abies, Loud. ;— Spruces.
(Cones di'ooping, terminal. Leaves solitary and tetragonal.)

32. P. Menziesii, tree. 46. P. Picea foliis variegatis.

33. P. alba, 50 ft. 47. P. Lemoniana.

34. p. nana. 48. P. monstrosa.

35. P. rubra, 30 ft. 49. P. viminalis.

36. P. violacea. 50. P. Carpatica.

37. P. arctica. 51. P. tenuifolia.

38. P. longifolia. 52. P. gigautea.

39. P. nigra, 80 ft. 53. P. mucronata.

40. P. variegata. *54. P. obovata, tree.

41. P. orientalis, tall tree. *55. P. Sclirenkiana, tree.

42. P. Picea du Moi. Abies, Linn. 56. P. Jezoensis, h ? 100-120 ft.

100-150 ft. *57. P. polita.

43. P. ClanbrasiHana, 1-4 ft. 58. P. Kliutrow, 50-100 ft.

44. P. elegans, 1-3. 59. P. Morinda, 50 ft.

45. P. stricta, 1-4 ft. *60. P. Sitchensis.

Species recently introduced.
60a. P. Ajanensis. 606. P. Techugatstoi.

Doubtful Species, from Oregon (Leivis and ClarTcJ.
Abies aromatica. Abies micropbyUa.

falcata. mucronata.

heterophyUa. trigona.

The whole of this group, composed of the clan of Spruces, assume the
fonn of a spiry cone or pyramid. P. Menziesii, nigra, Picea, and Khu-
troio are rather quick-growing trees. The branches are more or less
horizontal, with pendulous branchlets ; in some sorts the branches,
though at jBrst horizontal, become depressed, with slightly raised points ;
and in 58 the branches are horizontal with drooping pomts and branch-
lets, presenting a very graceful appearance. P. Jezoensis is a native of
Cliina, and is described by Mr. Forttme as a smgularly gracefiol tree.
The fohage of 35, 39, 42, 53 is dark green ; of 56 a vivid green ; of 41,
is a pale green ; and 32, 33, 36, of a white glaucous ; and 58, 59, of a
pale glaucous green. P. Jezoensis is said to retain its leaves for seven
years ; P. Menziesii often loses part of its foliage diu-hag the first year.
The majority of this group will thrive well on inferior lands, in poor
clays and boggy soils : but they luxiu-iate in porous soils, in a moist
mountain climate, and come to perfection at higher altitudes than almost
all others. The Himalayan species, Khutroiv and Morinda, require
strong loamy soils ; when planted in warm s\mny situations, m dry soils,

SYNOPSIS OF FIXES. 267

they are occasionally injured by spring frosts : in shaded and northern
exposures they appear quite hardy. P. nigra, Ficea, and Menziesii afford
the. best timber : P. nigra and Picea, ^vith some others, form ornamental
hedges, and when planted thickly, and topped down to four or five feet
from the ground, afford excellent cover for game.

Pi>TS. — Group 4. Larix, Larches.
(Cones small and erect. Leaves in bimdles, annual.)
61. P. Dahurica, loic tree. 68. P. Larix flore rubro.
*62. P. leptolepis, free. 69. P. pendula.

63. P. Ledebourii, tree. 70. P. Eussica.

64. P. pendula, 60-100 ft. 71. P. repens.

65. P. microcarpa, 100 ft. 72. P. Sibirica.

66. P. Larix, 100 ft. 73. P. G-riffithiana, 40-60 ft.

67. P. flore albo.

The Larches are aU deciduous trees. They are not highly ornamental
in themselves ; yet they impart considerable variety to scenery. P.
Larix peiidt'.la is a graceful tree ; and P. pendula, with its few stragghng
drooping branches, has a somewhat curious aspect. The foliage is
mostly of a hght green ; in 65 it is more vivid than in the others. The
Larches succeed best in an open porous soil where there is a good natural
drainage ; in such situations, and with a moist atmosphere, they are often
extremely luxmiant. On close retentive subsoils they do not thrive.
P. microcarpa will grow vigorously in more swampy soils than any of
the others. The common Larch is the most valuable exotic timber- tree
which we have ; and in favourable circumstances will attain to perfec-
tion at even higher altitudes than the Scotch Fir does.

Pi>'rs. — Group 5. Cedrus.
(Cones large, erect. Leaves in bimdles, perennial.)
74. P. Deodara, 100-150 ft. •' 77. P. Atlantica, 80-100 ft.

76. P. robusta. -. 78. P. Cedrus, 60-80 ft.

76. P. viridis. 79. P. argentea. .

The whole of this group have a pyramidal form when young, but ac-
quire a broad head in mature age. The Deodar, when full grown, is
said to have a wide roof-like head with spreading branches and weeping
branchlets. The Cedars of Atlas and Lebanon have both a strongly
marked and characteristic form, in which the primary branches assiune
an ascending position, and the secondary branches a horizontal and
tabulated arrangement. Occasionally the old trees retain their early
pyramidal habit, the lesser branches still becoming horizontal. The

N 2

268 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

foliage of the common cedar is of a dark green ; 76 of a light yivid green ;
the others are more or less of a light silvery green. The timber of P.
Deodara is very durable ; that of the others is of a very inferior quality.
The physiognomy of this group is extremely distinct, and when well
exhibited is liiglily ornamental.

PiNUS. — Group 6. Cembra.
(Cones erect. Leaves in fives, sometimes in fours and sixes.)
*80. P. pai'viflora, s. tree. 83. P. Cembra humila, shrub.

*81. P. Koraiensis, 10-12 ft, 84. P. pygmsea, shrub.

82. P. Cembra, 50-70 ft. *85. P. Pence, 30-40 ft.

Tliis group begins the modem genus Pinus^ according to the Bota-
nists who have subdivided the old Linnsean genus. Only P. Cembra and
its varieties have been introduced into this country : the latter are mere
bushes. P. Cemlra is of an oblongated conical form, and has fine pale
glaucous foliage. It is very widely disseminated both in the extent of
surface which it covers, and of elevation tlirough which it ranges, in the
mountain chains of Central Europe and Northern Asia. It thrives well
in poor soils, at considerable heights, and is a useful tunber, as well as
an ornamental tree.

PiNUS. — Group 7. Strolus.
(Cones drooping. Leaves in fives.)

86. P. excelsa, 50-100 ft. 91. P. monticola, tree.

87. P. Strobus, 50-150 ft. 92. P. Ayacahuite, 100 ft.

88. P. alba. 93. P. Lambertiana, 200 ft.

89. P. brevifolia. 94. P. brevifoHa.

90. P. nana.

The type of this group is P. Strobus, the Weymouth Pine. The
general form is pyramidal. The branches of 86 are weeping ; in 87 they
are at first ascending and then spreading. The fohage of 86 is of a pale
glaucous tint ; in 87, bluish ; in 92, whitish-green ; in 91, dark glau-
cous ; and 93, vivid green colour. The leaves of P. excelsa are above
6 inches long, and of the others about 5 inches. P. Lambertiana, which
is one of the giants of the North-west American forests, is said to attain
its greatest height in pure sand. P. excelsa, a Himalayan species, ha*
been foimd to grow well on poor sandy soils in this country.
PiNrs. — Group 8. Pseudo- Strobus.
(Leaves in fives.)
*95. P. Ehrenbergii, 100 ft. 97. P. HartwegU, h ?

96. P. rudis, h ? 98. P. oocarpa, s h, 40-50 ft.

SYNOPSIS OF PINES.

269

99. P. oocarpa oocarpoides, s h.

100. P. Russelliana, h ? tree.

101. P. Devouiana, h ? 80 ft.

102. P. macrophjlla, h 1 tree.

103. P. Acapiilcensis, 50 ft.

104. P. Montezumse, 40 ft.

105. P. LindleTana, tree.

106. P. arenviUeffi, 60-80 ft.

107. P. G-ordoniana, h ? 60-80 ft.

108. P. occidentalis, Ji ? 30-50 ft.

109. P.Wmcesteriana,5^,60-80ft.

110. P. teniiifolia, s h.

111. P. Pseudo-Strobus, s Ti.

112. P. leiophyUa, A ? -

113. P. filifoHa, s h.

114. P. Omabse, tree.

This group is abnost exclusively Mexican ; it is of recent introduction,
and as most of the species are somewliat tender, more time must elapse
before their general habits can be accurately known. The Botanists
who introduced them do not seem to have paid much attention to the
forms of the trees ; but as far as can be judged at present, they are
hkely to approach the roimded cone, or an uTegular broad loose habit.
The branches of 106 and 113 are large and irregular ; of 107, numerous
m whorls ; and of 109, few, strong, irregular, and spreading. The fohage
in 100, 107, 112, and 114 is of a hght green ; in 102, 103, 104, 105,
109, 111, it is glaucous ; and in 106 it is of a dark green colour. The
leaves of aU the species are extremely long ; in P. Devoniana and Win-
cesteriana they are from 12 to 14 inches long ; and in P. macrophylla
and Gordoniana about 15 or 16 inches long. The timber of 112 is
valuable. The curious, tressy, light-colom'ed fohage of this group makes
it veiy desirable for ornamental pm'poses. The value of the timber gene-
rally has not yet been weU ascertained.

PnsTTS. — Group 9. Tceda.
(Leaves in threes.)

125. P. Sabmiana, h 1 120 ft.

115. P. Teocote, 100 ft.

116. P. patula, h ?

117. P. stricta, h ?

118. P. macrocarpa, h ?

*119. P. insularis.

120. P. Persica, h ?

121. P. Sinensis, tree.

122. P. longifoha, s Ji, 50-80 ft.

123. P. Gerardiana, h ? 50 ft.

124. P. macrocarpa, 120 ft.

Sinclairii, Hort.
Coulteri, Don.

126. P. radiata, 100 ft.

127. P. tuberculata, 100 ft.

128. P. Benthamiana, 200 ft.

129. P. msignis, 60-100 ft.

130. P. ponderosa, 80-100 ft.

131. P. serotma, 40 ft.

132. P. rigida, 70-80 ft.

133. P. Tffida, 80 ft.

134. P. austrahs, h ?

135. P. Canariensis, s h.

136. P. Bimgeana.

In this group the forms range from the rounded cone to the broad
irregular head. The branches exhibit pecuharities of habit ; those of

270 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

124, 128 are large, spreading, and irregular ; of 123, horizontal, spread-
ing, and twisted ; of 125, loose and robust ; of 130, few and horizontal,
in regular whorls ; of 129 and 132, densely set. The coloiu- of 125 is a
silvery green ; of 124 glaucous ; of 115, 116, 123, Hglit green ; of 121
and 129, vivid green ; and of 126, 128, 130, dark gi-een. The length
of the leaves varies generally from 2 to 8 inches, but in 124, 125, 128,
130, it ranges from 10 to 12 inches. P. insicfnis, Sabiniana, macro-
carpa, and ponderosa are of very rapid growth. P. Tceda^ radiata,
and tuherculata stand the sea-breeze well in tlieu' native countries,
and are expected to prove acquisitions to parks near the sea-coast in the
United Kingdom. P. Sabiniana requires a rich loam ; Gerardiana
thrives amongst rocks and crags ; Tceda, in very barren ground, but
attains its greatest perfection in swampy soils. P. insignis and rigida
afford effective shelter. The timber of P. rigida is valuable, and that of
P. ponderosa is expected to prove so. The hght silvery colour of P.
Sabiniana and macrocarpa will be as marked in ornamental scenery
during the whole year, as the summer garb of the Himtingdon willow ;
and the hght greens of P. Teocote, jpaiula, and Gerardiana^ as that of
the summer greens of the deciduous trees.

PiNUS. — Grroup 10. Pinaster.
(Leaves in pairs, rarely in threes.)

137.

P.

pungens, 100 ft.

138.

P. muricata, 40 ft.

139.

P.

inops, 40-50 ft.

140.

P.

mitis, 50-60 ft.

141.

P.

variabihs, 30-40 ft.

142.

P.

Pmaster, 50-60 ft.

143.

P.

Escarena.

144.

P.

Lemoniana.

145.

P.

minor.

146.

P.

variegata.

147.

P.

Pumilio, 5-10 ft.

148.

P.

uncinata, 30-50 ft.
MugJio, Lindl.

149.

P.

rotundata.

150.

P.

humihs.

151.

P.

obhqua.

152.

P.

sylvestris, 40-80 ft.

153.

P.

rubra, 60 70 ft.

154.

P.

argentea.

155.

P.

sylvestris monophylla.

156.

P.

Haganoviensis.

157.

P.

Altaica.

158.

P.

globosa.

159.

P.

tortuosa.

*16C

1. P

'. densiflora, 40 ft.

161.

P.

Massoniana, s h.

*162

!. P

'. Merkusii, 100 ft.

163.

P. Banksiana, 40 ft.

164.

P.

resinosa, 80 ft.

165.

P.

Laricio, 100-150 ft.

166.

P.

Calabrica.

167.

P.

Caramanica.

168.

P.

subviridis.

169.

P.

pygmsea.

170.

P.

Austriaca, 100-120 ft.

171.

P.

Pyrenaica, 60-70 ft.

172.

P.

PaUasiana, 60-80 ft.
Tamica^ Hort.

SYNOPSIS OF PINES. 271

173. p. Halapensis, h ? 30-40 ft. 175. P. Brutea, h /

174. P. raaritima, h ?

AH the trees of tliis group have more or less pyi-amiclal forms when
yoxmg ; many of them have, or approach to, the form of a roimded cone
when they have attamed a considerable size ; but 137, 161, 170 acquire
broad-formed heads ; the pyramidal form is retained by 142, 165, 172 ;
some, as 147, 148, are seldom more than bushes. The branches of 139,
163, 173, are long and pendidous ; of 161, 175, spreading ; those of 164,
165, 171, have a loose, and 147 a creeping habit. The colour in 154 is
silvery; in 161 glaucous; in 173, 175, hght green; in 152 a sombre
glaucous green ; and in the others shades of dark green. Tlie whole of
them thrive in inferior soils ; 139, 173, in dry, ban-en, and sandv soils ;
163, 165, 170, 172, in good sandy soils ; but the last three in a variety
of other soils, if not wet. P. variahills and Pinaster Avith its varieties,
in sandy soils along the sea-coast, but not in wet or calcareous soils.
P. Laricio is of very rapid growth, P. Pinaster^ Au-striaca, Pi/renaica,
and Pallasiana are also rapidly growing trees. The timber of 138, 152,
153, 164, 165, 170, 171, 175, is of superior quahty. P. Pumilio and
undnata form good covers for game ; they will grow in very elevated
situations. Many of the members of this group supply the landscape
gardener with the means of imparting depth of shade to scenery.

PiNrs. — Group 11. Pinea.
(Leaves in pahs, rarely in thi'ees.)

176. P. Pmea h I 50-60 ft. 179. P. Fremontiana, h ? 20 ft.

177. P. Cretica, s h, 40-50 ft. 180. P. cembroides, h? ■

178. P. fragihs, s h. 181. P. Llaveana, k ?

This group is a small one ; and from their impatience of cold in this
country, its members seldom rise above the size of large bushes. Pinea
and its varieties have a pecuharly flat head, and are of a dark green
coloiu*. The fohage of 179 and 181 is glaucous, and that of 180 a vivid
green. They may be planted as shrubs in sheltered places.

Doubtful Species.
P. Arabica. P. Finlaysoniana.

SuBOEDEiiII. APAUCARIIIJE.

aen. I. ARAUCAKIA.

1. A. imbricata, 100 ft.

This remarkable tree is a native of the southern mountains of CliUi,

and is quite hardy. It is to be regretted that its congeners, some of

272 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

wliieh are not less beautiful, are not suiEciently robust to bear our
climate out of doors. From the peculiarly rigid and apparently artificial
habit of A. imbricata, and its singular dark green fohage, it has always,
since its introduction, been a special favomnte. Intrinsically a fine
object, it is extremely effective in ornamental scenery in the way of
contrast to the more massive and less marked forms of other trees and
shrubs. At the same time it must be admitted that it does not group
very well by itself.

SuBOEDEE III. CUNNINGRAMIUJE.
Gen. 1. CUNNINaHAMIA.

1. C. Smensis, s h, 40-50 ft.

Gen. 2. SEQUOIA.
1. S. gigantea, 200 ft. 2. S. sempervirens.

CunningTiamia Sinends is not a very ornamental tree when young,
but it improves in this respect as it increases in age. It is probably,
however, always inferior to the Araucaria. Sequoia gigantea is a re-
markable evergreen tree from Cahfomia, of rapid growth, and requiring
shelter and a somewhat moist climate. In exposed situations its fine
foliage is liable to be injured by winds. The branches alternate round
the tnmk, and as they are short they give the tree an upright form.
We suspect that at present there is some confasion, or at least indis-
tinctness of view, among botanists regarding the two species.

Order III. PODOCAEPE^.

Gen. 1. PODOCAEPUS.
1. P. nubigena, h ? Patagonia.

aen. 2. MICROCACHEYS.

1. M. tetragona, 15-20 ft. Van Diemen's Zand.

Oen. 3. SAXE-GOTHEA.
1. S. conspicua, 30 ft. Patagonia.
Of this fine Natural Order there are, unfortunately, of the species
introduced into this coimtry, very few hardy. We have given the above
in the hope that, as two have proved sufficiently robust to stand our
climate, the others will do so also. Saxe- Oothea, or Prince Albert's Yew,
has scarcely been definitively located, as yet, in the Natural System ;
but we have ventured to place it in this Order. It promises to be a
valuable addition to our ornamental trees.

SYNOPSIS OF PIXES. 273

Oedek IV. TAXINKE.

Gen. 1. SALISBUEIA.

1. S. adiantifolia, 10-30.
Where Salishiiria, or the Maiden-hair tree, attains a considerable size,
it assumes a broad form ; but it is seldom found in that state except in
the southern climates of Grreat Britain, iu rich deep soils and warm
subsoUs. Its light green leaves, which are generally much divided and
furnished with conspicuous nerves, are its chief peculiarity, and render
it very unlike any other tree in cultivation.

Gen. 2. CEPHALOTAXUS.

1. C. pedimculata, tree. 4. C. umbraculifera.

2. C. drupacea, tree. ^ , 5. C. Fortuni.

3. C. tardiva. '
These are fine evergreen trees : 1 is a large tree, with slender weeping

branches, and 3 has an upright habit. The fohage is of a dark green,
with a whitish glaucous tint underneath in 3 and 4. The leaves, which
in all the species resemble those of the yew, are in 5 three or four inches
long.

Gen. 3. TORREYA.

1. T. taxifoUa, 20 ft. 3. T. nucifera, 30-40 ft.

2. T. Humboldti, tree.

The Torreyas are yew-hke trees. T. taxifoUa has vivid green leaves,
wliich are glaucous underneath.

Gen. 4. TAXUS.

1. T. baccata, 30-40 ft. 9. T. baccata lutea.

2. T. sparsifoHa. 10. T. fastigiata, IrisTi, 5-15 ft.

3. T. argentea. 11. T. variegata.

4. T. aurea. 12. T. Canadensis, 4-6 ft.

5. T. Dovastoni. *13. T. cuspidata.

6. T. pp-amidalis. *14. T. "Wallichiana.

7. T. erecta. *15. T. globosa,

8. T. elegantissima. 16. T. adpressa.

The common yew (1) is, in open situations, a broad spreading branch-
ing tree ; in a close wood it grows more erect. In 5 the branches are
pendulous, and in 7 erect. In 6 the form is pyramidal; the Irish
yew (10) is of a well-known upright form. T. Canadensis is of less
vigorous growth than the common yew, with slender spreading branche;-,
and leaves of a reddish tinge. The fohage of yews is generally of a dark
green. ^Ir. Barron, of Elvaston Castle, greatly commends 4 as the most

N 3

274 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

eflfective yellow evergreen known. Yews are extremely useful in pleasure-
grounds as low trees and shrubs, and make good undergrowths in tlie
woods of the park, especially where a depth of shade is requh-ed. It
must never be forgotten that they are poisonous to horses and cattle.

The effects of Climate.— The climate of the locality
will^ in great measure^ limit the nmnber of species in
the Pinetum, or at least the number of those which may-
be expected to attain a considerable degree of perfection.
Of the hardiness of certain recently introduced sorts
some doubt may be reasonably entertained, except per-
haps in the case of such as are known to thrive in cli-
mates of equal or greater severity than our o^vn. In
the southern parts of England and Ireland, most, per-
haps all, of those marked subhardy may succeed; but
in less favoured localities they will exist only as spe-
cimens presen ed vdth difficulty. Those marked doubt-
ful will also become inferior trees and shrubs. In the
higher and more northern regions of the country the
subhardy kinds must increase in number, and so pro-
portionally diminish the extent of the members of the
Pinetum. The climate of the south of England and
Ireland and of the west coast and islands of Scotland,
where there is little frost, we cannot doubt, wiU prove
most suitable to the group Pseudo-Strobus, which is the
most delicate of all the divisions of the pine tribe. At
the same time, there are some countervailing circum-
stances in elevated localities. Many of the pines are
natives of mountainous regions, and therefore find some-
thing congenial in our hill climates. We doubt not
that certain species, which do not succeed in the low
grounds, will be found to do better in the higher dis-

EFFECTS OF CLIMATE. 275

tricts. The principal reasons of theii' failure in the
wanner localities are^ that the season of gi'owth being
unduly protracted, they do not sufficiently ripen their
annual shoots before the arrival of the autumnal frosts ;
and further, even where the wood has been well ripened,
there are not unfrequently, in these localities, long
periods of mild growing weather, in winter and early
spring, which excite vegetation long before the vernal
frosts have passed away : in either case the young wood
is more or less destroved. In hill climates, agrain, there
is no time for a second or protracted gi'owth in the end
of summer, and the yomig shoots, though shorter, are
better ripened than in the low country; besides, the
spring is comparatively short; the transition fi'om winter
to summer is generally rapid, and so the plants escape
with little injury. If there is a constitutional tendency
in any plants to a protracted growth, there is little pro-
bability of theu' ever proving hardy : stiU this tendency
is always found to be gi^atest when the plants are young,
and therefore no one should be discouraged even by re-
peated failm-es in such cases. H. Graham, Esq., of
Belstane, whose judicious and persevering efforts in ac-
climatizing plants have met with deserved success, when
fiu'nishing his pinetum, at his residence about twelve
miles from Edinbm-gh and more than 700 feet above
the level of the sea, found that plants procured from
the nm'series of Paris, London, and Edinburgh, con-
tinued tender for the first two or three years, till their
constitution had become attempered to the place, and
they had outlived the period of irregular growth. To
Mr. Graham we are indebted for some of the indica-
tions of hardiness given in the foregoing enumeration of
species. We have also been favoured with similar in-

276 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

formation by George Patton, Esq., of The Camies, a
zealous and successful cultivator of pines, whose pinetum
in the sub-alpine country west of Perth affords abund-
ant corroborative proof of the views we have expressed.
In our remarks appended to the sections Abies and Picea
we mentioned several species whose young shoots are
liable to be injured by spring frosts, and other sorts
might easily be added to the number. Such injuries
generally occur when they are planted in warm sunny
situations, and arise from their being, at the time, in
advance of the average climate of the place. These
results seldom occur when they grow on ground sloping
towards the north, or where they are little exposed to
the sun in spring. The decrease of injury from late
frosts, as the tree increases in age and size, is strongly
marked in the Cephalonian and silver firs. It remains
to be added, that the power of many species to resist
the severities of our climate has still to be tested by
more rigorous winters and springs than we have expe-
rienced of late years.

Soil of the Pinetum. — Generally speaking, pines do
not require deep or rich soils, and they succeed best on
ground of loose texture, lying on subsoils through which
water percolates freely. Some spruces thrive in com-
paratively poor clayey soils ; and along with Lariat mi-
crocarpa and Pinus Tceda, grow ^dgorously in moist or
even swampy ground : but these are exceptions to the
general rule. Others, such as P. Lambertiana, Pinaster,
australis, excelsa, and a few more, flourish greatly in dry
sandy soils : the first two seem to luxuriate in deep
sand. The group Abies generally requires richer land
than the others to bring them to perfection. The whole
family, however, will do well in the soil indicated above.

EARLY CULTIVATION OF PLANTS. ^(i

Where the land is naturally of a close clayey textnre,
the gi'owth of the young ti'ees will be promoted by the
removal of the earth, for each plant, to the extent of six
or ten feet in diameter and eighteen inches deep, its place
being supplied by earth of a more suitable quality. In
refiUing the pit thus made the new surface should be
raised in the form of a hillock, from six to nine inches
above the old level ; allowance, besides, bemg made for
subsidence. In retentive ground these pits should be
properly drained, otherwise they wiU become receptacles
of water, to the serious detriment of the young trees.
In poor soils the same method of pitting may be em-
ployed for those species which require richer food.
Trenching to the depth of eighteen iaches is a useful
but rather expensive preparation for the pinetum ; where
it is adopted, as it may sometimes be by zealous culti-
vators, care should be taken not to bury the sm^face-soil
under the lower and inferior soil, or subsoil.

Earhj cultivation of the Plants. — All pines should, if
possible, be raised fr'om seed. Seedling plants invariably
grow most vigorously from the first, and form ultimately
the most handsome trees. In the case of new and re-
cently introduced sorts, seed is often procured with diffi-
culty; and therefore propagators have frequently had
recourse to gi'afts and cuttings. Unexpected success has
often attended both methods of propagation. We have
already mentioned (p. 94) that we had grafted P. Mo-
rinda on common spmces, at Hopetomi, and that they
are now fine trees. Mr. Barron, at Elvaston, seems
to have been equally successftd with the deodar on the
common cedar. At present indeed P. nobilis, grandis,
and some other species, and many of the singular va-
rieties, can hardly be procured from nurseries in any

278 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

other form. In grafting, the stock should be of a
vigorous and allied species. We found that while Mo-
rinda flourished on the spruce, it merely lived and
dwindled on the Scotch fir. The scion should be taken,
if possible, from the point of the leading shoot of an
upper lateral branch ; inattention to this precaution has
been the cause of many failures in grafting. We have
seen good plants of P. Deodar a and Morinda formed
from cuttings; and we should suppose that the same
method might succeed with various other of the small-
leaved species. In most plants, however, propagated
by grafts or cuttings, some attention and skill is re-
quired, to throw, by judicious pruning, the main strength
of the tree towards the leading shoot. After all, seed-
lings will always be justly preferred. Hitherto many
young pines have been grown in pots. This has arisen
partly from the great demand for rare species, partly
from the idea, which is more or less correct, that some
of these are tender when young, and partly also from
the facility with which, when grown in pots, they can
be transmitted to distant parts of the country at any
season. These supposed advantages are often sadly
counterbalanced by the early contortion of the roots,
and the consequent overthrow of the trees, in later years,
by strong winds, a disaster by far too common in Pine-
tums. When put, at first, into very small pots — which
are often not more than two inches in diameter — the
roots become matted and twisted round the interior of
the pot ; and this process may be repeated at each suc-
cessive shifting, till the roots have assumed the form of
a bird^s nest, and the upper part of the plants have been
in a great measure stunted. They are frequently trans-
feiTcd to the open ground without any efficient at-
t

EARLY CULTIVATION OF PLANTS. 279

tempts being made to spread out the roots on the sur-
face ; and when the separation of the roots is resorted
to, it may he so ^-iolent as to give a considerable check
to the gi'owth^ for "which reason it is often employed
with reluctance : indeed, in old pot-gi'own plants, whose
roots have acquired a fii^m set, the operation may be
impossible, in which case it will be more satisfactory to
tln-ow them away than to plant them, for they are
almost sure to be upset by the wind when they have
attained the height of fifteen or twenty feet. ^Nlost of
the pine tribe have few or no tap roots. They spread
theii' principal roots all round near the siu'face of the
soil ; and these roots, being more or less at right angles
to the trunk, according to the slope of the ground,
afford the tree a primaiy rest or support independently
of the hold which, as roots, they take of the soil.
Of course this advantage is greatly lessened, if not
wholly lost, by pot cidture. Nevertheless, this mode of
propagation cannot be wholly discontinued. Some pines
are imdeniably tender while yoimg. The facility ^ith
which plants can be tm'ned out of pots -u-ith good balls
is of considerable value. For these reasons this method
of cultivation shoidd be, if possible, improved, and its
disadvantages sedulously remedied. We would recom-
mend the employment of wider and shallower pots than
those in common use — say six inches in diameter by
fom' in depth for the first potting, and ten by six for the
second. Perhaps it would be better to adopt the larger
pots at once, as these would allow the roots to spread,
and prevent the corkscrew set, which is the bane of pot
cidtm-e. Another error is, that pines are generally re-
tained too long in pots, being kept during summer in
some back region or shaded frame in a garden or nm-sery.

280 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

to save the trouble of frequent watering ; and the result
of this treatment is almost invariably a stunted habit,
which is very difficult to overcome. Pines in pots should
be encouraged to grow vigorously, and should be ^ut
out as soon as they are able to bear the open air. It is
right to add, that nurserymen have met with unmerited
reproach in regard to the small-pot culture of pines.
We have examined few private collections m which the
system was not equally prevalent.

Planting of the Pinetum. — As a general rule, the best
season for planting pines is in October. If the plants
are in pots, or are growing in the vicinity of their per-
manent site, and have been well prepared by frequent
removals, they may be successfully transplanted during
moist weather in April or in the beginning of May. At
each of these seasons the soil should be thoroughly satu-
rated with water when the operation of planting is two-
thirds completed. The plants should not be placed
deeper in the earth than they were previously; and it con-
tributes much to the early prosperity of the plant that
the roots be covered with leaf-mould or well rotted turfy
loam. It is injudicious to stake the trees any further than
may be necessary to prevent windshaking, for a year or
two. While the young plants are tender, and require pro-
tection in winter, three or four stakes driven into the
ground and rising a few inches above the top of the tree,
and covered with matting or spruce-fir branches, will ge-
nerally afford sufficient shelter. Some protect the lead-
ing shoot by a bell-glass, or cap of felt, supported in the
same way. For subsequent cultivation, little more is
required than the clearing away of long grass and weeds
from the young plants, and the thinning out of nurses,
where that mode of protection has been employed.

DECORATIVE TREATMENT OF THE PIXETUM. 281

Pruning of Pines. — The fir tribe, ^hen gro^vn in close
plantations, require little or no pruning. In the Pine-
tum, a moderate application of the knife is beneficial to
many of the species. Owing to diSerences of climate,
or variation in the pressm'e of the atmosphere from dif-
ferences of altitnde, some of the sorts, Tvhich are taU
trees in their own countries, are apt to grow bnshy with
us; or, from accidental circumstances, some of the
higher lateral branches may show a disposition to com-
pete "»vith the leading shoot. In aU these cases the thin-
ning out of the branches, especially the small ones, and
the foreshortening of those which are acquiring an ex-
cessive or iiTegular luxuiiance, will be foimd useftd, par-
ticularly in the Cedrus, Picea, and Abies groups. The
object kept in ^iew should be to dii'cct the flow of sap
to the head and shoulders of the ti'ee ; but it ought to
be regarded as a first principle that, by pruning, the na-
tural form of growth is to be promoted, and not con-
strained into anything artificial. IMr. ^I^Xab, of the
Edinbui'gh Botanic Garden, who has inherited and ac-
quired much experimental knowledge in this department
of arboriculture, has found that the prmiing of trees
in the Pinetimi is most successfidly performed in Jidy.
This result indicates that the proper time for this work
is when, the season^ s growth being far advanced, and
the flow of sap abated, there is little danger of an ex-
cessive exudation of resinous matter from the woimds.
We may add, that it is generally inexpedient to take off
lai'ge limbs from this class of trees.

Decorative treatment of the Pinetinn. — The Pinetum
when planted separately, as it is desirable it should be,
is best aiTanged in groups with irregidar lawns passing
between them ; — the lai'ger trees occup^-ing the leading

282 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

positions^ and those of lower growth or shrubby cha-
racter filling lip the secondary places. The groups
should be made up of the generic and subgeneric divi-
sions^ as given in our enumeration of the species. In
the genera Juniperus and Pimis, some of the subgeneric
sections may require to be further broken down^ other-
wise many of the species must be so placed that they
will have enough of room only for their partial develop-
ment; or they must be dotted out at such distances
as nearly to ungroup the whole. Where there is a
liberal allowance of ground to be occupied by the Pine-
tum, we should be disposed to recommend that the
groups should be constructed mtli principal trees^ ar-
ranged on strict botanical principles, but planted very
sparsely ; and that the intervals between these main trees
should be filled up with interesting duplicates of the
same or allied species, to act as nurses, or to be tem-
porary occupants, till the whole space is required by the
others. This plan, of course, implies a continued and
resolute thinning out, as the Pinetum advances to ma-
turity. We do not think it needful to say anything of
the position of the groups relatively to each other, as
our remarks on the decorative treatment of the Arbore-
tum will, mutatis mutandis, apply to the Pinetum.

In our remarks appended to the lists of species, we
have noticed the colom-s of the foliage and the forms of
many of the trees and shrubs there enumerated, to aid
the planter in making his selection and fixing his sub-
ordinate arrangements. The effect of the various colours
is an element which must be taken into careful consi-
deration. Hitherto the species employed have been
principally those with dark-coloured foliage — a property
extremely valuable in producing depths of shade, and in

DECORATIVE TREATMENT OF THE PIXETUM. 283

affording contrasts where such effects are necessary^ but
which^ in many places and positions^ both m the Pine-
tum and in the Pleasure-ground generallY_, has imparted
a gloomy expression^ particularly when the masses are
unbroken and imrelieved. When^ then, the Pinetum is
planted on a level siu'face, it is peculiarly needful, in
order to lighten the sombre effect incident to fir-woods
with dark-colom-ed foliage, that some of the lawns be-
tween the groups should be of considerable width, to
afford effective breadths of hght in contrast T\-ith the
depth of shade yielded by these deep-tinted and em-
bowering trees. There should, besides, be a free use
of the species exhibiting silvery, glaucous, and vivid
greens; and the duplicates and nurses, as suggested
above, should be principally of this character. It may
not be out of place to remark, that the sombre effect to
which we are now alluding has probably been the cause
of the veiy sparing employment of the Coniferce in parks
and pleasm'e-grounds generally, and of the correspond-
ing excess in the use of deciduous trees. This is an
error to be regretted, and, if possible, to be corrected.
By the judicious intermixtui'e of fii's possessed of light
and \'i\T.d green foliage, a considerable amount of ever-
green clothing might be given to the woods, without
saddening, but rather, on the contrary, enlivening, par-
ticularly in ^dnter, the general features of the place.
The effect of light-green foliage may be observed dm-ing
summer in the young shoots of the Scotch, silver, and
spmce firs, which, at that season, when seen from a
distance, are not easily distinguished fi'om their decidu-
ous neighbours, except from their dissimilarity of form.
As to the general effects of form in the fir tribe, the
reader is referred to our chapter " On the Ornamental
Character of Trees."

284 PARKS AXD PLZASrRE-GROUXDS.

The necessaiy expansion of the lawns in a regiilai' and
well-appointed Pinetnnij tends to disconi'age some pro-
prietors from allowing the ample space which is requisite
for their formation ; and where land is veiy valuable^ we
cannot wonder that it should be so. In hilly or npland
districts^ there is often much more space than is reqnii'ed
for this pui*pose thi'own away on useless or promiscnoiis
woods of little character or value. In such cases want
of room is no valid objection. But even when his ter-
ritory is limited^ the pine-fancier need not be wholly
discouraged^ as he may have a considerable collection of
his favomite ti'ees. and derive much pleasm'e from thefr
culrivation. if" he is content T\ith the opportunity of ad-
miring them when they are yoimg, or dming the first
twenty or twenty-five yeai's of thefr growth : but after
that period, he may expect to see them disfiguring and
destroying each other by thefr mutual pressm-e,, or he
must be prepai-ed to exhibit the decision of the sailor
who cuts down one mast to preserve the others. The
rnisfortime is. that the pine-grower does not feel his own
life in danger while his trees are gradually perishing^
and so cannot steel his nfrnd to the requisite use of the
axe. We think it possible to aiTange a small Phietimi
so that when the sorrowfril period of extfr'pation has
arrived, such trees as P. nohUis, Deodara, Dovglasii, At-
luntica, Lamhertiana, Benthamiana, etc., might be left
in thefr glory, at well-spaced inteiwals ; whde P. Cana-
densis, Abies, Picea, Cembra, and other of the commoner
sorts might be swept away. AYe question, however,
whether the actual planter would ever have the heait to
carry out such a plan. Another alternative is to scatter
the Conifers, in separate groups, thi'ough the gi'ounds,
as a main part of the evergreen trees of the place. Pines
of varied character are not so deficient in calmness and

DECORATIVE TREATMENT OF THE PIXETUM. 285

breadth of effect^ as are most deciduous trees in simi-
lar' crrcimi stances. Or they might be so distributed as
to compose what may be termed a shrubbery Pinetum ;
that is^ they might be grouped on lawns, with the groups
at distances suitable for trees and shrubs fi'om fifteen to
twenty-five feet high, so as to form a shrubbeiy much
more interesting than those planted in the usual com-
monplace way. The Pinacece, even when only a few
feet in height, have forms which, in combination with
their evergreen foliage, exhibit a most decided chai-acter
at all seasons. The shrubbery Pinetimi is an interesting
decoration, not only for small residences, but for more
extensive pleasure-groimds in the higher parts of the
country, where many shrubs do not thrive ; but in this
case the selection must be made from the hardier species
of pines.

Where a piece of imoccupied groimd cannot be allot-
ted as space for a regular and formal Pinetum, con-
stnicted on scientific principles, a considerable collection
of pines may be formed in the woods, in which much
scenic beauty may be displayed, and all the interest
arising fi'om individual specimens may be presened.
This plan can be most easily and successfrilly executed
when the trees, afready planted, have not attained a
greater age than twenty or tliirty years. ^Mien the
woods are older, much ^ider spaces must be cleared out.
In either case, however, a sufficient number of the old
trees must be removed to allow to the new groups or in-
dividual plants a suitable breadth of air and liglit from
above. "VMien this is not attended to, the young trees
will be excessively drawn up, and so lose their natural
characters. For the same reason, the old trees shoidd
be early, but gradually, thinned out, in order that the

286 PARKS AND PLEASURE-GROUNDS.

pines may be inured to the climate of their position.
To ensure success, the ground should be trenched, to
prepare it for the reception of the plants, and to cut off
the roots of such of the old trees as are likely to inter-
fere with the new comers. A little fresh soil, also, em-
ployed in planting, will be advantageous. If large pits
are opened and filled up with new soil, the directions
given above must be followed. We are disposed to
think that a Pinetum in the woods, when well executed,
is one of the most propitious arrangements for the
growth of the young pines, and among the most grace-
ful in point of scenic character, that can be formed.

INDEX,

American garden, 50.

Approach, 19. Direction of, 21.
Site of entrance of, 23. Line
tlirough the Park, 25. Grates
on, 28. Termination o^ 28.
Roadway of, 29. Decoration of,
30. Yiila, 204.

Approach, the Fine, 33.

Araucaria, 271.

Arboretum, 228. General Idea of,

230. Scientific treatment of,

231. Principles of arrangement,
233. Synopsis of orders and
genera, 234-. Conspectus, 244.
AppHcation of principles, 247.
Transference of system to the
gromid, 248. Decorative treat-
ment, 251. Soils and surfaces,
253. Arboretiun in the plea-
sure-grounds, 254 ; in the woods,
256.

Artificial style, 81.

Ash, 87. Weepmg ash, 96.

Avenue, 32, 82.

Beech, 88.

Belts, 80.

Birch, weeping, 96.

Biota, 262.

Botanic Grardens, 169. Special

purposes of, 171. Laying-out

of, 175.
Botanical Museimi, 174.
Callitri.s, 262.
Cedar of Lebanon, 89, 267 ; of

Mount Atlas, 267. Deodar, 90.
Cephalotaxus, 273.
Chamcecyparis, 263.
Chestnut, Spanish, — Horse, 88.
Circles, 80.
Clump, 70.
Colours, table of, 99. Variation of,

100. Of trees in winter, 101.
Colom-s in the Pinetum, 261, 283.
Conservatory, 13, 200.
Cryptomeria, 264.
Cunninghamia, 272.

288

INDEX.

Cupressus, species of, 263.

Cypress, upright, 95, 263. Chi-
nese weeping, 97.

Dotting system, 76.

Deodar, 90.

Ehn, English, and Scotch orWych,
88.

Educational Institutions, gardens
of, 164.

Evergreens, planting and trans-
planting of, 121.

Fences, 128. Boundary, 129. In-
ternal, 129. Pleasure-ground,
131. Malleable h-on, 131. Sunk
fence, 132. Walls and hedges,
133.

Firs in the Pinetiun, 264. Fonns
of, 91, 264.

Fitzroya, 263.

Flower-garden, 44. Site of, 45.
Grround-colour of, 45. Parterres
in, 47. Mixed flower-garden,
51. Artistical decoration, 52.
Shelter of, 54.

Forms of single trees, 84. Broad
round-headed, 87. Conical, 90.
Upright or oblongated, 94. Pen-
dulous, 95. In the Pinetiun,
261.

Forms of trees in combination, 103.
Eound-headed, 103. Conical,
104. Intermmgling of, 106.

Forcing garden, 152.

Forcing houses, 153.

Fruit garden, 152.

Gates, style of, 24. On the prin-
cipal approach, 28.

Glyptostrohus, 264.

G-reenhouses, 154, 200.

G-round, natural character, 63.
Acquired character, 64.

Grroup, 69.

Grrouping of plantations, 74.

Head of lake, 137.

HoUy, 91.

Horticultural Grardens, 179. Lay-
mg-out of, 182. Museiun, 186.

House, 1. Site of. 2. Shelter of,
6. Position in the park, 7.
Style of, 10, 198. Arrangement
of interior, 11. Supply of water
for, 5. Drainage, 4.

Ilex, 89.

Islands, 136.

Jet fountains, 141.

Juniperus, 261.

Kitchen garden, relations of, 144,
Site, 145. Drainage, 147. Soil,
148. Form, 149. WaUs, 151.
ViUa, 206.

Lake, artificial, 134.

Larch, 94. In Pinetum, 267.

Landscape gardemng compared
with landscape painting, 216.
Its processes partially tentative,
222.

Landscape, composition of, in the
pleasiu'e-groiuids, 36.

Laurels, 42, 44.

Lawns, formation of, 58.

lAhocedrus, 262.

Lime-tree, 88.

Lodge, 24.

Macrocachrys, 272.

Mass of wood, 70.

Oak, 88. Evergi-een, 89.

Offices attached to the house, 17.

Ornamental characters of trees, 84.
Of single trees, 86. Of trees in
combination, 103. In the Pine-
tum, 261.

Park, 60. Unity of, 61. Natural

[NDEX.

289

character of the ground, 63.
Acquired character, 64. Plant-
ing in, 66. Surfaces to be
planted, 66. Arrangement of
woods, 69.

Park, public, 155. Park villa,
213.

Parterre, 47.

Pines, forms of, 92. In the Pine-
tum, 261.

Pmetum, 261. Endlieher's ar-
rangement, 259. Synopsis of
genera, 260. List of genera and
species, with remarks, 261. Ef-
fects of climate on, 274. Soils,

276. Early cultiyation of plants,

277. Pot culture, 278. Plant-
ing of, 280. Pnming of pines,
281. Decorative treatment, 281.
Grroupiag, 282. Distribution of
colom's,282. Lawns, 284. Pine-
tmn in the woods, 285.

Pintis Ahies, 265. Cedrus, 267.
Cembra, 268. Larix, 267.
Pinaster, 270. Pinea, 271.
Pseudo-Strohus, 268. Sfrobm,
268. Tsi'.ga, 264.

Plans, utihty of, 225.

Plant-houses, 50, 175, 185.

Plantations, outlines of, 78.

Planting, 111. Preparation of the
ground, 111. Of forest trees,
113. Pitting, 114. Of ever-
greens, 121.

Pleasiu-e-grounds, 35. Planting in,
55. Walks in, 56. Yilla, 211.

Podocarpus, 272.

Poplars, 95, 106.

Pruning, 115.

Pubhc park, 155. Site of, 158.
Laying-out of, 159.

Eivers, artificial, 140.
Roads, 29, 194. Through planta-
tions, 113. Secondary roads, 30.
Eockworks, 53.
Rosary, 49.
Salishtina, 273.
Saxe-Gothea, 272.
Seclusion, 66, 203.
Sequoia, 272.
Shelter of house, 6.
Site of the house, 2, 3, 4, 8, 9.
Stable court, 17.
Stairs, 43.
Statues, 53.
Street gardens, 166.
Sycamore, or Maple, 87.
Synopsis of Natural Orders and

genera for Arboretum, 234.
Table of temperatures of soil, 124.
Taxodium, 264.
TaxKS, 273.

Terraces, 38. Walls of, 40. Grass
slopes of, 41. Banks and slunibs
on, 42. Stairs of, 43. Upper
surfaces of, 43.
Thinning of trees, 117.
TTiuia, 263.
Thuiopsis, 263.
Torreya, 273.
Transplanting of trees, 118. Of

evergreens, 121.
Unity of the park, 61.
Tases, 43, 52.

Villa, 190. Locahty of, 192. Site,
193. Roads to, 194. Position
of the house, 195. Style and
ai-rangement of the house, 198.
Laying-out of the grounds, 202.
Seclusion, 203. The approach,
204. Kitchen garden, 206.
Trees and shrubs, 208. Water,
O

\

290

INDEX.

210. The leading varieties of
villa scenery, 210. The pleasiu-e-
groiind viUa, 211. The park
villa, 213.

Walks, 43, 46, 56. Formation, 57.

Water, supply of, for the house, 5.

Water, ornamental, 134. Artificial
lake, 134. Islands in, 136.
Head of lake, 137. Artificial

rivers, 140. Jet fountains, 141.

Water as an ornament m pubhc

parks, 162. Yilla, 210.
Willow, weeping, 96.
Wire fences, 28, 131, 214.
Yew, 89. Irish yew, 95. In

Pmetvun, 273.
Zoological gardens, 188.

EERATUM.

Page 133, instead of hedges afibrd a cheap and ready sort of fence,
read hedges form a cheap sort of fence.

JOHN EDWARD TAYLOE, PRINTEB,
LITTLE QUEEN STREET, LINCOLN'S INN FIELDS.

MESSRS. REEVE AND CO.'S
POPULAR ILLUSTEATED WORKS

OS

NATURAL HISTORY.

%* The size of the ''■Popular Series" is Royal \Qmo. The volv.mes are
all strongly and handsomely hound in cloth, and each Plate contains
figures of four or more species.

1.

POPULAR HISTORY OP BRITISH ZOOPHYTES,

Or Corallines. By the Rev. Dr. Laxdsbceofgh, A.L.S. With 20
plates. 10*. Qd. coloured.

POPULAR HISTORY OP BRITISH PER^^S,

Comprising all the Species. By Thomas Mooee, Ciu'ator of the Botanic
Grardens, Chelsea, Author of the ' Handbook of British Ferns.' "With
20 plates by Fitch. lOs-. Qd. coloiu-ed.

" Mr. Moore's ' Popular Histoiy of British Ferns' forms one of the
nmnerous elegant and instructive books by which Messrs. Reeve and Co.
have endeavoured to popularize the study of Xatm-al History. In the
volume before us, Mr. Moore gives a clear account of the British Ferns,
with directions for then' cultivation ; accompanied by numerous coloured
plates neatly illustrated, and preceded by a general introduction on the
natm'e and character of this gracefid class of plants." — Spectator.

3.

POPULAR HISTORY OF MOLLUSCA,

Or, Shells and then- Animal Inhabitants. By Maey Robeets. With

18 plates by Wing, lOs. 6f/. coloured.

" The authoress is already favoiu-ably known to British natiu*ahsts by
her ' Conchologist's Companion,' and by other works on Natural History-.
We expected to find in it a useful and entertainiag volume. We have

not been disappointed The work is illustrated with eighteen

plates, beautifully coloured — in most instances affording a view of the
structure of the animal." — AthenrBum.

POPULAR FIELD BOTANY.

By Ag-nes Catlow. Second Edition, revised by the Author. With 20

plates. 10^. Qd. coloured.

" The design of tliis work is to fiu-nish yomag persons -with a Self-
Instructor in Botany, enabling them \vith httle difficulty to discover the
scientific names of the conunon plants they may find in their country
rambles, to which are appended a few facts respecting their uses, habits,
etc. The plants are classed m months, the illustrations are nicely co-
loured, and the book is altogether an elegant as well as useful present."
— niv.strated London News.

5.

POPULAR HISTORY OF BRITISH SEAWEEDS,

Comprising all the Marine Plants. By the Eev. Dr. Landsborough,
A.L.S. Second Edition, revised by the Author. With 22 plates by
Fitch. 105. 6^. colonized.
" The book is as well executed as it is well tuned. The descriptions

are scientific as well as popidar, and the plates are clear and expHcit.

It is a worthy sea- side companion — a handbook for every resident on

the sea-shore." — Economist.

6.

POPULAR MINERALOGY,

A familiar Account of Minerals and their Uses. By Henry Sowerby.

With 20 plates. 10;?. M. coloured.

"Mr. Sowerby has endeavoured to throw arovmd liis subject every
attraction. His work is fully and carefully illustrated with coloiu'ed
plates." — Spectator.

7.

POPULAR HISTORY OF MAMMALIA.

By Adam White, F. L.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department of
the British Museum. With 16 plates by B. Waterhouse Hawkins,
F.L.S. 10s. Qd.

"The present increase of our stores of anecdotal matter respecting
every kind of animal has been used with much tact by Mr. White, who
has a terse chatty way of putting do-\vn his reflections, mingled with easy
famiharity, which every one accustomed daily to zoological piu-suits is
sure to attain. The book is profusely illustrated." — Atlas.

8.

POPULAR BRITISH ORNITHOLOGY,

Comprising aU the Bu^ds. By P. H. GtOSSe, Author of ' The Natiu-aHst's
Sojourn in Jamaica,' 'The Ocean,' etc. With 20 plates. 10*. 6c?.
coloiu'ed.
" To render the subject of ornitliology clear, and its study attractive,

has been the great aim of the author of tliis little volume. . . It is

embelHshed by upwards of seventy plates of British birds beautiftdly

coloured." — Morning Herald.

9.

POPULAR BRITISH ENTOMOLOGY.

By Maria E. Catlow. With 16 plates by Wing. 10s. Qd. coloured.

" Judiciously executed, with excellent figures of the commoner species,
for the use of young beginners." — Annual Address of the President of
the Entomological Society.

10.

VOICES FROM THE WOODLANDS ;

Or, History of Forest Trees, Lichens, and Mosses. By Mary Roberts.

20 plates. 10.?. Qd. coloured.

" The fair authoress of this pretty volume has shown more than the
usual good taste of her sex in the selection of her mode of conveying to
the young interesting instruction upon pleasing topics. She bids them
join in a ramble througli the sylvan wilds, and at her command the fi^agile
Kchen, the gnarled oak, the towering beech, the gracefitl chestnut, and
the waving poplar, discourse eloquently, and tell their respective histo-
ries and uses." — Britannia.

LIST OF WORKS

PRINCIPALLY OX

NATURAL AND PHYSICAL SCIENCE,

PUBLISHED BY

REEVE AND CO.,

5, HENRIETTA STREET, COYENT GARDEN.

BOTANY. I

THE YICTORIA KEGIA. By Sir W. J. Hooker, F.K.S. In j

elephant folio. Illustrated on a large scale by W. Fitch. ;

3l5. Qd. " \

The work on the Eoyal Water Lily contains four plates of very \

large size, expensively coloui*ed, illustrative of the different stages of s

flowering and fi-uiting, with analyses of structure, as follows: — ;

1. A view of the entu-e plant, flower, fruit, and leaves, on the \

water. ;

2. A flower of the natural size in progress of expanding, together \

with as much of the enormous foliage as the broad dimen- ;

sions of the paper will admit.

2>. A fully expanded flower of tJie natural size, with foliage, kc. \

4. A vertical section of the fuUy developed flower, with various ;

dissections and analyses. \

" Although many works have been devoted to the illustration and description >

of the Victoria regia, it seemed still to want one which, whilst it gave an accu- \

rate botanical description of the plant, should at the same time show the natural s

size of its gigantic flowers. This object has been aimed at by the combined la- ^

boui-s of sV^y. Hooker and Mr. Fitch, and with distinguished success. The \

illustrations are everything that coidd be desired in the shape of botanical \

drawings. They are accurate, and they are beautiful." — Athenaum. \

THE EHODODENDEONS OE SIKKIM-HDLVLAYA. With
drawings and descriptions made on the spot. By J. D.
Hooker, M.D., F.K.S. Edited by Sir W. J. Hooker,
D.C.L., E.E.S. In handsome imperial folio, w"th thirty co-
lom'ed plates. Price 3/. lis.
" In this work we have the fii'st results of Dr. Hooker's botanical mission
to India. The announcement is calculated to startle some of om- readers when
they know that it was only last January- twelvemonths that the Doctor arrived
in Calcutta. That he should have ascended the Himalaya, discovered a num-
ber of plants, and that they should be pubUshed in England in an almost

WORKS PUBLISHED BY

UNEQUALLED STYLE OF MAGNIFICENT ILLUSTRATION,

months — is one of the marvels of our time." — Atlienceiim.

" A most beautiful example of fine drawing and skilful colouring, while the
letter-press furnished by the talented author possesses very high interest. Of
the species of Rhododendron which he has found in his adventurous journey,
some are quite unrivalled in magnificence of appearance." — Gardeners' Chronicle.

SANDEES'S PEACTICAL TREATISE ON THE CULTURE
OF THE VINE. With plates. 8vo. 5s.

" Mr. Assheton Smith's place at Tedworth has long possessed a great English
reputation for the excellence of its fruit and vegetables : one is continually hear-
ing in society of the extraordinary abundance and perfection of its produce at
seasons when common gardens are empty, and the great world seems to have
arrived at the conclusion that the kitchen gardening and forcing there are
nowhere excelled. We have, therefore, examined with no common interest the
work before us, for it will be strange indeed, if a man who can act so skilfully as
Mr. Sanders should be unable to ofter advice of corresponding value. We have
not been disappointed. Mr. Sanders's directions are as plain as words can make
them ; and, we will add, as judicious as his long experience had led us to expect.
After a careful perusal of his little treatise, we find nothing to object to, and
much to praise." — Gardeners' Chronicle.

"A clever, w^ ell-written, and nicely illustrated horticultural pamphlet, telling
us all we want to know on the subject." — Guardian.

PHYCOLOGIA BllITANNICA; or. History of the British Sea-
weeds ; containing coloured figures, and descriptions, of all
the species of Algge inhabiting the shores of the British
Islands. By William Henry Harvey, M.D., M.E.I.A.,
Keeper of the Herbarium of the University of Dublin, and
Professor of Botany to the Dublin Society. The price of the
work, complete, strongly bound in cloth, is as follows : —
In three vols, royal 8vo, arranged in the! raa lo /^

order of publication J

In four vols, royal 8vo, arranged sy sterna- 1 ^„ \r, ^

tically according to the Synopsis J

A few Copies have been printed on large paper.

" The ' History of British Sea-weeds ' we can most faithfully recommend for
its scientific, its pictorial, and its popular value ; the professed botanist will find
it a work of the highest character, whilst those w^ho desire merely to know the
names and history of the lovely plants which they gather on the sea-shore, will
find in it the faithful portraiture of every one of them." — Annals a?id 3Iagazine
of Natiiral History .

" The drawings are beautifully executed by the author himself on stone, the
dissections carefully prepared, and the whole account of the species drawn up in
such a way as cannot fail to be instructive, even to those who are well acquainted
with the subject. The greater part of our more common Algse have never been
illustrated in a manner agreeable to the present state of Algology." — Gardeners'
Chronicle.

REEVE AND CO., HENRIETTA STREET.

POPULAR HISTOPvY OF BRITISH SEA-AVEEDS, comprising
all the Marine Plants. By the Rev. David Landsborougii,
A.L.S., Member of the Wernerian Society of Edinburgh.
With twenty coloured plates by Pitch. Second Edition.
Royal 16mo. lO-s. Qd.

" The book is as well executed as it is well timed. The descriptions are scientific
as well as popular, and the plates arc clear and exphcit. Not only the forms,
but the uses of Algte, are minutelv described. It is a worthy sea-side com-
PAXiox — a handbook for every occasional or permanent resident on the sea-
shore."— Economist.

"Those who wish to make themselves acquainted \\-ith British Sea-weeds,
cannot do better than begin with this elegantly illustrated manual." — Globe.

" This elegant work, though intended for beginners, is well worthy the perusal
of those advanced in the science." — Morni-ng Herald.

A CENTURY OP ORCHIDACEOUS PLANTS, selected from
those most worthy of cultivation figured in Curtis's Botanical
Magazine, ^^th coloured figures and dissections, chiefly
executed by Mr. Fitch ; the descriptions (entirely re-written)
by Sir William J. Hookee, F.R.S. With an introduction on
the cultui-e of OrchidaccEe generally, and on the treatment of \
each genus ; by John C. Lyons, Esq. Royal 4to, containing
one hundred coloured plates. Price Five Guineas. |

" In the exquisite illustrations to this splendid volume fuU justice has been ?

rendered to the oddly foimed and often briUiantly coloured flowers of this curious |

and interesting tribe* of plants." — Westminster and Foreign Quarterly Eevieio. \

" A very acceptable addition to our knowledge of the Orchis tribe. The plates \

are beautifully executed, and have been selected with great care. Each species \

has a brief character attached, aiul to each genus botanical and practical obsen'a- ^

tions, fi-om the pen of Sir AVilliam Hooker, are prefixed. The work is enriched J

^\-ith a prefatory memoir by ]Mr. Lyons, full of sound judgment and exiierience, \

on the most approved method of growing Orchids." — Literary Gazette. >

POPULAR HISTORY OF BRITISH FERXS, comprising all
the Species. By Thomas Moore. With twenty coloured
plates by Fitch. " Royal 16mo, cloth. 10-s. &d. \

" :Mr. ^Moore's ' Popular History of British Ferns' forms one of the numerous I

elegant and instructive books by wliich ^Messrs. Reeve and Co. have endeavoured >

to popularize the study of Natural History. In the vohmie before us, Mr. ^

]\Ioore gives a clear account of the British* Ferns, \\ith directions for their cul- j

tivation; accompanied by numerous coloured plates neatly illustrated, and pre- >

ceded by a general introduction on the natm-al character of this graceful class of >

plants." — Spectator. I

" We have rarely, if ever, seen a publication relating to plants wbere the ob- ?

ject aimed at is more fully accomplished than in this elegant volume." — Hooker's I

'Journal. >

"A prettily got-up book, and fit for a drawing-room table." — The Friend. :

\ 4 WORKS PUBLISHED BY

r — ^

\ THE BRITISH DESMIDIEiE; or, Fresh-Water Algae. By
J John Ralfs, M.R.C.S., Honorary Member of the Penzance

\ Nat. Hist. Society. The Drawings by Edward Jenner, A.L.S.

Royal 8vo, thirty-five coloured plates. Price 365. cloth.

NEREIS AUSTRALIS ; or, Illustrations of the Algse of the
Southern Ocean. By Professor Harvey, M.D., M.R.I.A.
To be completed in Four Parts, each containing twenty-five
coloured plates, imp. 8vo. Price 11. Is. Parts I. and II.
recently published.

" Of this most important contribution to our knowledge of exotic Alg?e, we
know not if we can pay it a higher compliment than by saying it is worthy of the
author. It should be observed that the work is not a selection of certain species,
but an arranged system of all that is known of Australian Algae, accompanied by
figures of the new and rare ones, especially of those most remarkable for beauty
of form and colour." — London Journal of Botany .

CURTIS'S BOTANICAL MAGAZINE (commenced in 1786);
Continued by Sir William Jackson Hooker, K.H., D.C.L.,
&c.. Director of the Royal Gardens of Kew.

*^* Published in monthly numbers, each containing six plates,
price '6s. &d. coloured ; and in annual volumes, price 42*.

HOOKER'S JOURNAL OF BOTANY and KEW GARDENS
Miscellany. Edited by Sir William Jackson Hooker.

This Botanical Journal, in addition to original papers by
Eminent Botanists, contains the Botanical News of the month,
Communications from Botanical Travellers, Notices of New
Books, &c.

*^* In monthly numbers, with a plate, price 2s.

ICONES PLANTARUM; or, Figures, with brief descriptive
characters and remarks, of new and rare Plants. Published
monthly, with eight plates. Price 25. 6d.

REEVE AND CO., HENRIETTA STREET.

{JJnder the Authority of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralti/.)

FLOKA ANTARCTICA ; or. Botany of the Antarctic Voyage of

H.M. Discovery Ships Erehus and Terror, during the years

1839-1843, under the command of Capt. Sir James Clark

Eoss, E.X., F.R.S. By Joseph Dalton Hooker, M.D.,

E.N., r.R.S., &c., Botanist to the Expedition, In two vols.

royal 4to, cloth, containing 200 plates. Price 10/. lo.s.

coloured; 11. lOs. plain.

"The descriptions of the plants in this work ai-e carefully drawn up, and much

interesting matter, critical, explanatoiT, and historical, is added in the form

of notes. The drawings of the plants' are admirably executed by Mr. Fitch ; >

and we know of no productions from his pencil, or, in fact, any botanical illus- |

trations at all, that are superior m faithful representation and botanical correct- ]

ness." — Athenaurn. ;

CRYPTOGAMIA ANTARCTICA ; or, Crj-ptogamic Botany of \

the Antarctic Voyage of H. M. Ships Erehus and Terror. By \

Joseph Dalton Hookek, M.D., F.R.S., kc. Royal 4to, \

cloth, containing 71 plates. Price 1/. l-s. coloured; 2/. lis. \

plain. \

THE ESCULENT FUNGUSES OF ENGLAND ; a treatise on \

their History, Uses, Structure, Nutritious Properties, Mode \

of Cooking,*^ Preserving, S:c. By the Rev. Dr. Badham. \

Super-royal 8vo, cloth, coloiu'ed plates. 21*. j

" The Enghsh ai-e not a fungus-eating nation ; and though we do not eat fiogs >

like our neighbours, we ai-e rather celebrated for our love of another of the repti- )

lian family — turtle. There is no reason why we should eschew frogs and relish \

turtle; still less is there for our eating one or two of the numerous edible ^

funguses which oiu- island produces, and condemning all the rest. To draw \

attention to this fact, and to supply an acciu-ate account, with a coiTect delinea- \

tion, of the esculent species of this family in Great Britain, are the objects of the \

book before us. Such a work was a desideratum in this countr)-, and it has been \

well supplied by Dr. Badham ; with his beautiful drawings of the various edible \

fungi in his hand the collector can scarcely make a mistake. The majority of ^

those which grow in our meadows, and in the decaying wood of our orchards and j

forests, are unfit for food; and the value of Dr. Badham 's book consists in the |

fact, that it enables us to distinguish from these such as may be eaten with im- >

punity." — Athenaurn. \

ILLUSTRATIONS OF BRITISH MYCOLOGY; containing \

Figures and Descriptions of the Funguses of interest and |

novelty indigenous to Britain. First Series. By Mrs. Hussey. >

4to, cloth gilt, with ninety beautifully coloured drawings. \

Price 11. 12.S. M. ^ ^ \

" This talented lady and her sister were in the first instance induced to draw >

some of the more striking Fungi, merely as picturesque objects. Their collectiou ',

WORKS PUBLISHED BY

of drawings at length became important from their number and accuracy, and
a long continued study of the nutritive properties of Fungi lias induced the
former to lay the results of her investigations before the public, under the
form of illustrations of the more useful and interesting species. The figures
are so faithful that there can be no difficulty in at once determining with
certainty the objects they are intended to represent ; and the observations wiU
be found of much interest to the general reader." — Gardeners^ Chronicle.

" This is an elegant and interesting book : it would be an ornament to the
drawing-room table ; but it must not, therefore, be supposed that the value of
the work is not intrinsic, for a great deal of new and valuable matter accompanies
the plates, which are not fancy sketches, but so individualized and life-like, that
to mistake any species seems impossible. The accessories of each are significant
of site, soil, and season of growth, so that the botanist may study with advantage
what the artist may inspect with admiration." — Morning Post.

ILLUSTRATIONS OP BRITISH MYCOLOGY; containing
Figures and Descriptions of the Funguses of interest and
novelty indigenous to Britain. Second Series. By Mrs. Hussey.
Publishing in Monthly Parts, coloured drawings, price 5s.

VOICES PROM THE WOODLANDS ; or. History of Forest
Trees, Lichens, Mosses, and Ferns. By Mary Roberts.
Elegantly bound. With twenty coloured Plates of Forest
Scenery, by Fitch. Royal 16mo. 10s. ^d.

" This work includes a wide range of genera, from the lichen to the oak, and
by way of giving variety to a subject so commonplace, the several plants are sup-
posed to tell theii- own stories, and describe their ow^i family peculiarities." — Atlas.

" The fair authoress of this pretty volume has shown more than the usual
good taste of her sex in the selection of her mode of conveying to the young
interesting instruction upon pleasing topics. She bids them join in a ramble
tlirough the sylvan wilds, and at her command the fragile lichen, the gnarled oak,
the towering beech, the graceful chestnut, and the waving poplar discourse elo-
quently, and teU their respective histories and uses." — Britannia.

POPULAR FIELD BOTANY; containing a familiar and tech-
nical description of the plants most common to the British
Isles, adapted to the study of either the Artificial or Natural
Systems. By Agnes Catlow. Second Edition. Arranged
in twelve chapters, each being the Botanical lesson for the
month. Containing twenty coloured plates of figures. Royal
16mo. 10s. Qd.
" The design of this w^ork is to furnish young persons with a Self-instructor in
Botany, enabling them with little difficulty to discover the scientific names of the
common plantsthey may find in their country rambles, to which are appended a
few facts respecting their uses, habits, &c. The plants are classed in mouths, the
illustrations arc nicely coloured, and the book is altogether an elegant, as well as
useful present." — Illustrated London Neios.

REEVE AND CO., HENRIETTA STREET.

THE TOURIST'S FLOHA. A Descriptive Catalogue of the

Flowering Plants and Ferns of the British Islands, France, \

Germany, Switzerland, and Italy. By Joseph Woods, >,

F.A.S., F.L.S., F.G.S. 8vo. IS*. |

" The appearance of this book has been long expected by us ; and we can justly |

state that it has quite fulfilled all our expectations, and will support the high re- \

put^tion of its author. Mr. "Woods is kuown to have spent mauy yeai's in collect- \

iug and arranging the materials for the present work, with a view to which he I

has, we believe, visited all the most interesting localities mentioned in it. This \

amount of labour, combined with extensive botanical knowledge, has enabled him |

to produce a volume such as few, if any other, botanists were capable of writing." I

— Annals of Natural History. \

ZOOLOGY. I

{Under the Authority of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty.) ;

ZOOLOGY OF THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. SAMAEANG. \

Edited by Aethl-r Adams, F.L.S., Assistant-Surgeon, KN., \

attached to the Expedition. >

Vertebrata. By John Edward Gray, F.E.S., Keeper of the
Zoological Department of the British Museum.

Fishes. By Sir- John Richardson, M.D., F.R.S.

MoLLUSCA. By the Editor and Lovell Reeve, F.L.S. In-
cluding the anatomy of the S/irula^ by Prof. Owen, F.R.S.

Crustacea. By the Editor and Adam White, F.L.S.

*^* Complete in one handsome royal J:to volume, containing 55
plates. Price, strongly bound in cloth, 2>l. 10s.

THE BIRDS OF IRELAND. By William Thompson, Esq.,

President of the Natural History and Philosophical Society

of Belfast. Vol. I., price 16s. cloth. Vol. II., price 12«.

Vol. III., price 16s., 8vo, cloth.

" Our readers, if once they get hold of this work, will not readily lay it down ;
for while habits are dwelt upon in a manner so amusing that we have known
extracts to be read aloud to a delighted circle of children, it contains the
precise infonnation which the ornithologist demands, and brings forward topics
both of popular and scientific interest, such as the geographical distribution of
species, the causes which seem to operate on their increase and decrease, their
migrations, theh uses to man, the occasional injuries they inflict, and the impor-
tant benefits they confer. It is a standard work, and will rank \yith those of
our first ornithologists." — Bublin Quarterly Journal of Medical Science.

WORKS PUBLISHED BY

CONTRIBUTIONS TO ORNITHOLOGY. By Siu William
Jardine, Bart., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., &c.
The "Contributions" are devoted to the various departments of Orni-
\ thology. They are published at intervals in Parts, and form an annual Volume,
\ illustrated by numerous coloured and uncoloured Plates, Woodcuts, &c.

> The Series for 1848, containing ten Plates, price 9s.

\ The Series for 1849, containing twenty-four Plates, price 21s.

\ The Series for 1850, containing twenty-one Plates, Vignettes, and

\ Woodcuts, price 2 Is.

\ The Series for 1851, containing fourteen Plates, price 18s.

I THE DODO AND ITS KINDRED ; or, the History, Affinities,
\ and Osteology of the Dodo, Solitaire, and other extinct

birds of the islands Mauritius, Rodriguez, and Bourbon. By
H. E. Strickland, Esq., M.A., E.R.G.S., E.G.S., President of ;
the Ashmolean Society, and A. G. Melville, M.D., M.R.C.S.
Royal quarto, with eighteen plates and numerous wood-illus-
trations. Price 21s.

" The labour expended on this book, and the beautiful manner in ^yhich it is
got up, render it a work of great interest to the naturalist. * * It is a model
of how such subjects should be treated. We know of few more elaborate and
careful pieces of comparative anatomy than is given of the head and foot by
Dr. MelviUe. The dissection is accompanied by lithographic plates, creditable alike
I to the Artist and the Printer." — Athenmm.

]

\ POPULAR BRITISH ORNITHOLOGY ; comprising a fanuliar

\ and technical description of the Birds of the British Isles.

By P. H. Gosse, Author of 'The Ocean,' 'The Birds of
Jamaica,' &c. In twelve chapters, each being the Ornitholo-
gical lesson for the month. In one vol. royal 16mo, with
twenty plates of figures. Price 10s. ^d. coloured.

" To render the subject of ornithology clear, and its study attractive, has been the
great aim of the autlior of this boautifid little volume. ... It is embellished by
upwards of 70 figures of British birds beautifully ciAoxwcHi."— Morning Herald.

" This was a book much wanted, and will prove a boon of no common value,
containing, as it does, the names, descriptions, and habits of all the British bii'ds.
It is handsomely got up." — 3Hrror.

REEVE AND CO., HENRIETTA STREET.

CONCHOLOGIA ICONICA ; or, Figures and Descriptions of the
Shells of Molluscous Animals, with critical remarks on their
synonj'ms, affinities, and circumstances of habitation. By
LovELL Reeve, F.L.S.

*^* Demy -Ito. Published monthly, in Parts, each containing
eight plates. Price 10s.

SOLD ALSO IN MONOGRAPHS :

je s.

d.

J:

s.

d.

£ s.

d.

Achatiua .

1 9

0

Doliam . .

0

10

6

Oliva . .

1 18

0

Achatinella

0 8

0

Eburna .

0

1

6

Oniscia . .

0 1

6

Area

1 1

G

Fasciolai-ia .

0

9

0

Paludomus

0 4

0

Artemis

0 13

0

Ficula . .

0

1

6

Partula

0 5

6

Buccinum .

0 18

0

Fissurella .

1

0

6

Pectuuculus

0 11

6

Bulimus .

5 12

0

Fusus . .

1

6

6

Phorus . .

0 4

0

Bullia . .

0 5

6

Glaucouome

0

1

6

Pleurotoma

2 10

6

Cardita . .

0 11

6

HaHotis .

1

1

0

Pterocera .

0 8

0

Cardiiim .

1 8

0

Harpa .

0

5

6

Purpura .

0 17

0

Cassidaria .

0 1

6

Hemipecten

0

1

6

Pyrula . .

0 11

6

Cassis . .

0 15

6

lanthiua .

0

3

0

Rauella . .

0 10

6

Chama . .

0 11

6

Isocardia .

0

1

6

Ricinula .

0 8

0

Chiton . .

2 2

0

Luciua . .

0

14

0

Rostellaria

0 4

6

Chitonellus

0 1

6

Mangelia .

0

10

6

Strombus .

1 4

6

Conus , .

3 0

0

Mesalia i
Eglisia ■'

0

1

6

Struthiolaria

0 1

6

Corbnla

0 6

6

Turbinella .

0 17

0

Crassatella

0 4

0

:\Iitra . .

2 10

0

Triton . .

1 5

6

Cyprsea

1 14

0

^lonoceros

0

5

6

Turbo . .

0 17

0

Cypricardia

0 3

0

INIurex . .

2

5

6

Tui-ritella .

0 14

6

Delphinula .

0 6

6

Myadora .

0

1

6

Voluta . .

1 8

0

The genus Helix is in course of jpublicatio7i.

SOLD ALSO IN VOLUMES:

Vol. I. Conus Phorus Delphinula

Pleurotoma Pectunculus Cypricardia

Crassatella Cardita Harpa

[122 Plates, price 71. l6s. 6d. half-bound.l

Vol. II. Corbula Glauconome Mitra

Arc A Myadora Cardium

Triton Ranella Isocardia

[1 14 Plates, price 71- 6«. 6d. half-bound.}

Vol. III. Murex Mangelia Monoceros

Cypr^ea Purpura Bullia

Haliotis Ricinula Buccinum

[129 Plates, price 81. 5s. 6d. half-bound.']

Vol. IV. Chama Ficula Fusus

Chiton Pyrula Paludomus

Chitonellus Turbinella Turbo
Fasciolaria

[1 10 Plates, price 71- Is- 6(i. half-bound.]

10 WORKS PUBLISHED BY

Vol. V.

BuLiMus Cassis Oniscia

ACHATINA TURRITELLA CaSSIDARIA

DoLiuM Mesalia Eburna

Eglisia

[147 Plates, price 91- 7s. Qd. half-bound.']

VoL.VL

Voluta Artemis Strombus

FlSSURELLA LUCINA PtEROCERA

Partula Hemipecten Rostellaria

ACHATINELLA OlIVA StRUTHIOLARIA

[129 Plates, price Si. 5s. 6d. half -bound.']

The figures are drawn and lithogi-aplied by Mr. G. B. Sowerby,
Junr., of tlie natural size, from specimens chiefly in tlie collection of
Mr. Cuming.

" This great work is intended to embrace a complete description and illustra-
tion of the shells of molluscous animals, and, so far as we have seen, it is not
such as to disappoint the large expectations that have heen formed respecting it.
The figures of the shells are all of full size ; in the descriptions a careful analysis
is given of the labours of others ; and the author has apparently spared no pains
to make the work a standard authority on the subject of which it treats." —
Athenaum.

CONCHOLOGIA SYSTEMATICA ; or, Complete System of Con-
chology, illustrated with 300 plates of upwards of 1500
figures of Shells. By Lovell Heeve, F.L.S.
" The text is both interesting and instructive ; many of the plates have ap-
peared before in Mr. Sowerby's works, but from the great expense of collecting
them, and the miscellaneous manner of their publication, many persons will no
doubt gladly avail themselves of this select and classified portion, which also
contains many original figures." — Athenceum.
*^* In two quarto volumes, cloth. Price lOZ. coloured ; 6/. plain.

ELEMENTS OE CONCHOLOGY ; or, Introduction to the Natural
History of Shells and their animals. By Lovell Reeve, E.L.S.
Parts T. to X., price 3*. ^d. each.
" The work before us is designed to promote a more philosophical spirit of

inquiry into the nature and origin of Shells." — Ecclesiastical Review.

CONCHOLOGIST'S NOMENCLATOR ; or. Catalogue of recent
species of Shells, with their authorities, synonyms, and re-
ferences to works where figured or described. By Agnes
Catlow, assisted by Lovell Eeeve, F.L.S.
*^* In sheets for labels, 30s. Cloth, 2l5. Half-bound, inter-
leaved, 25.S.

REEVE AND CO., HENRIETTA STREET. 11

CONCHYLIA. DITHYEA INSULAEUM BEITANNICAllUM.

The Bivalve Shells of the British Isles, systematically aiTanged.
By William Turton, M.D. Eeprinted verbatim from the
original edition. The illustrations, piinted from the original
copper-plates, are distinguished for their accurate detail.
Twenty coloured plates. Price 2Z. 10s.

POPULAE HISTOEY OF MOLLUSCA; or, Shells and their )

Animal Inhabitants. By Mary Egberts. Eoyal 16mo, ;

with twenty coloured plates by "Wing. Price 10s. 6d. J

" This httle volume forms another of the excellent series of illustrated works i

on various departments of Natural History, for whicli the public is indebted to >

Mr. Reeve. . . . When we add, that the plates contain no fewer than ninety $

figures of shells, with their animal inhabitants, aU of them well, and several ad- >

mirably, executed, and that the text is written throughout in a readable and even i

elegant style, with such digi-essiou in poetrj' and prose as serve to relieve its ^

scientific details, we think that we have said enough to justify the favourable \

opinion we have expressed." — British and Foreign Medico-Chirurgical Review. \

CUETIS'S BEITISH EXTOMOLOCxY, being Illustrations and

Descriptions of the Genera of Insects found in Great Britain \

and Ireland, comprising coloured figures, from nature, of the \

most rare and beautiful species, and, in many instances, of the >

plants upon which they are found. By John Curtis, P.L.S. >

The ' British Entomology ' was originally brought out in Monthly \

Numbers, size royal 8vo, at 4s. 6(^., each containing four coloured s

plates with text. It was commenced in 1824, and completed in \

1840, in 193 Numbers, forming 16 volumes, price J43 16s. \

The work is now offered new, and in the best condition : — \

Price to Subscribers for complete copies in sixteen volumes £21. \

Price of the new issue, and of odd Numbers . . 3s. 6^. per No. |

%* Vols. I. and II. of the New Issue are now ready for delivery. \

INSECTA BEITANTSnCA. Diptera. By P. Walker, Esq. \

E.L.S. Vol. I. lUustrated with plates. Price 25s. \

EPISODES OF INSECT LIFE. Three vols., crown 8vo, with \

108 illustrations. Price 2^. Ss., elegantly bound in fancy >

cloth. Coloured and bound extra, gilt back, sides, and edges, x

U. 3s. '

*^* Each volume, containing thirty-six illustrations, is complete in \

itself, and sold separately. Price 1 65. plain, 2 Is. coloured. s

I " The book includes sohd instruction as weU as genial and captivating mirth. \

The scientific knowledge of the writer is thoroughly rchable." — Examiner. >

> " The letterpress is interspersed with rignettes clearly and cleverly engraved \

13 WORKS PUBLISHED BY

on stone : and the whole pile of Natural History — fable, poetry, theory, and
fact — is stuck over witli quaint apophthegms and shrewd maxims, deduced for
the benefit of man from the contemplation of such tiny monitors as gnats and
moths. Altogether the book is a curious and interesting one — quaint and clever,
genial and well-informed." — Morning Chronicle.

POPULAE BEITISH ENTOMOLOGY, comprising a familiar

and teclmical description of the Insects most common to tlie

British Isles. By Maria E. Catlow. In twelve chapters,

each beinff the Entomoloorical lesson for the month. In one

vol. royal 16mo, with sixteen coloured plates of figures. Price

10*. U.

" Judiciously executed, with excellent figures of the commoner species, for the

use of young beginners." — Amiual Address of the President of the Entomological

Society,

" Miss Catlow's ' Popular British Entomology' contains an introductory chapter
or two on classification, w^hich are followed by brief generic and specific descrip-
tions in English of above 200 of the commoner British species, together with
accurate figures of about 70 of those described ; and will be quite a treasure to
auyone just commencing the study of this fascinating science." — Westminster
and Foreign Quarterly Review.

POPULAR HISTORY OP MAMMALIA. By Adam White,

P.L.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department of the British

Museum. With sixteen coloured Plates of Quadrupeds, &c.

by B. Waterhouse Hawkins, F.L.S. Eoyal 16mo. 10^. M.

" The present increase of our stores of anecdotal matter respecting every kind

of animal has been used with much tact by Mr. White, who has a terse chatty

way of putting down his reflections, mingled with that easy familiarity which

every one accustomed daily to zoological pursuits is sure to attain. The book is

proftisely illustrated." — Atlas.

THE BRITISH PALAEOZOIC POSSILS, added by Professor
Sedgwick to the Woodwardian Museum. By Professor
M'CoY. In royal 4to, with numerous Plates.

Part L, containing the Radiata and Articulata, is now ready. I65.
Part II., containing the Lower Palaeozoic Mollusca, is in the press.

THOUGHTS ON A PEBBLE; or, a Eirst Lesson in Geology.
By Dr. Mantell, E.R.S. Eighth Edition, considerably en-
larged. With four coloured plates, twenty-seven woodc\its,
and a Portrait of the Author. Square 12rao. 55.
" I have just procured a little work for my young pupils, a most delightful
introduction, entitled ' Thoughts on a Pebble, or a Yirsi Lesson in Geology,' by
Dr. Mantell, and I must request you to read it ; for although it does not consist
of more than thirty pages [increased in the pi'esent edition to upwards of a hun-
dred] it will expand to your view a new world that will astonish and delight
you." — Philosophy in Sport.

REEYE AND CO., HENRIETTA STREET. 13

MISCELLANEOUS.

ELEMENTARY PHYSICS; an Introductiou to the Study of
Natural Philosophy. By Robert Hunt, Professor of Me-
chanical Science at the Government School of !Mines, Author
of ' Poetry of Science,' ' Researches on Light,' and ' Handbook
to the Great Exhibition.' Illustrated with a coloured frontis-
piece, and 217 vignettes and wood engravings. Fcap. 8vo,
cloth. 105. Qd.

CONTENTS,

Chapter I. General Properties of Pon-
derable Matter.

„ II. General Laws of Motion.

„ III. Laws of Slightly Elastic
Fluids.

,, IV. Laws of Elastic Fluids.

Chapter V. Sonorous Movement of

Bodies.
,, VI. Primary Pheuomena of

Electricity.
„ VII. Heat, or Caloric.
„ VIII. Light and Actinism.

" As a really elementaiy treatise on the whole work of Physical Science, we
know none to compare ^\'ith it, and it is, therefore, admirably adapted for the
wants of the student ; whilst, on the other hand, it may be read and looked
through with profit and interest by those who have long mastered the general
truths it embodies, and for the many novel illustrations and applications of these
which it contains." — British and Foreign Medico-Chiriirgical Revieic.

POPULAR MINERALOGY ; a Famihar account of Minerals and

their Uses. By Henry Sowerby. Royal 16mo, with plates \

of figures. lOs. ^d. coloured. ^

" Mr. Sowerby has endeavoured to throw around his subject eveiy attraction. \

His work is fully and carefully illustrated with colom'cd plates." — Spectator. \

PANTHEA, THE SPIRIT OF NATURE. By Robert Hunt, \

. ' \

Author of ' The Poetry of Science.' One vol. 8vo, cloth. \

lOs. 6^. \

"A work of very peculiar character, in which Philosophy and Poetry are finely \

blended, and where great truths and noble sentiments are expressed in language >

fidl of beauty and eloquence." — Isortli British Bevieic. >

"Ample opportunities are afforded for convepng scientific information in a popular \

form, and these have been liberally and well embraced by the author." — Athencpum. \

" There is, throughout, the closeness of matter and eloquence of style which \

distinguished the ' Poetry of Science.' " — Spectator. i

THE POETRY OF SCIENCE ; or, Studies of the Physical Phe- |

nomena of Nature. By Robert Hunt, Author of ' Panthea,' i

and 'Researches on Light.' Second Edition. Reused. With \

an Index. One vol. 8vo, cloth. 12s. <

" A truly scientific work, which has the character of poetry only in so far as ,

truth is poetical, and may be regai'ded as a popular treatise on Natural Philo- \

sophy, Chemistiy, and Geology, similai' in its nature and object to the ' Kosmos ' J

of Humboldt." — JSorth British Review. \

14 WORKS PUBLISHED BY

ILLUSTRATIONS of the WISDOM and BENEVOLENCE of
the DEITY, as manifested in Nature. By H. Edwards, LL.D.
Cloth, 2s. 6d.
" A little excui'sion in the track of Paley and the broad road of the Bridge-
water Treatises. Animals, Atmosphere, Organic Matter, Light, and Electricity
are the natural elements out of which the author deduces his pious lessons,
leading to a First Cause in wonder, admiration, and worship." — Literanj Gazette.

DEOPS OE WATER ; their marvellous and beautiful Inhabitants
displayed by the Microscope. By Agnes Catlow. Square
12mo, with coloured plates. 7s. M.

" In this little book, illustrated with plates scarcely inferior to those of the
well-known Ehrenberg, we have the wonders of the microscope revealed in the
history of a drop of water. Miss Catlow's pleasing works on botany, &c,, are all
well known, and we can assure our readers that in this little history of infusorial
animals and plants of a di'op of water she has added much to her well-deserved
reputation. The style in which it is got up renders it worthy of companionship
with the choicest ornaments of the library table." — Liverpool Standard.

" A pleasant introduction to microscopic studies, having reference in particular
to the animalcules or infusoria, as they are now more commonly called, which in-
habit water and other liquids. The little volume before us contains a goodly
body of information touching the infusorial world, with some clearly and sensibly
written information as to the species of water, and the seasons, in which certain
varieties are to be found.'" — Atlas.

" * Drops of Water ' is an introduction to one of Nature's inexhaustible sources
of wonder and delight, performed in a very efficient and satisfactory manner. . . .
As a specimen of typography, it is of a superior character; and the plates are in-
dicative of no small degree of artistic skill as well as science." — Observer.

" An elegant little book, both in the getting up and its literature. . . . The
text is accompanied by coloured plates, that exhibit the most remarkable creatures
of the watery world." — Spectator.

" Of the manner in which this work is executed, we can say that, like Miss
Catlow's previous productions on Natural History, it displays an accurate
acquaintance with the subject, and a keen delight in the contemplation of the
objects to which it is devoted. As far as the living beings which inhabit ' Drops
of Water' are concerned, we know of no better introduction to the use of the
microscope than the present volume." — Jthenaum.

INSTINCT AND REASON. By Alfred Smee, E.R.S., Author
of ' Electro-Biology.' One vol. 8vo. With coloured Plates
by Wing, and Woodcuts. I85.

" Mr. Smee's facts are extremely valuable. His work, moreover, is one of the
most vivid interest. Entertainment and instruction are here combined in a very
high degree; and the coloured plates add essentially to its value." — Britannia.

" Mr. Smee is the inventor of a convenient and elegant voltaic battery, and
his experiments on the physical process of nervous excitation are curious and
ingenious. We give the author credit for his powers of patient observation, and
ingeniously devised experiment." — Athena-iim.

" Mr. Smee has done good service to the cause of rational philosophy." —
Lancet.

REEVE AND CO., HENRIETTA STREET. 15

{Under the AutJiority of the Lords Commissioners of the AdmiraJty)

NARRATIVE OF THE VOYAGE OF H.M.S. SAMARANG,

during tlie years 1843-46. By Capt. Sir Edward Belcher,
C.B., F.R.A.S. and G.S., Commander of the Expedition.
With a Popular Summary of the Natural History of the
islands visited, by Arthur Adams, F.L.S. In two vols.
Svo, with thirty-five charts, coloured plates, and etchini^s.
Price 365. cloth.

"These voliimcs give the official and authorized account of the survenng

voyage of the Saniarang in the Eastern Archipelago and Northern Seas of China \

and Japan. Besides much geographical and practical information, Capt. Belcher's <

Xai-rative contains a close and mature view of the ministers and monarchs of >

those distant regions. Quelpart and the Korean Ai'chipelago are new ground." — \

Examiner. \

TRAVELS IN THE INTERIOR OF BRAZIL; principaUy \

through the Northern Provinces and the Gold and Diamond \

Districts, during tlie years 1836-41. By the late George x

Gardner, M.D., F.L.S., Superintendent of the Royal Botanic \

Gardens of Ceylon. Second and cheaper Edition. AVith a Map \

of the Author's Route and View of the Organ Mountains. \

Price 1 25. cloth ; 1 85. bound. \

" Wlicn camping out on the mountain-top or in the wUdemess; rougliing it in >
his long jom-neys through the interior ; observing the very singular mode of life \
there presented to his notice ; describing the cm-ions characters that fell under his I
observation, the arts or substitutes for arts of the people, aud the natm^al pro- \
ductions of the countiy — these Travels are fidl of attraction. The book, like
the country it describes, is full of new matter." — Spectator.

" The narrative of his varied adventures forms not only to the enthusiastic
botanist, but to the general reader, an exceedingly entertaining and also in-
structive book, fi'om the new view wliich it gives of the society of Brazil — particu-
larly in its less known provinces." — Taifs Edinburgh Magazine.

"This volmne is from the pen of an able naturalist, whose heart is in his occu-
pation Some of the regions he visited have seldom been trodden by

Europeans — never by Englishmen ; so that his observations derive value from
the novelty of the matter to which they relate." — Athenaum.

" ^Ir. Gardner's volume, bearing the inimitable impress of candour and good
faith, as of the competency of the author for the task he undertook, is not more
valuable to the man of science than interesting to the general reader." — Eccle-
siastical Review.

THE PLANETARY AND STELLAR UNIVERSE. By
Robert James Manx. With fifty astronomical Diagrams and
Maps of the Circumpolar Constellations. Fcap. cloth. 5s.
" A brief abstract of the discoveries of Newton, clearly explained and elegantly

illustrated." — Westminster and Foreign Quarterly Review.

16 WORKS PUBLISHED BY REEVE AND CO.

NEW WORKS

Just Fublished.

1.
WESTERN HIMALAYA AND TIBET; the Narrative of a
Journey tlirough the Mountains of Northern India, during the
Years 1847-8. By Thomas Thomson, M.D.

2.
FLORA OF NEW ZEALAND. By Dr. J. D. Hooker, F.R.S.
Parts I. and 11. Twenty Plates. Price 31s. &d. coloured;
2l5. plain. To be completed in Five Parts.

3.
FLORA OF WESTERN ESKIMAUX-LAND, and the adjacent
Islands. By Berthold Seemann. Parts I. and II. Ten
Plates. Price 10s. M. coloured.

4.
POPULAR SCRIPTURE ZOOLOGY; or, History of the Animals
mentioned in the Bible. By Maria Catlow. Sixteen Plates.
10s. 6^. coloured.

5.
THE ARTIFICIAL PRODUCTION OF FISH. By Piscarius.
Sewed. Is.

Nearly ready.
1.
PARKS AND PLEASURE GROUNDS ; or. Practical Notes on
Country Residences, Villas, Public Parks, and Gardens. By
Charles H. J. Smith, Landscape Gardener.

2.
TALPA; or, THE CHRONICLE OF A CLAY FARM: an
Agricultural Fragment. By C. W. H. With Illustrations by
George ('ruikshank.

3.
POPULAR HISTORY OF BRITISH ZOOPHYTES. By the
Rev. Dr. Landsborough. With Coloured Plates.

PrintecfV J- B. Taylor, Xittle JQueenwstreet, Lincoln's-inn-fields.

JAN 27 1932

I iMf./rnr- !— «./ nr i» l !\!AiO

\

t

.« ^mma. M. M^ ^ XM'm.^AJOT'.